Cessna 152 POH - args.com.br
Transcript of Cessna 152 POH - args.com.br
For Flight Training Reference Only
INFORMATIQN
MANUAL
1980 MODEL
152
NOTICE
AT THE TIME OF ISSUANCE, THIS INFOR
MATION MANUAL WAS AN EXACT DUPLI
CATE OF THE OFFICIAL PILOT'S OPERAT
ING HANDBOOK AND FAA APPROVED
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL AND IS TO BE
USED FOR GENERAL PURPOSES ONLY.
IT WILL NOT BE KEPT CURRENT AND,
THEREFORE, CANNOT BE USED AS A
SUBSTITUTE FOR THE OFFICIAL PILOT'S
OPERATING HANDBOOK AND FAA
APPROVED AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL
INTENDED FOR OPERATION OF THE AIR
PLANE.
CESSNA AIRCRAFT COMPANY
1 JULY 1979
For Flight Training Reference Only
J
-
•
NOTICE
AT THE TIME OF ISSUANCE. THIS INFQR·
MATION MANUAL WAS AN EXACT DUPLI
CATE OF THE OFFICIAl PllOT'S OPERAT
ING HANOBOOK ANO FAA APPRQVED
AIAPLANE FUGHT MANUALAND 15 TO BE
USED FOR GENERAl PURPOSES ONl Y.
Il WILL NOT BE KEPT CURRENT ANO,
THEREFORE, CANNOT BE USED AS A
SUBSTITUTE FQR THE QFFICIAl PllQT'S
OPERATING HANOBOOK ANO FAA
APPRQVED AIRPLANE FUGHT MANUAL
INTENDEO FQR OPERATION OF THE AIR
PLANE .
CUSNA II.IRCRAFT COM PANY 1 JUlY 1979
•
INFORMATION MANUAL
CESSNA AIRCRAFT COMPANY
1980 MODEL 152
CESSNA AIRCRAFT COMPANY
M.mb.r of GAMA WICHITA, KANSAS, USA
1 July 1979
D1170-13-RPC-1OOOO-12/79
iii
For Flight Training Reference Only
-
INFORMATION MANUAL
I CE5SNA AIRCRAFT COMPANY I 1980 MODEl 152
CESSN'" AIRCRAFT CpMPANY f) IO . ...... GUA WICH1TA, KANSAS. USA
IJWY 1m ."'0-11-0.0_10000-"'" '"
PERFORMANCE- CESSNA
SPECIFICATIONS MODEL 152
PERFORMANCE - SPECIFICATIONS
*SPEED:
Maximum at Sea Level
Cruise, 75% Power at 8000 Ft
CRUISE: Recommended lean mixture with fuel allowance for
engine start, taxi, takeoff, climb and 45 minutes
reserve.
75% Power at 8000 Ft Range
24.5 Gallons Usable Fuel Time
75% Power at 8000 Ft . ' Range37.5 Gallons Usable Fuel Time
Maximum Range at 10,000 Ft Range
24.5 Gallons Usable Fuel Time
Maximum Range at 10,000 Ft Range
37.5 Gallons Usable Fuel Time
RATE OF CLIMB AT SEA LEVEL
SERVICE CEILING
TAKEOFF PERFORMANCE:
Ground Roll
Total Distance Over 50-Ft Obstacle
LANDING PERFORMANCE:
Ground Roll
Total Distance Over 50-Ft Obstacle
STALL SPEED (CAS):
Flaps Up, Power Off
Flaps Down, Power Off
MAXIMUM WEIGHT:
Ramp
Takeoff or Landing
STANDARD EMPTY WEIGHT:
152
152 II
MAXIMUM USEFUL LOAD:
152
152 II
BAGGAGE ALLOWANCE
WING LOADING: Pounds/Sq Ft
POWER LOADING: Pounds/HP
FUEL CAPACITY: Total
Standard Tanks
Long Range Tanks
OIL CAPACITY
ENGINE: Avco Lycoming
110 BHP at 2550 RPM
PROPELLER: Fixed Pitch, Diameter
110 KNOTS
107 KNOTS
320 NM
3.1 HRS
545 NM
5.2 HRS
415 NM
5.2 HRS
690 NM
8.7 HRS
715 FPM
14,700 FT
725 FT
1340 FT
475 FT
1200 FT
48 KNOTS
43 KNOTS
1675 LBS
1670 LBS
1109 LBS
1142 LBS
566 LBS
533 LBS
120 LBS
10.5
15.2
26 GAL.
39 GAL.
6 QTS
O-235-L2C
69 IN.
r
n
n—
n
n"Speed performance is shown for an airplane equipped with optional speed fairings,
which increas-3 the speeds by approximately 2 knots. There is a corresponding difference
in range, while all other performance figures are unchanged when speed fairings are
installed.
1 July 1979
nFor Flight Training Reference Only
PI':RI"ORMI\NCZ· SPEClFICI\T10NS
CESSNA MODE!. 1112
PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS
' Sf1:I:D: , U~K~
",. ""<JT'IJ , .. , .. "'" _"N ,,- ", li"" ~". ~". ,,- UHfUj; .n.~ .. "5 "' .. n_ U Ilns Han .. _"N n_ .., HR~ ,. '" ". .. IO ...... ..,.
~n ,_n ,"n =n
.~= ~ KNO'I'lI
,~~
,~~
"". W:l8 ,,.~ L.I<!:I
~~,
w~,
"" Ull>
'" " . • 011.1.. 'III GAI.. .= Q .... 1.2C .,.
'S_ po.,_ ...... lo allO_n , ...... 1 ... 1 .... oqulppod w,.,. op~""""_ , ...... p. ,.~"'" 'n ....... ",. '»00II. ~1 'PP"""",."ll ~ 1_ •. n.. ... ,., .... _pOn<I'n •• 'n ... """ ,~ nlI, •. ,."". _Il O",, "'''Q.mom"" f;JY'" "'" y, .. ".." ... ,. ... " .poood '."'n, ..... ..... 110<1. •
" I J uly .1179
-
TABLE OF CONTENTS CESSNA _
MODEL 152
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION
GENERAL 1
LIMITATIONS 2
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES 3
NORMAL PROCEDURES 4
PERFORMANCE 5
WEIGHT & BALANCE/
EQUIPMENT LIST 6
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS
DESCRIPTIONS 7
AIRPLANE HANDLING,
SERVICE & MAINTENANCE 8
SUPPLEMENTS
(Optional Systems Description
& Operating Procedures) 9
n
iv 1 July 1979
For Flight Training Reference Only
TABI.E OF CONTENTe CESSNA MOOEI. I~
T ABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTlON
GENERAl. ............................ 1
lIMITATIONS ......................... 2
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES ............ 3
NORMAL PROCEDURES ............... 4
PERFORMANCE. ............. ...... ... 5
WEIGHT & BALANCE/ EQU IPMENT lIST ........ . .... .. .. 6
AIRPlANE & SYSTEM5 DESCRII'TlONS ................... 7
AIRPlANE HANDlING, 5ERVICE & MAINTENANCE ........ 8
SU PPlEMENTS (Optional Systerns Description & Operating Procedures) . .. ....... 9
I July IV19
-
-
CESSNA SECTION 1
MODEL 152 GENERAL
SECTION 1
GENERAL
TABLE OF CONTENTSPage
Three View 1-2
Introduction 1-3
Descriptive Data 1-3
Engine 1-3
Propeller 1-3
Fuel 1-3
Oil 1-4
Maximum Certificated Weights 1-5
Standard Airplane Weights 1-5
Cabin And Entry Dimensions 1-5
Baggage Space Dimensions 1-5
Specific Loadings 1-5
Symbols, Abbreviations And Terminology 1-5
General Airspeed Terminology And Symbols 1-5
Meteorological Terminology 1-6
Engine Power Terminology 1-7
Airplane Performance And Flight Planning Terminology . . . 1-7
Weight And Balance Terminology 1-7
1 July 1979 1-1
For Flight Training Reference Only
CESSNA MOO&L 11102
SECTION 1 GENERAL
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION 1 G&N&RAL
T",..., Vi.w 1_2 II!~uclion I.;) o...crlpllve D.", I.;)
En .. l.... 1-3 PropeUer 1-3 ,.".1 I.;) 0,1 1-4 Mo.un""" C."Uiea~ Wel&"huo I~ Slanda.-d Ah'plane We l .. bl$ . I~ CablI! Anel Enl')' Olmenslon. . I~ Sa&",..p Space 0I"'8nslon. I~ S~!fIo t.oadln,.. l-b
Symbnlo. Abbr."lalloD. Anel Terminolol()' . . . l-b Gon ... 1 Aln:p.od Terrnino!oKY And BYllIbo!' I~ MeIOKl't>lolllc&! TorminololD' 1-6 &nl(ln. Pow~r Tennlno!o&"l' . }_7 Alrpl&lIo Pcrfo",,,nce And FU,h l Plann In, Tennlnolnc 1·7 We1lhl And Sal.n"" T.nnlnology . 1_7
I July 1m I _I
SECTION 1
GENERAL
CESSNA
MODEL 152
3. Wheel base length is 58".
4. Propeller ground clearance is 12'
5. Wing area is 159 1/2 square feet.
1. Wing span shown with conical camber wing
tips and strobe lights installed. If standard
wing tips without strobe lights are installed,
wing span is 32' - 8 1/2".
2. Maximum height shown with nose gear
depressed, all tires and nose strut prop
erly inflated and flashing beacon installed.
Minimum turning radius [sfcpivot point to
outboard wing tip) is 24' - 8".
Figure 1-1. Three View
n
n
n
1-2 1 July 1979
n
n
n
H
n
n
nFor Flight Training Reference Only
SECTION I GENERAI.
. ' -, .... ,
~-~~~
h-
u --/
, V
CESSNA MODEL 1M!
.""" , ..... ------... ---_. --------.... _ ... ". • ------_ .. _----------• --_ ... -• --_., .. • -_.".,,,--• ----- • _ .... .... .. r
I • -,-, ,
f------n-. -----'
1'!8"'" 1·1. Three V!ew
I Ju!y 111711
CESSNA SECTION i
MODEL 152 GENERAL
INTRODUCTION
This handbook contains 9 sections, and includes the material require!
to be furnished to the pilot by CAR Part 3. It also contains supplementa
data supplied by Cessna Aircraft Company.
Section 1 provides basic data and information of general interest. I
also contains definitions or explanations of symbols, abbreviations, am
terminology commonly used.
DESCRIPTIVE DATA
ENGINE
Number of Engines: 1.
Engine Manufacturer: Avco Lycoming.
Engine Model Number: O-235-L2C.
Engine Type: Normally-aspirated, direct-drive, air-cooled, horizontally
opposed, carburetor equipped, four-cylinder engine with 233.3 cu. in
displacement.
Horsepower Rating and Engine Speed: HO rated BHP at 2550 RPM.
PROPELLER
Propeller Manufacturer: McCauley Accessory Division.
Propeller Model Number: 1A103/TCM6958.
Number of Biades: 2.
Propeller Diameter, Maximum: 69 inches.
Minimum: 67.5 inches.
Propeller Type: Fixed pitch.
FUEL
Approved Fuel Grades (and Colors):
100LL Grade Aviation Fuel (Blue).
100 (Formerly 100/130) Grade Aviation Fuel (Green).
NOTE
Isopropyl alcohol or ethylene glycol monomethyl ether
may be added to the fuel supply. Additive concentrations
shall not exceed 1% for isopropyl alcohol or .15% for
ethylene glycol monomethyl ether. Refer to Section 8 for
additional information.
1 July 1979 1-E
For Flight Training Reference Only
-
CESSNA MOD~L 1$11
INTRODUCTION
S&CTION 1 GEN&RAL
T"il " ... <1_ """IaIII.; ...,UO"O .... <1 in"i .. d.u III .......... i.l f'OoQ1l1,... Lo INI tun ... " .... Lo <bI pilol b)" CAR l'art 3. Il &la<> a>nWn. IJUppl .... ""1I. <lall. ""ppli ..... b), Ce ..... Alrera./I Compen)'.
Secdoa I prov .......... Ie cl ..... ancIlnfonn~ion or ,CI ... nJ 'aUo,...L I .Iso contalnl deflnlllolll o. npllOaUo"" 01 .)'mbol •. abb"",i.Uons.lD< U1rmlnololO' oomlllo..l, UM.
DES CRIPTIVE D.t.TA ENGI NE
Numbe. of E .. ,l.an: I. E .. Ii .... MIO .. ,I.C'u" .... , Avoo L)'comin,. E"Ii .... Model Numbe.: O .. !35 .. UC .. Enflnl Type: Normall)' .... pl •• Ioed. di_' .. dttve .• i . .. _led. bori"'''laliy
oppoH<!. c •• burelO. &qulpped. 10ur .. oyUnd.r .n(lne ... lIb ~.3 cu.ln dllph.c."' .... L
Ho'_powl. R.Ung .nd I::nglnl Sp_: I LO ule<! 8HP.L ~ lU'M ..
PROPEll ER
PropeUer M.n"I""'" .. r: Mc:Caule)' "'""""aory Dlvilion. Propello. Modo! NumlNlr: IA I03ITCM8~8. Numbe' ot BiAdeI: 2. Pro~U.r DllmOIe •. Mulmum: 8~ IlIcll ••.
Minlmum: 87.5111,,11 ••. 1'",,,,,lIe. 'l'ype; "''':ed pllell.
FUEl
Approved P'uel O....s.. (ID~ Colora): 1000L Gracle A vl.1101I ""tl (BI".). 100 (1"0""'1'1)' ID" 130) Gride AvllUoli Fuol 10 .... 01.
Non lsopropyl ~Icobol 01 e<byl."t alycol moaODU"lllyl .!.ber m.y be added Lo me tuel IUppLy. AddltLveoonoen,,"lIons .... 11 ncM nCMd l' tor lsopropyl Iloolloi or 1.5% lo • • <bl'bo"'lfIl'<'O! monoml"')'. e.l>e. Itotf.r Lo SecUcn 8 lo. Idd,tLonai ln/cnn"dcD.
I July IlI'7V
n
n
n
SECTION 1 CESSNA
GENERAL MODEL 152
Fuel Capacity:
Standard Tanks:
Total Capacity: 26 gallons.
Total Capacity Each Tank: 13 gallons.
Total Usable: 24.5 gallons.
Long Range Tanks:
Total Capacity: 39 gallons.
Total Capacity Each Tank: 19.5 gallons.
Total Usable: 37.5 gallons.
NOTE
Due to cross-feeding between fuel tanks, the tanks should —
be re-topped after each refueling to assure maximum
capacity.
OIL _
Oil Grade (Specification):
MIL-L-6082 Aviation Grade Straight Mineral Oil: Use to replenish
supply during first 25 hours and at the first 25-hour oil change.
Continue to use until a total of 50 hours has accumulated or oil
consumption has stabilized.
NOTE
The airplane was delivered from the factory with a corro
sion preventive aircraft engine oil. This oil should be
drained after the first 25 hours of operation.
MIL-L-22851 Ashless Dispersant Oil: This oil must be used after first
50 hours or oil consumption has stabilized.
Recommended Viscosity for Temperature Range:
MIL-L-6082 Aviation Grade Straight Mineral Oil:
SAE 50 above 16°C (60°F).
SAE 40 between -1°C (30°F) and 32°C (90°F).
SAE 30 between -18°C (0°F) and 21°C (70°F).
SAE 20 below -12°C (10°F).
MIL-L-22851 Ashless Dispersant Oil:
SAE 40 or SAE 50 above 16°C (60°F).
SAE 40 between -1°C (30°F) and 32°C (90°F).
SAE 30 or SAE 40 between -18°C (0°F) and 21°C (70°F).
SAE 30 below -12°C (10°F).
Oil Capacity:
Sump: 6 Quarts. i
Total: 7 Quarts (if oil filter installed).
1-4 1 July 1979
n
For Flight Training Reference Only
SI>CTION I CI>SSNA OI>NI>ItAL MODI>L I~
Fu"l C"p..,l~, S ... nd.'" T~k",
Tola.! C.p""l~, 2$ ,.110"" To ... , C.paei'y E""h fank, 13 ,o.Uon •. fola.! U.olI"" 2t.li ,".llo"'.
Ulnll" IUngll TankO' Tola.! Co.pOCHy: 3W,alJ01l • . Tol.' C .. pocl~ Eocll T ..... ~: IW.~ lfaUo" •. Tolal Il •• b1.: 37.~ II".Uouo.
NOTE
0"0 IO orn ... I_Jn~bo.w""n I"el •• nk .. lh ..... k. ob<>uld bo .... "'p"*'" of", • ..,h !"&fuoUng '0 ...... '" mulm\Om o.p...,ily
011 Onod. (Spoolllco..lonl: MIJ..L·&oe:I Avi ... ion O.-..d. SIc&lr'" Min ..... ' 011, U ... '" .... ple"'.h
auppl.y dunnr ilI"$! ~ Il,,,, ... and .. !ho tlnt 2S--h"". oli ch .... "". ConII n". IO "H unUl .100ai 01 ~ ho,," h .. o.ceu",,,lal<d o' oli """tu"'pIlO" h ....... bU''''''''.
N~'
TIIO airp'on • ..... <iII"vo""" from Iholaetory whh • no,.". .10" p...,v.."Uv •• 1r<:rafI ""glno ou. ThIO 011 obouJd bo d,alo"" .n •• Ih. Il ... 1 I!:I h""ro of opo,allOo.
),IIL·L·Z2851 AIIhl ... Oiolpor .. ,,' Oll: 11>" oU mu" bo uoed .ne,Il ... , SO ho,,'" o' oU cono"m">!o,, b .. a •• bllI.ed.
~mm.ndOod VI..,..."y for Tempor.'" ,," RAngo: MIJ..J.AOeIl A,,'.Uoo O'ado a'ralr'" Mlner.l O":
SAE ~ .bov. 18' C ($0"1'). SAli: 40 bo'WH D ·l'C (3O'p)..,d:lrC (1iO'F). SAE:IO bolwHn · 18"C (001'") LIld 2, "C (7O"F). SAE eo bol""," ·lIl'C (IO'P").
MIL-L-2Ii8Ii' AUlo .. Otopenan' 011: SAli: 40 Or SAI!: &O oJ>ov. IS' C (M'p"). SAE 40 bOl,""" . ' oc (3O"1'") .... d a2"C (9(I"i>'). SAl: 30 o. SAE iO bolw"" ·18"C (001'") an<I ~I" C (7O"i>'). SAE 30 bOlolO ·Irc ( 10' 1'").
01' C.P""'Y: S"",p: 6 Qu&J"t .. 10 •• 1: 7 Quo.r\o (U 011 mIO' ;o ... l1od).
,-, I July IV7I
-
CESSNA SECTION 1
MODEL 152 GENERAL
MAXIMUM CERTIFICATED WEIGHTS
Ramp: 1675 lbs.
Takeoff: 1670 lbs.
Landing: 1670 lbs.
Weight in Baggage Compartment:Baggage Area 1 (or passenger on child's seat)-Station 50 to 76: 120 lbs.
See note below.
Baggage Area 2 - Station 76 to 94: 40 lbs. See note below.
NOTE
The maximum combined weight capacity for baggage
areas 1 and 2 is 120 lbs;
STANDARD AIRPLANE WEIGHTS
Standard Empty Weight, 152: 1109 lbs.
152 II: 1142 lbs.
Maximum Useful Load, 152: 566 lbs.
152 II: 533 lbs.
CABIN AND ENTRY DIMENSIONS
Detailed dimensions of the cabin interior and entry door openings are
illustrated in Section 6.
BAGGAGE SPACE DIMENSIONS
Baggage area dimensions are illustrated in detail in Section 6.
SPECIFIC LOADINGS
Wing Loading: 10.5 lbs./sq. ft.
Power Loading: 15.2 lbs./hp.
SYMBOLS, ABBREVIATIONS AND
TERMINOLOGY
GENERAL AIRSPEED TERMINOLOGY AND SYMBOLS
KCAS Knots Calibrated Airspeed is indicated airspeed corrected
for position and instrument error and expressed in knots.
Knots calibrated airspeed is equal to KTAS in standard
atmosphere at sea level.
1 July 1979 1-5
For Flight Training Reference Only
-
u
CJ':SSN A MODEL It>Il
SECT10N l OE NERAL
MAXIMUM CERTIFICATED WEIGHTS
' ~:,:~:~;:,":'.< .• ", .• , ... ) "'""''.''' 1.1 1201bo.
."0"' .. ... ~ I~IL Seo BO," bolO""
"~" 'fU mudmum ""mblne<! welKM cap"'''Y lo. ~Of:II:'a.ge are .. I a nd e la 120 lbo.
STANDARO AIRPLANE WEIGHTS
Slandar<! l':mply Woli"h~ I~. 1101111>11. 1152 Il, 1142 lbo.
Mu'm"", U •• I.! Lc&d. 1M: ~ l .... It>Ill!: = Ibo.
CABIN AND ENTRY D1MENSIONS
DeI. !!e<! dimona lon" of Ibe c abln lol.nor.."d enl')' d<>ocoptning • • "" 11I.""ate<l In S"""OII 8 .
BAGGAGE SPACE OIMENSIONS
SPECIFIC LOAD INGS
Wl"5 ....... ," ... ,o.~ , .... / .... r~
Pow., Loodln~ 15.2.1 .... /hp.
SYMBOlS, ABBREVIATIONS ANO TERM IN OlOGY
GENERA L AIRSPEEO TERMINOLOGY ANO SYMBOlS
KCAS Kno" Call b ....... AI .. p_ 'o 'M'C" ~ OlUJ>H<' c<>._ !or _'1100 oOd I.Slrum. '" e .ror .od exp ...... e<! ID 1<0"" . KnO .. Calibro,"" .. lnpHd i. equa' to K'l"AS ID . '""dan;! OImQ"ph.", ., ... lovel.
'Ju!y 1979 ,.,
SECTION 1 CESSNA
GENERAL MODEL 152
KIAS Knots Indicated Airspeed is the speed shown on the
airspeed indicator and expressed in knots.
KTAS Knots True Airspeed is the airspeed expressed in knots
relative to undisturbed air which is KCAS corrected for
altitude and temperature.
VA Manuevering Speed is the maximum speed at which you
may use abrupt control travel.
Vpg Maximum Flap Extended Speed is the highest speed
permissible with wing flaps in a prescribed extended
position.
Vv Best Rate-of-Climb Speed is the speed which results in the
greatest gain in altitude in a given time.
METEOROLOGICAL TERMINOLOGY
~
Maximum Structural Cruising Speed is the speed that
should not be exceeded except in smooth air, then only with
caution.
VNE Never Exceed Speed is the speed limit that may not be
exceeded at any time.
Vg Stalling Speed or the minimum steady flight speed at
which the airplane is controllable.
V« Stalling Speed or the minimum steady flight speed at
which the airplane is controllable in the landing configu
ration at the most forward center of gravity.
V.. Best Angle-of-Climb Speed is the speed which results in
the greatest gain of altitude in a given horizontal distance.
"OAT Outside Air Temperature is the free air static temperature.
It is expressed in either degrees Celsius or degrees Fah
renheit.
Standard Standard Temperature is 15°C at sea level pressure alti-
Tempera- tude and decreases by 2°C for each 1000 feet of altitude. _
ture
Pressure Pressure Altitude is the altitude read from an altimeter
Altitude when the altimeter's barometric scale has been set to 29.92
inches of mercury (1013 mb).
1-6 1 July 1979 _
For Flight Training Reference Only
SEC1'TON I aENER~L
KTAB
KTAS
CEBBN~ MODEL .S2
teno .. Indi"" ..... ~Irspeed ,. u.. spood &Il"""" on 'ho ol ... peed ,ndleato, and ""p"'_ in kno ....
K"" ... Tnt • .0.1 .. 1'"" 'o ,~o .. I ... ~ uP ........ in knol. <'o'. "vo .., undLSlu,,*, ai, whlçh l. KCAS <:<>rncto<! lo, .""udo oM ,."']'>t'.'UnI.
Man u_v.rIDl! S~ l. t.h. m ... dm"m .pN<l.t ""hleh y"" may uN r.brupt ",,~Irol tnvel.
M".Id","", Fl op I!.donded SptOed I. th. blgh.", .pted pennl • • iblo .. !lh w lng nopo 'n o p .... ..,"'".., ". Iendo<! poo\l!on_
M""ln",m St,...Clurn entlomi Speed lo t.h. opeed u.., &IlQUI<I not be exe_ o<! ex ""p' In • mooth al,. u..n on I y .. , .... eauUon .
N • ••• S.<eed Spood lo "'. opted 11m" tn .. t may no, be . xe_od .. t any tlmo_
StalUnll: 8pMd o , tho mloimu'" .lo .... ,. m .. M op_ .. whieh u. •• ;""1",,. t. ç<>n'roU.bl •.
8t&1l1011: 8peed or "'O ",Inl","", . "'''''y fili'" opeod . , whleh tlt. ,,""pI .. n. I. ".,."",IIr.bl o In 'ho 10n,lIng ""nlll!"". "uloo .. t tbo mo.' fono.n! """"', of l!"",,"!ly-
Bo •• A"II_I·ClImb 8peed ,.Ut. opeod whlc:lt .... "1 •• lo "'.11:.-",.1 ~alo <>l.llil"dolo • giv"" hori"""'lai dI"ano<.
Beo' ~ .. of-Cllnlb S"",, ,. Iho oj>*<ld whlch " . u"o In 'h. g,..a", .. ga,o in alllludo In oll:iv,," ,Im~.
METEOROlO GICAL TERMINOlOGV
!ltandard To mpoO .... ·
'"O Pro ...... A IU'"de
,.
0" .. 1 .... AI.- TolApoOra ...... lo 'ho I .... al t .. oUo ",m p.o ... t" , oI ... OXP"_ 1.0 oiU.oc d'JeT'" C.I.! ... O, dO(IrMol'ol1· ",obol<.
Sland . .... T.mpo ......... ia I~'C a,..,a 1 .... 1 P'ti'u" "'U· l""", an4 40<: ....... ~y ","C lo. o""h "m feo' 01 a.lU'udo-
Pro"",,'" AIUlud. 'o 'h. a.lliLudo .. ad lrom "" ol,hn .. ~. IO"n~n th. "'tlm .. o'·. ~m .. rlc so .... h ... '-oD ... '" ~.92 ineheo of merrury (1013 m~).
l Suly 19'1Il
CESSNA SECTION 1
MODEL 152 GENERAL
ENGINE POWER TERMINOLOGY
BHP Brake Horsepower is the power developed by the engine.
RPM Revolutions Per Minute is engine speed.
Static Static RPM is engine speed attained during a full-throttle
RPM engine runup when the airplane is on the ground and
stationary.
AIRPLANE PERFORMANCE AND FLIGHT PLANNING
TERMINOLOGY
Demon- Demonstrated Crosswind Velocity is the velocity of the
strated crosswind component for which adequate control of the
Crosswind airplane during takeoff and landing was actually demon-
Velocity strated during certification tests. The value shown is not
considered to be limiting.
Usable Fuel Usable Fuel is the fuel available for flight planning.
Unusable Unusable Fuel is the quantity of fuel that can not be safely
Fuel used in flight.
GPH Gallons Per Hour is the amount of fuel (in gallons)
consumed per hour.
NMPG Nautical Miles Per Gallon is the distance (in nautical
miles) which can be expected per gallon of fuel consumed
at a specific engine power setting and/or flight configura
tion.
g g is acceleration due to gravity.
WEIGHT AND BALANCE TERMINOLOGY
Reference Reference Datum is an imaginary vertical plane from
Datum which all horizontal distances are measured for balance
purposes.
Station Station is a location along the airplane fuselage given in
terms of the distance from the reference datum.
Arm Arm is the horizontal distance from the reference datum to
the center of gravity (C.G.) of an item.
Moment Moment is the product of the weight of an item multiplied
1 July 1979 1.7
For Flight Training Reference Only
-
-
Cr:SSNA MODEI.I~
S.a,:CTION I O ENERAL
ENGINE PQWER TERMINOLOGY
BH'
n'M
8ta\1<> ~M
Br ...... Ho ___ l, Llle power dovolopfld by Ih"enel"a.
81&11 .. IU'M , •• ~lIh •• al'Md Gualn"" dI'M'. fuU·lII_tle o" s" .......... "" .. t..n Ihe &lrp, ..... la "" 1.110 cn"'nd ...,d .\ahOOe'l'.
_ AIRPLANE PERFORMANCE ANO FUGHT PLANNING TERMLNOlOGY
u
-
~_.
M"" C..,.. ... lnd Veloolly
U .. ble l''uel
UIIII..tII ..
"' .. Gl'H
NMI'G
nc",oaou..1ed C ..... wt .. d V~oc1l,. I. Il ... velocit)' olth. ~..,.. ... lncl oompOnenl 'o ... McII ..!.quale "",,1...,1 ollb. allllle"e duri", u.k1Ol'1 .... " landi .... w ... o.ctulll!y de",,,,,· .U"&Ied "urina OI" Uicalioa '.n ... Tbe val .... showlIl, nOI 00".''''' ..... IO 1>1 limlting.
UMbla ,. .. al II \~. f ... l &vallable fo. fiI&!>' pl.t.llnln • •
UnuMbI. Filali. U •• qu .... tity 01 f"cl th-.t"... nOt bo saf"ly u~." flillbt.
0 .. 11000 Per Ho ... \, tbe .. molino al fu el (In g:oJlon.) OI'>nsume<t per hOll.
Na .. llc&! MU .. P • • G..u"" ,. Iho dl.ta.m:" (io nautic&! mU •• ) .... hleh c ... , ba upvcl<Ki p .. r lI.'allun l't fuel ""n.u me<! ., ... "",,;Uc ."111"" pow~, _Uua; &Dd/ot fila;!>1 configu .... 1101>,
I" II" la """"le •• IIOII due IO IT&vlly
WEIGHT ANO BALANCE TERMINOLOGY
SI.aUon
""'omenl
I July IWII
RefeAOCI O.lIIm I. Ul Imt.(lury "'l'Ile&1 plUl& from wllicb .U Il'''':OO1>1a1 di.Ia ........... ",.aaund !or Il .. 1 ... ,,,, Pllrpo-
SI.aUon II • locall<>D 1l10"11.be Il1rpl&lll r" ... 11lp !Jiv ... n, lennl 01 .be dlll_ hom .be rtf~ ..... oe d.a..um.
A..." la 1111 b .. ri&:lnlal dlso.anoe from III. me ... """d.a..WI> IO U,. ce"la. of VtvUy (e Q .) 01 al> I~m.
Mome .. t l , III. P,"""UCl of III. W,"pl of .... 11_ muU.\plied
"
SECTION 1
GENERAL
CESSNA
MODEL 152
Center of
Gravity
(C.G.)
C.G.
Arm
C.G.
Limits
Standard
Empty
Weight
Basic Empty
Weight
Useful
Load
Maximum
Ramp
Weight
Maximum
Takeoff
Weight
Maximum
Landing
Weight
Tare
by its arm. (Moment divided by the constant 1000 is used in
this handbook to simplify balance calculations by reduc
ing the number of digits.)
Center of Gravity is the point at which an airplane, or
equipment, would balance if suspended. Its distance from
the reference datum is found by dividing the total moment
by the total weight of the airplane.
Center of Gravity Arm is the arm obtained by adding the
airplane's individual moments and dividing the sum by
the total weight.
Center of Gravity Limits are the extreme center of gravity
locations within which the airplane must be operated at a
given weight.
Standard Empty Weight is the weight of a standard air
plane, including unusable i'uel, full operating fluids and
full engine oil.
Basic Empty Weight is the standard empty weight plus the
weight of optional equipment.
Useful Load is the difference between ramp weight and the
basic empty weight.
Maximum Ramp Weight is the maximum weight approved
for ground maneuver. (It includes the weight of start, taxi
and runup fuel.)
Maximum Takeoff Weight is the maximum weight ap
proved for the start of the takeoff run.
Maximum Landing Weight is the maximum weight ap
proved for the landing touchdown.
Tare is the weight of chocks, blocks, stands, etc. used when
weighing an airplane, and is included in the scale read
ings. Tare is deducted from the scale reading to obtain the
actual (net) airplane weight.
n
1-81 July 1979
n
n
n
For Flight Training Reference Only
SECTION! GENERAL
C .. n ...... ol C.avII)' (c.c.)
00 Limite
St.andard Empty Wcia-Ilt
Ba.slc Emply W"!a-ht
Uselu!
"'"
Maximum T&l<..,1f
W·'II'" !II .. ",mum LaIIdillll" W ... III
,.,
CESSNA MOOl:LI!II!
by i .. ann (Momeflldlvlded. by Ul .. 004"' .... 1100.l1. "_In 11>1. h..,dbook lO almpllfy bal..,çe ca.loulatlOllt b)' .-.duc:,nll u.. ""m!>.. ol di.s'lL)
c.." ... 01 O .. vi\)' ,. \h. pOmI al whicb .... alr-pl ... e. o. equlpm""l. wouLd baL...,co If a,.51>""_. l'' dhl&llCG ltom tbe referenn<> ".,um 1$ loulld by dlvldinC \ho 100aI mOmtnl by Ih, lO-..J welcbl 01 !.be alrplan ...
Canla. 01 Onvlty Arm La 11>. ann nbl.lnod by addlnl" Ihe .1r-pLarHI'. ludlvldu .. 1 mom"nL. and dlvldlng Ih. aum by \.Ile 1O\lI.I we1l"hl.
Ce><ter or Or."lt)' Liml\ll. ""' IIL .... atrem" DeIIICt of I" .. "lil' loeatlo". _lIhln "'bicI! Ch .. &.lrp!..., .. lDu5l Il<> O~tatod at • Cl ... n weIC'".
Su.aliard i:mpt)' Wa~bl 'a !ho ".;Chl 01. IIlandard .. lI"pian ..... dudin« UDusabl. ru.,. ruu OPOTIIU"C fluid • ..,d luU w«in. oil.
Buie Empi)' Wellhl il \.Ile OI .... dard empi)' welgbl plua u.. w .. LlhI 01 op' lo"a1 oquip""'nL
U.lul '-" L.!.be dlfle~ bo'wotIn rllmp ..... Llbl."d \be buio emply wellhl.
MaxLmum Ramp Well"II1 18 III .. m ... lmum wollhlapproved Inr Cround m~n.u"er. (lt Ino1ud"'ll>e we1 lhl 01 8\1\11. \1\,..1 and runup fuel.l
Muh .. "m TaltltOl1 Wel.lfht 1.0 Che m ... i'I1Um welghl .. p. provad lor Ibe IUII1n!!he 1alr.e<>I! rull .
Maz10nllm LLodlna: W<tllbt LI !.b .. m .... lmum ... llhI "pP...,Ve<'l lor UI .. IUldl~ ""'ebdo .....
Tare ia UI ...... 11"111 01 ohocko., 1I1""lIa. I land.s."", . .. Md whcn w .. LlhlnC an .Irplane. &Dd 1.0 illChldR. w !.be ","alo I"t'ad . Inp. TI"" la <ieducted lrom \ba ..,al .. · ... "II.11O oI)U.ln Ibe ""'ual (nell alrpLan. wli",hL
l hL)' 1m
CESSNA SECTIOi 3
MODEL 152 LIMITATIONS
SECTION 2
LIMITATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTSPage
Introduction 2-3
Airspeed Limitations 2-3
Airspeed Indicator Markings 2-4
Power Plant Limitations 2-4
Power Plant Instrument Markings 2-5
Weight Limits 2-5
Center Of Gravity Limits 2-5
Maneuver Limits 2-6
Flight Load Factor Limits 2-6
Kinds Of Operation Limits 2-6
Fuel Limitations 2-7
Other Limitations 2-7
Flap Limitations 2-7
Placards 2-8
1 July 1979 2-1/(2-2 blank)
For Flight Training Reference Only
-
u
J
CI>SSNA MOOEL 1M!
SECTION 2 LlMITATIONS
TABlE OF CONTENTS
IDlrOduotlOQ •••••••. Atnpeed Um114U..". AlrBpeed SndS""IOT MaMn,. l'u .... r l'lanl Llmll.&t1on. . . PoWUT Piani IOMlrum ... 1 M&rl!inp Wel,ltl Wmj<t • • • • • • Cen"'r 01 0 • .,,11)' Limita . Manauver Limi" .... l''llpt Lo&<! 1"000lOr LlmlUl KlndB Of Ol>"r .\loo Llml t. Fu.1 Llmlt.o.Uon • .• Olber LimUation.
PlI.p Li",h .. I;"n. Placant.
I JUl y limi
•
• •
SECTlO, ~
LIM1TATIO."~
,.~
• ., '" ,. ,-, U
" W ,. ,. ,. ,-, ., ' o, ,.
:a.1/ ~-2 b1anlr.)
CESSNA
MODEL 152
SECTION 2
LIMITATIONS
INTRODUCTION
Section 2 includes operating limitations, instrument markings, and
basic placards necessary for the safe operation of the airplane, its engine,
standard systems and standard equipment. The limitations included in
this section and in Section 9 have been approved by the Federal Aviation
Administration. Observance of these operating limitations is required by
Federal Aviation Regulations.
NOTE
Refer to Section 9 of this Pilot's Operating Handbook for
amended operating limitations, operating procedures,
performance data and other necessary information for
airplanes equipped with specific options.
Your Cessna is certificated under FAA Type Certificate No. 3A19 as
Cessna Model No. 152.
AIRSPEED LIMITATIONS
Airspeed limitations and their operational significance are shown in
figure 2-1.
VNE
vN0
vA
VFE
SPEED
Never Exceed Speed
Maximum Structural
Cruising Speed
Maneuvering Speed:
1670 Pounds
1500 Pounds
1350 Pounds
Maximum Flap Extended
Speed
Maximum Window Open
Speed
KCAS
145
108
101
96
91
87
145
KIAS
149
111
104
98
93
85
149
REMARKS
Do not exceed this speed in
any operation.
Do not exceed this speed
except in smooth air, and
then only with caution.
Do not make full or abrupt
control movements above
this speed.
Do not exceed this speed
with flaps down.
Do not exceed this speed with
windows open.
Figure 2-1. Airspeed Limitations
1 July 1979 2-3
For Flight Training Reference Only-
CESSNA MCDEL 153
SECTION 2 LIMITATIONS
INTRODUCTION
Sect10n 'I,,"lud .. operatl"lllmlt. ... 'O"., ,,,,,,,,melll marlrln,s. and !>MIe plaeal"d ... _ • ...-y lor u.. """penIlOlloltha all"Jllan •• I"enetne • • 1.aDdard 0]'." .... and ,ta.ncIanI equipma,,<. 11>, lLmitatlon. Include<! III IMa ....,IIOll and in a.ctkm 'tla .... bw .. appro ... e<! by u.. Fede..!. Avi .. tIon AdmlnlaUaUon. Obeerv~ of theM oparatl"&" Umlu,.Ilou Is requi.n>d by " .... ..!. Avlallon Replallo"a.
NOTE
Ref.r te> SeeUon' ot lilla PUoI"a O"" .. Iin, H""dboolr. Ior ....... dod o""nlill&" 1Im1latlo .... 0po",U"1 p,.".,... ...... ""rfo'lIl&IIc. d&ta and <KlIer n __ ry InformaUo" fo. all"9l",," eq .. lpped wllh epeelflo opllolI"
Your ee.,,,a l, ~nln ... 1tOd Ulld.,.I'"AA Type C.nlflcar.e No. 3AI9 U (;eMna Moclei No. 1:11.
AIRSPEED UMITATIONS
AirapetKllinlita.llonl and Ulai. operallona! "Jnlficanca ..... !OhOWII in fl!l'u'" 2_1.
Sl'UO ~" KI ... S ~UI""~KS
'" _ [xc..., l:pooII ... ... 00 no' •• ..- "'~ _ '" ..... _.rio ..
,~ M •• "'""' .. S,,,,,,,,, .. ". ", 00 •• " •• ..- __ Cn.o,~", Spood ....... ' 1ft ...... "' ........
....... anIy wi'" _,Ion.
'. -_. leM_ '"
,. 00 "'" _. "'" .. l1li .....
,~- " " _uol_ .. _
,~- " " ~.-
' .. .... _ F .... h_ 110 ....... _ ..... ,.-- " " ...... ,----.... _-Opooo 00 ..... .._ ___ .... , .. '" --l'"lpnt 2·1. A.npNd L lmltatto",
I Jul)' 11179 ,.,
SECTION 2
LIMITATIONS
CESSNA
MODEL 152
AIRSPEED INDICATOR MARKINGS
Airspeed indicator markings and their color code significance are
shown in figure 2-2.
MARKING
White Arc
Green Arc
Yellow Arc
Red Line
KIAS VALUE
OR RANGE
35 - 85
40 - 111
111 - 149
149
SIGNIFICANCE
Full Flap Operating Range. Lower
limit is maximum weight Vg in
landing configuration. Upper limit
is maximum speed permissible with
flaps extended.
Normal Operating Range. Lower limit
is maximum weight Vg at most forward
C.G. with flaps retracted. Upper limit
is maximum structural cruising speed.
Operations must be conducted with
caution and only in smooth air.
Maximum speed for all operations.
Figure 2-2. Airspeed Indicator Markings
POWER PLANT LIMITATIONS
Engine Manufacturer: Avco Lycoming.
Engine Model Number: O-235-L2C.
Engine Operating Limits for Takeoff and Continuous Operations:
Maximum Power: 110 BHP rating.
Maximum Engine Speed: 2550 RPM.
NOTE
The static RPM range at full throttle (carburetor heat off
and mixture leaned to maximum RPM) is 2280 to 2380 RPM.
Maximum Oil Temperature: 245°F (118°C).
Oil Pressure, Minimum: 25 psi.
Maximum: 115 psi.
Propeller Manufacturer: McCauley Accessory Division.
Propeller Model Number: 1A103/TCM6958.
Propeller Diameter, Maximum: 69 inches.
Minimum: 67.5 inches.
2-4 1 July 1979
"
n
n
r
71
nFor Flight Training Reference Only
SECTlON 2 \..IMITAT10NS
CI>SSNA MODEL 1f1,2
AIR SPEED INDICATO R MARKINGS
Al.ap"<! iDd.i~.lOr markil1p ....,d 1.IIel. eolO' oode .1",lli~a,..,. a .. N10WD In 111(\1 .... 1-1
W.~!UHG KIAS V ... LIiE Oft ft ... HGE SIGHI~'C"'NCI:
WII" .... '" ~ .. F" FIoo> 0"..""", ft .... -limi,,, ""'. ,"""" wolG/1' Vs" io _'''II conl ..... 500. 1I_ lim i. " ............ _ ... mil!li:llo wTlh 1101>1 .. _
G· ........ .j(\. ! Il _ ... ,-.. ,,-. Lo..- Il'''', io ..... ,....., ....... ' Va" motI_ c'G ... III lIapo _. ~ M ... it io _.:..-. ........... """"" __
V .. _ ..... 111 ·148 Opo< __ bo _U<lwolh ... ............. Iy II> _ aIr
~,- ,. .... _.-;1 1.,.. ... _-
l'I",,,,, i·L ... I .... peed IndIcato. Markln,.
POWER PLANT LlMITATIONS
Enll'lne Manufactu ... : "'v,,", [.ycomlne:. Enllna M<><lwl Numbwr: O·~·L.2C. Engln~ Operaling Iolmll' to. Tak",,{f U1d Con';nuou. O"",'&\lon&:
Mn[mum Power: 110 BHP .alinlr. Mnlmum Engln8 Bpe-ed.; 2:;5() RPM.
Tt.. .talle RI'M ""p a' full th ..... <I. (carburelOr but oIf "",cl ",,,Uuno 1 • ....,1Ml1D mUllmum RPM) I._IO l::I8G nPM
Muim~m 0.1 T~",~ .. lu .. : 2e°F (llIl"C). Ol! P .... uu ..... Mln!wum: 25 paio
Muimum. 115 p.i. PropeUe' Manufr.c.urer MoCauley Ac«ssory Dlvl.lon. PropeUe' Model Number lA l03/TCM(l9.",8. Propel1er Dlamete •. M."lmum: 6IIlnches
M!nlmum: 1!7.~ Inchu,
,., I July 1979
-
-
CESSNA
MODEL 152
SECTION 2
LIMITATIONS
POWER PLANT INSTRUMENT MARKINGS
Power plant instrument markings and their color code significance
are shown in figure 2-3.
INSTRUMENT
Tachometer:
Sea Level
4000 Feet
8000 Feet
Oil Temperature
Oil Pressure
Fuel Quantity
Suction
RED LINE
MINIMUM
LIMIT
25 psi
E
(0.75 Gal. Unusable
Each Tank)
GREEN ARC
NORMAL
OPERATING
1900 - 2350 RPM
1900 - 2450 RPM
1900 - 2550 RPM
100° - 245°F
60 - 90 psi
4.5 - 5.4 in. Hg
RED LINE
MAXIMUM
LIMIT
2550 RPM
245° F
115 psi
- —
Figure 2-3. Power Plant Instrument Markings
WEIGHT LIMITS
Maximum Ramp Weight: 1675 lbs.
Maximum Takeoff Weight: 1670 lbs.
Maximum Landing Weight: 1670 lbs.
Maximum Weight in Baggage Compartment:
Baggage Area 1 (or passenger on child's seat) - Station 50 to 76: 120 lbs.
See note below.
Baggage Area 2 - Station 76 to 94: 40 lbs. See note below.
NOTE
The maximum combined weight capacity for baggage
areas 1 and 2 is 120 lbs.
CENTER OF GRAVITY LIMITS
Center of Gravity Range:
Forward: 31.0 inches aft of datum at 1350 lbs. or less, with straight line
variation to 32.65 inches aft of datum at 1670 lbs.
1 July 1979 2-5
For Flight Training Reference Only
CESSNA MODELI~
SECTION ~ l.lMITATIONS
POWER PLANT INSTRUMENT MARKINGS
""we. plani 1ll.lU',u"enl mulLl.D,I. &Dd lI>el. ooLor oode slenlflo ... "" ..... 1.0 .... in IiIlUf'I 2,3.
AlO LINI GftlEN AAe AtO UNt
IHSTRUMtNT MINIMUoM NOAIIolAL IIolAXIMUM L.M1T OPlAATING llMIT
T_, .... ~~ ,~ ~"~ -,. -- 1100 • ~51) R,... ~--,. 1100 _ ~ ft""
~,- 100", ~5", .~,
~- ~ .. ~ ~ .. 115 ...
, ... tII.oPouw , --- ---1O,1~a..,~
Etd>T .. k) - 4 .~·U"'- ... ---
~'lloluf'l a·3. powe . l'I .. nllll.llru,ruml Marklnp
WEIG HT UMITS
Mulmum Il .. mp W.l r hl, UI7S Ib • . Muunurn T .. k."rr W.lgh!.! 1S70 Ib •. Mulmum Lt.ndillg W~i lhl' 1870 III •. Mailmo.uu Welrhl ia B.rr~e Comp.t1&neo>l.
IIq,"pArn 1 (or p ... enp'O>lIeh!ld''''''I) · SIalloaOOw71l: 120 Ib •. s. .. note belew.
1I&g~ A ..... 2· SUllon 7e IO i4: -ti) lb • . s... noloe belo .. .
N"" Th. m .. x lmum eombl ned w.l,hl oo.pachy fo. b .. " .. ,o ...... I .nd t l, 111:0 Ib •.
CENTER OF GRAVITY UMITS
Cea ... of O,... .. \ly R .... 'e! Forw .. nl' 31.0 !nelle. II/t of d.l .. m I., 13l5(l111&. or lesa. wlll> ..... 1"" li"'"
uri.llo .. IO :Ia.Mllle"' ... " or deWm I., 1e'70 III&.
I Jul)' 1979
■SECTION 2 CESSNA
LIMITATIONS MODEL 152
KINDS OF OPERATION LIMITS
The airplane is equipped for day VFR and may be equipped for night
VFR and/or IFR operations. FAR Part 91 establishes the minimum
required instrumentation and equipment for these operations. The refer-
2-6 1 July 1979
r
Aft: 36.5 inches aft of datum at all weights. _
Reference Datum: Front face of firewall.
MANEUVER LIMITS
This airplane is certificated in the utility category and is designed for
limited aerobatic flight. In the acquisition of various certificates such as
commercial pilot and flight instructor, certain maneuvers are required.
All of these maneuvers are permitted in this airplane.
No aerobatic maneuvers are approved except those listed below:
MANEUVER RECOMMENDED ENTRY SPEED*
Chandelles 95 knots
Lazy Eights 95 knots
Steep Turns 95 knots
Spins Use Slow Deceleration
Stalls (Except Whip Stalls) Use Slow Deceleration
"Higher speeds can be used if abrupt use of the controls is avoided.
The baggage compartment and/or child's seat must not be occupied
during aerobatics.
Aerobatics that may impose high loads should not be attempted. The
important thing to bear in mind in flight maneuvers is that the airplane is
clean in aerodynamic design and will build up speed quickly with me nose
down. Proper Speed control is an essential requirement for execution of
any maneuver, and care should always be exercised to avoid excessive —
speed which in turn can impose excessive loads. In the execution of all
maneuvers, avoid abrupt use of controls.
FLIGHT LOAD FACTOR LIMITS
Flight Load Factors:
*Flaps Up: +4.4g, -1.76g
*Flaps Down: +3.5g _
"The design load factors are 150% of the above, and in all cases, the
structure meets or exceeds design loads.
~
For Flight Training Reference Only
SECT10N 2 L1M1TATlON8
lI.h: 36.$ 11101108 atr. 0 1 datum at ali ... III'U. Relot."". Datum: """'nt lace olllrewaU.
MANEUVER LlMITS
CESSNA MODEL 152
Tbil .. lrpl&lle 18 ... rtll!calOd la 1.IIe uUUIy caw.soI"Y anello. d .. lsnod lor UmL1ed .. ""baUe fillbL III \ILe .equtslUoa 01 vtonous""rtlllca_ sucb ... """,me .. <:IaI pllot &lId n1lht t"tuue<or .... rt.o.ln m ...... v .... are .-.qulred.. Ali 01 tbeu """ .... ve .. are parmlllOd Ln 1.111.1 .. Irpl ..... .
~UVER
Cbandel1" .
RECOMlolZNDIlD BNTRT 8PEE!)'
.•..•. l1li knnta t.o.zy Elgbu ... . · . . • . . • .l1li luwU S_pTUms ... . • • • • . . • .l1li kn<IU Spino. .. .. . · ti .. Stow Doc~!~ .. at.ion SUlbl tE:.c.pl Wblp 810.11.) · tI'Ie 81e .. Deceleratle"
'HlIb~r apeo<ll C&lI be uMd il .. brupl UN olth. conlrole le avolded.
Tho ball:lI:"II:O oomp"r"ll"l"Lent .... dloT clltld·, fJe" mU8' noi be """,upled durl"« ~hIIl\o • .
A.mballc. \haI m"-,ll Il,,_v IIllb lealll .bould "CI be .. ucmpted Tbc imp"rU.nlth'nlllCl bear 1rL mlnd in nlrhl manouvors ISlbat Ibo alrplA"e 18 ele..., ll'I aarodynlJJl io design and wl11 bulld up _peed /[ulclrly wltl>lhe n020 down. Prepor apoed 'lOntrel le An •• nnll .. 1 "''1ul ... u''e''l fOT ex"",u!ion o • .. ny m&n~ver. and Cat •• bn"ld .1w.ya b. n,..,I •• d I<> .vuld u~ ... iv • • peed wblch In tUnl CAn [mpa .. uce"'ve lo .. d •. In Ihv ulICul,ou 01.11 man.uv .... avold abrupl " •• 01 oont...,ll.
FLlGHT LOAD FACTO A LlMITS
Fl llI:h.!.o1l.(! 1"acle...: °1"1 .. ps Up: ,(.4R .• 1.70R 'l'1ep. Down: '3.&8
'T"- de&LplO&d lo.clCl .. are l~ 01 Ihe abov .. an" ln eli ~ ..... th • • 'rucl"re _eia or excee40 dellgn load.t .
KINDS OF OPERATION UMITS
TIIe IIJ rp\ane \.I tqUlpJMd lord&y VI'"R and m&y be equipped. fo. alibI VFfI &lIdie. 1m oper"",,"L 1"AR l'tori Q\ uw.blisblll \be nUnlm"", R<I"lrtod 1...unrum.nlAllon and equlp"'t n, fo. \beN epet .. tlon,. n ·e reler·
I Jul7 IliJ711
-
CESSNA SECTION 2
MODEL 152 LIMITATIONS
ence to types of flight operations on the operating limitations placard
reflects equipment installed at the time of Airworthiness Certificate
issuance.
Flight into known icing conditions is prohibited.
FUEL LIMITATIONS
2 Standard Tanks: 13 U.S. gallons each.
Total Fuel: 26 U.S. gallons.
Usable Fuel (all flight conditions): 24.5 U.S. gallons.
Unusable Fuel: 1.5 U.S. gallons.
2 Long Range Tanks: 19.5 U.S. gallons each.
Total Fuel: 39 U.S. gallons.
Usable Fuel (all flight conditions): 37.5 U.S. gallons.
Unusable Fuel: 1.5 U.S. gallons.
NOTE
Due to cross-feeding between fuel tanks, the tanks should
be re-topped after each refueling to assure maximum
capacity.
Takeoffs have not been demonstrated with less than 2 gallons of total fuel
(1 gallon per tank).
Fuel remaining in the tank after the fuel quantity indicator reads empty
(red line) cannot be safely used in flight.
Approved Fuel Grades (and Colors):
100LL Grade Aviation Fuel (Blue).
100 (Formerly 100/130) Grade Aviation Fuel (Green).
OTHER LIMITATIONS
FLAP LIMITATIONS
Approved Takeoff Range: 0° to 10°.
Approved Landing Range: 0° to 30°.
1 July 1979 2-7
For Flight Training Reference Only
-
CESSNA MODEL 162
8ECTION 2 L1MITATIONS
.n~ 111 lyP'" 01 fIi,M oper.li03t O" ili, opera,;", limi .... ';""" plte.n! ",nOClt oqulpmenl Ineu.lIed at Ule lime or Alrwon/lln ..... Cenlflealo Inu ... oe.
FUEL LlMITATIONS 2 Sta.Ddard T&.I>lI.a: 13 U .8 . ,al1ono eacl>.
Tou.l Fuel: • U .8 . pllon • . Usa\>I, ""tl (ali mpt colldl1io".~ :K..! U.S. lallo ..... Unuaohlt ""ti: l''' U .S. '&110 ....
2 Lonll' R.ur.p T&tlka: lUi U .S . fI'aI1o" ..... h . Tolal "".1: 39 U .8 . ... 11".,., Uoablo Jl'ue1 (aU ni,,,, _ .. d,Uon.l< 3'1.' lUI. gallol>ll. Unusa\>l. ru.l: 1.$ U.S . lfoIlon •.
Due \O croH·letdlnl ber ...... tu.L ta.DQ. Ulel&nb ohould be ",.",pp...:! tll'\et .ae~ . ... ",.linl 10 .... u"' maJL:l mu m c.paIIl ty
Taktoll. have noi _n d.mo"'lra\e<l ",llh 1 ... \11"" 2 ,allo". 01 1<>",lluel (1 gaHnn per .... nkJ.
F""I ",malnllli In \he 1&IIk "''''' UI. luel qullnllly Indi"""" ~e empI)' (~lIno) Cannot be ulely ueed In fiI"'t.
Approved ""'el Or"" •• (""d CoLo •• ): lOOt.L G."". Avl,UolI h.l (Sl ue). 100 (l'onno.ly 100/130) Or&olt /wl.lioll Tutl (0,,"11).
OTHER LlMITATIONS
FLAP LLMLTATLONS
Approv!ld Tueoff Reale: O' \O lO". Approved 1.-cllI'l n.nre: O" \O 30".
1 July 1!mI
SECTION 2
LIMITATIONS
CESSNA
MODEL 152
"
PLACARDS
The following information must be displayed in the form of composite
or individual placards.
1. In full view of the pilot: (The "DAY-NIGHT-VFR-IFR" entry,
shown on the example below, will vary as the airplane is
equipped).
The markings and placards installed in this airplane contain
operating limitations which must be complied with when operat
ing this airplane in the Utility Category. Other operating limita
tions which must be complied with when operating this airplane
in this category are contained in the Pilot's Operating Handbook
and FAA Approved Airplane Flight Manual.
NO ACROBATIC MANEUVERS APPROVED EXCEPT THOSE
LISTED BELOW
Maneuver
Rec. Entry
Speed Maneuver
Rec. Entry
Speed
Chandelles 95 KIAS
Lazy 8's 95 KIAS
Steep Turns 95 KIAS
Spins Slow Decel.
Stalls (Ex
cept Whip
Stalls) Slow Decel.
Intentional spins prohibited with flaps extended.
Flight into known icing conditions prohibited.
This airplane is certified for the following flight operations as of
date of original airworthiness certificate:
DAY—NIGHT—VFR—IFR
2. In the baggage compartment:
120 LBS. MAXIMUM BAGGAGE AND/OR AUXILIARY SEAT PAS
SENGER. FOR ADDITIONAL LOADING INSTRUCTIONS SEE
WEIGHT AND BALANCE DATA.
n
n
n
n
n
2-8 1 July 1979
For Flight Training Reference Only
SECTION 2 LIMIT ... TiONS
CESSNA MOOEL 152
PLACARDS
Tbe lo11ow1n,. lII/orDaIi .... mllil be dl.playod III Ihe /o.m O/ rom_,1e O' Indlvldu&l pl&O&l'd • .
lo In fuU v_ 0/ ..... plloc eTII. ··O ... Y·NIOHT·VPR·I!'R- .nlfy • • howo Oa \b. u&DIpl. belo ... will yr.t}' ......... airpL&n1 L. equippeod).
Th" m .... klllp &nd plo.canll ] ... t.lJ.lod III \bI • .uv!! .. ", conllr.m operall0l!" limlllr.do .. , _lI\oh mll~ be oomplled wltb who:u "IM''''~ IIIl!" thl. alrpL...,. In III. UtlllLy Caloe/rOry. Other Ope"'llnl!" limll&. tlon ... lIleh mUltbe compllod .1111 wllen opendlnr Ih'- .lrplaoe In lh1. ca"'gof}'.'" con .... 'nod In lhll>Jlot·. Opendlnr Han<lbook and ~'AA Apprnvod "'i.,.L"". Yhlll' Nanual.
NO ACROBATIC MANEUVERS M'PRQVEO EXCEPT THOSE LISTED 8ELOW
R.ec.. Enlry ,-Cbandollu ......... 96 KIA8 La~y 8· •............ 9G KIAS
Spl" •............ Slu .. u..:.l. Slall. (ElL'
Sl<.'ep Turno ........ ~ K IAS oepl Whlp sl.n.) ........... Slo .. ~l.
Inlenllonal .plnl prohlbUod .... !l1I n.p. ex.ondod. YlIghlln\.O know n IClng condllion. prohlblled.
1"11" "'.pl"n" ,. CI'U/,Ift! lor Ih. luUowing 111",111 OplTlhon, ... of d .. te .. / or,,,i,,"] .,rw .. rlbl,,~~~ c~rt,lic .. ""
DA Y- NIOIIT_ VI'"R- IPR
120 LBS. M ... XIMUM S"'OO"'GE "'NO/OR AUXIUARY SEAT P"'S· SENGER. !'"OR ... ODlTI ON ... I. LO ... 01NG IN!>1"IiUCT10NS SE.; WEIGHT "'NOB"'UNCE D ... T ....
,. l July 1979
-
CESSNA SECTION 2
MODEL 152 LIMITATIONS
3. Near fuel shutoff valve (standard tanks):
Near fuel
FUEL - 24.5 GALS - ON-OFF
shutoff valve (long range tanks):
FUEL- 37.5 GALS - ON-OFF
4. Near fuel tank filler cap (standard tanks):
FUEL
100LL/100 MIN. GRADE AVIATION GASOLINE
CAP. 13 U.S. GAL.
Near fuel tank filler cap (long range tanks):
FUEL
100LL/ 100 MIN. GRADE AVIATION GASOLINE
CAP. 19.5 U.S. GAL.
CAP 13.0 U.S. GAL. TO BOTTOM OF FILLER COLLAR
5. On the instrument panel near the altimeter:
SPIN RECOVERY
1. VERIFY AILERONS NEUTRAL AND THROTTLE CLOSED
2. APPLY FULL OPPOSITE RUDDER
3. MOVE CONTROL WHEEL BRISKLY FORWARD TO BREAKSTALL
4. NEUTRALIZE RUDDER AND RECOVER FROM DIVE
1 July 1979
For Flight Training Reference Only
--
CSSSNA MOO EL 162
SECTION 2 LIMITATIONS
FUEL· 24.S GALS _ ON-O""
l''\Jto:L· 31.5 GALS· ON-O F!"
4 Nn. fuol...,.1o: filler «p (lt&Qdo.rd ",,,10:1);
ro<e 100LLllIIO MIN . GRADi': AVIATION GASOLINE
CAP. 13 U.S. GAL.
'"'C 100LI../100 MIN. GRADE A VIATlON OASOUNE CAI', Ig.3 U. 5 . GAL.
CAP \3.0 U ,S, GAL. TO BO'ITOM OP' P'ILLER COLLAR
SPiN R&COVERY
1 VERI P'Y AlLERONS Nto:UTRAI.. ANO THR01TLE CLQSED It. APPI..Y l''ULL OPPOSITE RUOOi':R :l. MOV E CONTROI.. WHEEL 8fUSKLY l''Q1\WARD TO BREAK
5TALL 4. NEUTI1AL1ZE RUDDER ANO RECOVElt ntOM DIVE
I Jul)' 1m ,-,
SECTION 2
LIMITATIONS
CESSNA
MODEL 152
6. A calibration card is provided to indicate the accuracy of the
magnetic compass in 30° increments.
7. On oil filler cap:
8. On control lock:
"
n
p
CONTROL LOCK - REMOVE BEFORE STARTING ENGINE
9. Near airspeed indicator:
MANEUVER SPEED - 104 KIAS
n
n
2-101 July 1979
For Flight Training Reference Only
BECTION' LIMITATIONS
CESSNA MODEL ,1It
Il. A .,.Ubn .. ion """" I. p..,vldocl '" indio." Ib. a<:<lu"",y ot 1Il. mo.gnot!o ccmp&llll In:lO' In""""'."'"
7. OD 011 rtllo •• "P'
IL On """lJ'<>llool<:
CON'l'ROL I.OCK • REMOVl! BEPORE STARTING ENOINE
MANEUVER SPEED· 11>1 I(lA8
2·10 I JuIy 1m
--
CESSNA SECTION 3
MODEL 152 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
SECTION 3
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
TABLE OF CONTENTSPage
Introduction 3-3
Airspeeds For Emergency Operation 3-3
OPERATIONAL CHECKLISTS
Engine Failures 3-3
Engine Failure During Takeoff Run 3-3
Engine Failure Immediately After Takeoff 3-3
Engine Failure During Flight 3-4
Forced Landings 3-4
Emergency Landing Without Engine Power 3-4
Precautionary Landing With Engine Power 3-4
Ditching 3-4
Fires 3-5
During Start On Ground 3-5
Engine Fire In Flight 3-5
Electrical Fire In Flight 3-6
Cabin Fire 3-6
Wing Fire 3-7
Icing 3-7
Inadvertent Icing Encounter 3-7
Landing With A Flat Main Tire 3-8
Electrical Power Supply System Malfunctions 3-8
Ammeter Shows Excessive Rate Of Charge
(Full Scale Deflection) 3-8
Low-Voltage Light Illuminates During Flight
(Ammeter Indicates Discharge) 3-8
AMPLIFIED PROCEDURES
Engine Failure 3-9
Forced Landings 3-10
Landing Without Elevator Control 3-10
Fires 3-10
1 July 1979 3-1
For Flight Training Reference Only
~
-
CESSNA MOD&L la:!
SECTION 3 ~MEROENCY PROC~DUR~S
SECTION 3 EMERGENCY PROCEDURE5
TABlE OF CONTENTS
loU'Oduclion . . ......•.••..... A rrepeed.a "or ~m.r"lI."")' Opotr.Ii~.. ...... .
OPERATIONAL CIIECKLISTS
EI1I1'iP<> F ltJhu·., El1lrll1e ,. .. II"re Durin. TaltiOOll I\un ... Engln. ,.1tJ1"re Imm~I .. ~I)' Alle. T.keoff F.ngin. F .. i1u .... Durinlr FUlrbl ..... .
1'0reMi L&ndinl{ •.•• ••..•.•.. Emetjene)' L.&ndlnlr Wllboul Enlrlne Pow.r P~ .. ullon .. f)' L&n~lnl" Wlth El1l"lo. l'o ..... Dllehlnl" ....... .
!'"I ... ~ ........ . lJudnlf SI .. tI O" Ornund Enlfi,," Flno In FU,hl . Eleo!rl" .. 1 !'"Ire In FUl"b! Cablo Fire .. Wlnl" !'"Ire
Telnl! ..... . Inadnritlnl Idnl{ E"e""nl"
I...I.ndlng WUh A "1.1 M.ln TI.. . EI...,I.;e .. 1 l'owe. Suppl)' S)"I&m M.U"ncllonR
;"mme~r SII" .... Exc ... in 1\0.1& Of CII .... p (F"Ll Sc.l~ o.tl<lclion) •........
Lo",·Vol\.~ Lijlll IUumin"," Ounn/( Filrllt (/unmewr Il,<11<:.,,,. Ohlcll .... ' .) ..... .
EnguuI ".11" .. Vo reeod Lllnd"'If'
AMPLIP'IEO PflOCEDUflES
LandI"" W,Ib",.1 EI.~.l<Ir Conlrol Vin:oI • . . . • . . • • • .
I Jul)' \878
'" ,~
'o, ,-, ,~
H ,~ ,-, " H 'O, ,. 3·6 'o, 'o, " ,. H
,. ,.
,-o .. , 3·10 3·10
SECTION 3 CESSNA —
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES MODEL 152
TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued)Page
mergency Operation In Clouds (Vacuum System Failure) . . . 3-11
Executing A 180° Turn In Clouds 3-11 —
Emergency Descent Through Clouds 3-11
Recovery From A Spiral Dive 3-12
Inadvertent Flight Into Icing Conditions 3-12
Spins 3-12 _
Rough Engine Operation Or Loss Of Power 3-13
Carburetor Icing 3-13
Spark Plug Fouling 3-13
Magneto Malfunction 3-14
Low Oil Pressure 3-14
Electrical Power Supply System Malfunctions 3-14
Excessive Rate Of Charge 3-14
1
P
n
n
n
3-2 1 July 1979
For Flight Training Reference Only
SECTlON :I EMEROENCYPROCEDURES
TABlE OF CONTENTS (Continued)
", .. rytney OpenUon I" CIOllds CV...,II"'" Syn"m 1"&11 .... ) ExecU.1nl A ._ TU .... 'n Clouda . Y.mlrpnc)' o..oooni Thr<>urh Clouda . Hec:OVlry "ram A Spirai DIvo ....•
In&dve_n. Yllgbll"La ICi", C""dIUOlit . • Spin.. ........... . RuuWb En,lnO Oporallon Or Lo .. Of Po .......
CarburOlOr 101111" •• Spark Plul" roullne Marone\(> MaUuncllon t..ow OH "......... • . . • •
Eleclde&l f'ow • • Supply SY'IO'" MaUUDctIo". E""" .... v. R.t.t Of Charyo . . Ina .. lllel'n' Rale 01 Ch .... l"" ..... .
"
CESSNA MOOEL 1.5Il
' ''' 3 · 11 .U .u ,.~
,~
3· 12
'" '·l3 3·\3 3·14 3·14 3·14 3 · 14 3· 1~
1 Ju1y 1W1!
-
CESSNA SECTION 3
MODEL 152 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
INTRODUCTION
Section 3 provides checklist and amplified procedures for coping with
emergencies that may occur. Emergencies caused by airplane or engine
malfunctions are extremely rare if proper preflight inspections and
maintenance are practiced. Enroute weather emergencies can be minim
ized or eliminated by careful flight planning and good judgment when
unexpected weather is encountered. However, should an emergency arise,
the basic guidelines described in this section should be considered and
applied as necessary to correct the problem. Emergency procedures
associated with ELT and other optional systems can be found in Section 9.
AIRSPEEDS FOR EMERGENCY OPERATION
Engine Failure After Takeoff 60 KIAS
Maneuvering Speed:
1670 Lbs 104 KIAS
1500 Lbs 98 KIAS
1350 Lbs 93 KIAS
Maximum Glide 60 KIAS
Precautionary Landing With Engine Power 55 KIAS
Landing Without Engine Power:
Wing Flaps Up 65 KIAS
Wing Flaps Down 60 KIAS
OPERATIONAL CHECKLISTS
ENGINE FAILURES
ENGINE FAILURE DURING TAKEOFF RUN
1. Throttle -- IDLE.
2. Brakes -- APPLY.
3. Wing Flaps - RETRACT.
4. Mixture -- IDLE CUT-OFF.
5. Ignition Switch -- OFF.
6. Master Switch -- OFF.
ENGINE FAILURE IMMEDIATELY AFTER TAKEOFF
1. Airspeed -- 60 KIAS.
2. Mixture -- IDLE CUT-OFF.
1 July 1979 3.3
For Flight Training Reference Only
CESSNA MODEL 1M!
SECT[ON 3 l'.:MEItc,a;NCY PJI.OCEDI1RES
lNTRQDUCT10N
SectLon 3 provlde. (J.heekU.\...,d o.mpUl[ec! prooodu~ fo. oop~ wilh ""' ... pncles 0. .. ma)' (M)(:ur Emerpnaltll ""uoed by "''l'la~ or ~n~~ maltuneUon ....... nl .. maly .... Il P""I"" p .. mclll InspecUons &Dd m ... "te"...,.,. .... prae1l<*1. Enroute ..... th •• amerpnc'" can be mlnlm-iZC!'CI or eHml",,1ed by ........ ' ul mllli pL ...... ml and LrOOd jud/l"menl ... lIan u .. ,,:rpeeled ..... ""h ... L. encoun\.erecl . Ho_ve •. abauld an emerlc-ncy .... i»e. tha buie ... I ... U .... d....,tlbecI In thl. ,""",Uon Mould be eonslderecl &Dd. "ppl'-<l ... n_ .. o.ry IO oornct th. p""blam. E .... rpnq procodu .... asaoo::i"ted w,th El., T and a""'. opUu ... 1 ay ... ",. caa be found in Sect.ion iii.
AIRSPEEDS FOR EMERGENCV OPERATION EniLue ... Uu .. Ahe. Tak ... 1f Manauvetlnl SpeecI:
11I7II!..be •• IMIO!.be •••••••• 13&I!.be ••••••••
MLdmw:n OLlds ..... . P"""ullo""ry lM.odio, With En''''a Po ..... LMdlnlL' WlIhoul Eu,1I>o PowOr.
Wh'I P1apa I1p .. Wl", P'laps DoWll ....
OPERATIONAl CHECKUSTS
ENGINE FAILURES
ENGINE FA'LURE DURINO TAKEOFF RUN
I Tbrottle .. [O(.,E. 2. BnLl< •• •• AI'I'L Y. 3. W'''II'I .. p ••• IlETI1ACT 4. M,.,I,,",·· IOU: CUT.OI'I'. 5. lau,tioD Swil<:b .. OPP. 8. Mute. SWLlCb .. OF'F.
ENGINE FAILURE IMMEDIATELV AFTEA TAKEOFF
l. A,",,,",, •• !lO KIAS. 2. Mi"." .... IO(.,E CUT.OI'I"
I July 1!179
!IO KIAS
11>4 KIAS \18 KlAS 93KIAS !lO KIAS :I:IKlAS
11:1 KIAS !IO KIAS
"
SECTION 3 CESSNA
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES MODEL 152
3. Fuel Shutoff Valve -- OFF.
4. Ignition Switch -- OFF.
5. Wing Flaps -- AS REQUIRED.
6. Master Switch -- OFF.
ENGINE FAILURE DURING FLIGHT
1. Airspeed -- 60 KIAS.
2. Carburetor Heat -- ON.
3. Primer -- IN and LOCKED.
4. Fuel Shutoff Valve -- ON.
5. Mixture -- RICH.
6. Ignition Switch -- BOTH (or START if propeller is stopped).
~FORCED LANDINGS
EMERGENCY LANDING WITHOUT ENGINE POWER
1. Airspeed -- 65 KIAS (flaps UP).
60 KIAS (flaps DOWN).
2. Mixture -- IDLE CUT-OFF.
3. Fuel Shutoff Valve -- OFF.
4. Ignition Switch -- OFF.
5. Wing Flaps -- AS REQUIRED (30° recommended).
6. Master Switch -- OFF.
7. Doors -- UNLATCH PRIOR TO TOUCHDOWN.
8. Touchdown -- SLIGHTLY TAIL LOW.
9. Brakes -- APPLY HEAVILY.
PRECAUTIONARY LANDING WITH ENGINE POWER
"—
1. Airspeed -- 60 KIAS.
2. Wing Flaps--20°.
3. Selected Field -- FLY OVER, noting terrain and obstructions, then
retract flaps upon reaching a safe altitude and airspeed.
4. Radio and Electrical Switches -- OFF.
5. Wing Flaps -- 30° (on final approach).
6. Airspeed -- 55 KIAS. —
7. Master Switch -- OFF.
8. Doors -- UNLATCH PRIOR TO TOUCHDOWN.
9. Touchdown -- SLIGHTLY TAIL LOW.
10. Ignition Switch -- OFF. —«
11. Brakes - APPLY HEAVILY.
3-4 1 July 1979
~For Flight Training Reference Only
SECTION3 EMEROENCY l'ROCEOUIIl':S
li. ,."..1 EOhutoll Vo.lvo·· orI". ~ IpIUo~ Sw!~b •• orF. ~. Wl .. ~ n_IMI •• A B tu:QUIRt:O. &. M ..... , SwllCh ·· 01'1".
ENOINE fAILURE DURINO fUOHT
I. Alnperi· · GO KIA.S. 2. C.,burotor H .. '·· 01'1. 3. Primo,· · [N and LOCKED. 4. Fu.l SbUlO1f Val'M·· 01'1. :I. Mb.lu,o· · RICIL
CESSN" MOOEL I~
'" IgulU<>.o Swlt<b •• BOTH (or ST ART tr pr<lJ>*Uo, lo ""pped).
FORCED LANOINGS
EMF.RGENCV LANDING WITHOUT ENGINE POWER
Alrapeed·· lI:i KIA!) (n"J>* Vp). 80 KIAS (fl"pt DOWN).
2. M,~.u ... ·· tOLE CUT·orF. 3. 1" .. 01 Sbulolf Vo.lvo·· OF? 4. 19uUlon S.,llCb·· OFI'. 5. Wlo; n_pii·· AS REQUIIIED (30" """,mm.n_~ II. M ... "" Swit<b •• 0 1"1". 1. 000,.. .. UNLATCH Pf!.IOf!. m 1'OVCHDOWN. !I. Touth<lO'On •• SL10HTLY TA[L LOW. g. Br ...... ·· APPLY HEAV tLY.
PRECAUTIONARY LANDING WITH EN GINE PQWEA
I Airsl>"'l ·· 80 IUAS. e. W;nK Flop ••• W. 3. S.lo<<od. TI. ld •• n. Y OVCR. M'Io, "', .... in ... d obsinletlon ... Ih""
......... Ilap. "pon .. &chio&" ..... 10 o.llltud. and ai",poood. i . Radio .... d Eloo'I"1O&.I S .. 't<h.o·· DI'F. 5. Wln"" l"oP' •. :lO" ("., "no.l "ppro&ch~ !I. AI"I>"'I ·· ~ KIAS. 1. M .... , S .. ,k:b . . DI'F. !I. 000 .. ·• UNLATCH PRIOR 1'0 mUCHDQWN. g. TQucMQwn·· SLiCHTLY TAIL LOW
lO. 1&"0,,""" SWIk:h·· OPI' Il Brok., .. APPI,YHEAVILY.
; July 11179
CESSNA SECTION 3
MODEL 152 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
DITCHING
1. Radio -- TRANSMIT MAYDAY on 121.5 MHz, giving location and
intentions and SQUAWK 7700 if transponder is installed.
2. Heavy Objects (in baggage area) -- SECURE OR JETTISON.
3. Approach -- High Winds, Heavy Seas - INTO THE WIND.
Light Winds, Heavy Swells -- PARALLEL TO
SWELLS.
4. Wing Flaps --30°.
5. Power -- ESTABLISH 300 FT/MIN DESCENT AT 55 KIAS.
6. Cabin Doors -- UNLATCH.
7. Touchdown - LEVEL ATTITUDE AT 300 FT/MIN DESCENT.
8. Face -- CUSHION at touchdown with folded coat.
9. Airplane -- EVACUATE through cabin doors. If necessary, open
windows and flood cabin to equalize pressure so doors can be
opened.
10. Life Vests and Raft -- INFLATE.
FIRES
DURING START ON GROUND
1. Cranking -- CONTINUE, to get a start which would suck the flames
and accumulated fuel through the carburetor and into the engine.
If engine starts:
2. Power -- 1700 RPM for a few minutes.
3. Engine -- SHUTDOWN and inspect for damage.
If engine fails to start:
4. Cranking -- CONTINUE in an effort to obtain a start.
5. Fire Extinguisher -- OBTAIN (have ground attendants obtain if not
installed).
6. Engine -- SECURE.
a. Master Switch -- OFF.
b. Ignition Switch -- OFF.
c. Fuel Shutoff Valve -- OFF.
7. Fire - - EXTINGUISH using fire extinguisher, wool blanket, or dirt.
8. Fire Damage -- INSPECT, repair damage or replace damaged
components or wiring before conducting another flight.
ENGINE FIRE IN FLIGHT
1. Mixture - IDLE CUT-OFF.
1 July 1979 3:5
For Flight Training Reference Only
CESS~A MODEL 1&2
OITC HING
•• , ,
• , • , • •
opeOo<l.
SECTIO N a EMEROENCY l'ROCEDURE$
IO. Lit. V ..... ...,d lùh·· INI'LATE.
FI AES
DURING START ON GROUNO
C,.n~i"l'·· CONTINUE. \(II.' ...... " ",hioh wo~ld . "ck tho n..,. ... and """"umulo"'" fuol thmu!\"h tho corburo\(l , ."d in\(l tho ongino.
If onglno ........ :
2. "","0< '. 1700 KI'M lo, o low mlou .... J. EnlJlno· · SHUTDOWN arulloopec' lor dom",o.
If onll"l"" I.n. '" ... '"
•• , ••
, , ENGINE FIRE IN FllG HT
I. MII 'U .. •• tDLE CUT ·01'1'.
I July 1979
.ft offon \(I "bIO'" .... " .
SECTION 3 CESSNA —
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES MODEL 152
2. Fuel Shutoff Valve -- OFF.
3. Master Switch -- OFF.
4. Cabin Heat and Air -- OFF (except wing root vents).
5. Airspeed -- 85 KIAS (If fire is not extinguished, increase glide
speed to find an airspeed which will provide an incombustible
mixture).
6. Forced Landing - - EXECUTE (as described in Emergency Landing
Without Engine Power).
ELECTRICAL FIRE IN FLIGHT
1. Master Switch -- OFF.
2. All Other Switches (except ignition switch) -- OFF.
3. Vents/Cabin Air/Heat -- CLOSED.
4. Fire Extinguisher -- ACTIVATE (if available).
n
n
After discharging an extinguisher within a closed cabin,
ventilate the cabin.
If fire appears out and electrical power is necessary for continuance of
flight:
5. Master Switch -- ON.
6. Circuit Breakers -- CHECK for faulty circuit, do not reset.
7. Radio/Electrical Switches -- ON one at a time, with delay after
each until short circuit is localized.
8. Vents/Cabin Air/Heat -- OPEN when it is ascertained that fire is
completely extinguished.
CABIN FIRE
1. Master Switch - OFF.
2. Vents/ Cabin Air/Heat -- CLOSED (to avoid drafts).
3. Fire Extinguisher -- ACTIVATE (if available).
| WARNING
'After discharging an extinguisher within a closed cabin,
ventilate the cabin.
4. Land the airplane as soon as possible to inspect for damage.
3-6 1 July 1979 _
For Flight Training Reference Only
SECTION ~ EMEROENCY PROCl'OIJRl'S
z. l'v.1 Sbvlofl Valv.·· 01'1'. lo Muto< Swltcb·· Ot ..... 4. Cabl~ H .. , ""~ AI,·· 01'1' (axe<rp' wlnll" J"<l(J' v&nLa).
CESSNA MODEt.l~
~. AI,"P"d .. M KIAS (U fI,.. I. no' .~Unlul""od. Inc", ... I"HIIo opM<l lo nnd an al,..p"od whlch .. 111 provi"" "" lnoombulltlble ml"uN).
01. l'ome<! LaDdlng·· EXECUTE ( ... 110..,,1_111 Emo'lr"ney LAndlng Withou' En g"'" Po .. ",).
ELECTRICAt FIRE IN FUG HT
l. M ... .." S .. lIch .• or,. z. Ali Q'h., s""",nos (.~""P' '1""''''' .... I .. h) •• ON'o lo V'"I0/Cobin AlrIHoa'·· CI.OSEO. -I. l'I .... E~ llo""l.h", •. ACTIV A TE ur ovaUablo).
I WARN ING I AI\ .. dl.<t,uI!".ng an nun",loho, "Ubln o 010_ eobln. ,· ... m.,. _ .abin.
Il rl .... pp •• '" avI aod .1""";.01 PO"" I. n..,. •• O<)' lo,,,,,ollnuanceof milh' ,
~ M ... I<, Swll<h·· 0:-1. ". C'reuu H.--lto .. •· CHECK fo , fau!Oy c,,,ml1. do no' "' .. ~ 7 RadloIElte<rlc.1 5"I"'h .... QN ..... a' . "me .... ,'" dOl.y art.,
.""Il v ... il olto'" "i",un I. Joo;.llwd. I. Va"lOICobl .. Alr/Hea'·· OI'~N ... !>e" 1\ l._.ml,,'" "'o, Il .. I,
""mple .. ly .~t!ngul.bed.
CABIN FIR E
1 M ... ,..Swl""'·· 01'1'. 2. V~n ... ICobln AlrIH •• '· · CLOSEO tu> avo!d d,al ... ). a. F"ire E~.lnguiaher •• ACTIV ... TE (II avalloble).
At"r dlochUj"lnilao .~<!0il"i.he, w"b lu a .10 .... cabi,,...,n"l.", ,h. cabln.
1 July Un9
CESSNA SECTION 3
MODEL 152 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
WING FIRE
1. Navigation Light Switch -- OFF.
2. Strobe Light Switch (if installed) -- OFF.
3. Pitot Heat Switch (if installed) -- OFF.
NOTE
Perform a side slip to keep the flames away from the fuel
tank and cabin, and land as soon as possible, with flaps
retracted.
ICING
INADVERTENT ICING ENCOUNTER
1. Turn pitot heat switch ON (if installed).
2. Turn back or change altitude to obtain an outside air temperature
that is less conducive to icing.
3. Pull cabin heat control full out to obtain maximum defroster air
temperature. For greater air flow at reduced temperatures, adjust
the cabin air control as required.
4. Open the throttle to increase engine speed and minimize ice build
up on propeller blades.
5. Watch for signs of carburetor air filter ice and apply carburetor
heat as required. An unexpected loss in engine speed could be
caused by carburetor ice or air intake filter ice. Lean the mixture
for maximum RPM, if carburetor heai is used continuously.
6. Plan a landing at the nearest airport. With an extremely rapid ice
build-up, select a suitable "off airport" landing site.
7. With an ice accumulation of 1/4 inch or more on the wing leading
edges, be prepared for significantly higher stall speed.
8. Leave wing flaps retracted. With a severe ice build-up on the
horizontal tail, the change in wing wake airflow direction caused
by wing flap extension could result in a loss of elevator effective
ness.
9. Open left window and, if practical, scrape ice from a portion of the
windshield for visibility in the landing approach.
10. Perform a landing approach using a forward slip, if necessary, for
improved visibility.
11. Approach at 65 to 75 KIAS depending upon the amount of ice
accumulation.
12. Perform a landing in level attitude.
1 July 1979 3-7
For Flight Training Reference Only
-
-
CESSNA MODEL 15I!
BECTION3 EMEROENCY PROCEDUI\.ES
WING FIRE
I. NavIJ"Uo" LlJhL 8",1 .. 11. ·· OFF. a. SLlObo LIJ~L S .. I"'b (If 'n .... Ued.j·· O". 3. pjlO' HO.L S .. I .. b (II 'nlIlalled)·_ 0".
"= Po,fOrni. 01110 o!lp IO ,,"p !bo l1omo. "w"Y!rom !b. I"", ..... k onel "..bln . ....d , ... d ... _n ... _o!bl.. "Ilb nopo ",',aeLod.
ICING INAOVEA TENT ICING ENCOONTER
I. Turn l'IlO' b ....... ''''b 01'1 (II il>olllllod). a. Tum b"". o, cbo.np oIL''''do IO abili'" .0 o"uld" ..... ~po'''\u,""
"'al lo le .... "due'"" IO "''''LI". 3 Pu.!I o .... 'n b ••• control fUll 0'" IO obLaln m""""um 1Iorr.,., ... 1r
oempo'uu,"". !'Or lJf9&oe, 01, 110 .. a. r«IU«d .. ,.,pota'"",. ad)uo' "'" c.bio ai, """""\ .. ,..quic.<I.
4. Opo., the !bromo", lw;", ... oD.III"" 01'"'1 and mlnlmlMl"" bun~· up OD ",""pollo, blad ...
~. W .... b lo, 01"", 01 0.","",100' a" mIO, ieo &Dd O.PPll' oubu",_
• '. ••
• 'C
u .
••
b ..... requlnHI. An """,,p''':led. I .... In .o~"" opo<ld. """", \IO o.uoe<\ by 011"'''",1<>' ''''' o, a.1' "'talte ru ... , 1<>0. Lot." .... mlnu .. lo, "'''lmU''' RPM. Il.,,,,,,,'''<0' 110.1 '0 "00<1 ""nUouou.ly . p,." • l .. rullnl!" .L 1M ""0"''' o.'rpon. Wltb o.n u .... "'.ll' npld '00 1""I~·up .... Ioet. 0"'1.1.11.10 -otf o.)rpo,,"" lo.odlng 0'10. Wltb.n 100 __ ul.llo" ot Il t !o.h o,,,,,,n,,,, Lbo "'n,loadln, ed"o. II.. _p&red lo, olplfic.oUy bI,bo' ,"U opeeod . LoHve wl"J no.po "" ... 10<1. Wltlt ... ""'" lcoot b"Ud·"p on tb<I horloonlllll&U. <be obanE" In .. in, .. alo. o.lrf1o .. ",,,,,,uon e.~00<1 by ..-Ln, n.p OX,".,.iOD """Id .... ~I. In • 100. 0""'."10' .nocti".. _ . Op.on lon .. lndO ....... d. !f P''''''''.\' OCf • .,. \c. !rom • porlion oflho .. 1 .. ""hI.ld (9< v .. !blllty il> lb. laDdlnlloppro&OlI.. f'orfOml • l.ndiollappn>&Ob ".loJo. Iorwonl.llp. Il neee .. "I")'. lo, lmpn>vod vl. IlII'l<f. Appro&Oh •• 6!S IO 1$ KIAS depondlq: "P"O !bo &moun' of ,"'" """umul.hon . Pt!rfor"m o'a"dln, In ",~Ol ",tu"dO.
l Ju,y 1m ,.,
SECTION 3 CESSNA
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES MODEL 152
LANDING WITH A FLAT MAIN TIRE
1. Wing Flaps -- AS DESIRED.
2. Approach -- NORMAL.
3. Touchdown - - GOOD TIRE FIRST, hold airplane off flat tire as long
as possible with aileron control.
ELECTRICAL POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM
MALFUNCTIONS
AMMETER SHOWS EXCESSIVE RATE OF CHARGE _
(Full Scale Deflection)
1. Alternator -- OFF.
2. Alternator Circuit Breaker -- PULL.
3. Nonessential Electrical Equipment -- OFF.
4. Flight -- TERMINATE as soon as practical.
LOW-VOLTAGE LIGHT ILLUMINATES DURING FLIGHT
(Ammeter Indicates Discharge)
NOTE
Illumination of the low-voltage light may occur during
low RPM conditions with an electrical load on the system
such as during a low RPM taxi. Under these conditions, the
light will go out at higher RPM. The master switch need not
be recycled since an over-voltage condition has not
occurred to de-activate the alternator system.
1. Radios--OFF.
2. Alternator Circuit Breaker -- CHECK IN.
3. Master Switch -- OFF (both sides).
4. Master Switch -- ON.
5. Low-Voltage Light - CHECK OFF.
6. Radios -- ON.
If low-voltage light illuminates again:
7. Alternator - OFF.
8. Nonessential Radio and Electrical ]
9. Flight -- TERMINATE as soon as practical.
3-8 1 July 1979
n
n
7. Alternator - OFF. • —
8. Nonessential Radio and Electrical Equipment -- OFF.
nFor Flight Training Reference Only
BJ:CTION 3 EMIi:RGENCY PROCEDURES
LANDING WITH A FLAT MAI N TIRE
I. WI,,« II'L .. pa •• AB DESIRED.
CESSNA MODELIU
J. App..,...,II •. NORMAL. 3. Touobdo.,, ·· 0000 TIRE II'1RS'r. nold .Irpl ....... " n .. 1 Il ..... Iong
&II p<>aaib.ie wlth .Ue.on contn>L
ELECTRICAL POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM MALFUNCTIONS
AMMETER SHOWS EXCESSIVE RATE OF CHARGE (Full SC31. C,tlecllonl
\. Alle"""\O'··O"II'. 2. 11.1,-...... 10. Circuii B ..... loer .. PULL. 3. Non ... " .. Il&l EI..,tric&l Equipmcn' " O". 4. Plllbl •. TERMINATE ... eooo. .... pnu:'Ic&l.
lOW.VOLTAGE LlGHT IlLUMINATES DURING FLlGHT (Ammlll .. Indic.l" Dllch.rgel
,.
N= lIIumln .. llon or Ule low. Y .. I~ Il,,111 ..... y _u. durln, lo .. "'l'M OCIlldlllo"" wllb 0U1 elecl1ic .. llo ..... on Ule eyelOm .ucll .1 durl"V" low RPM ta,,!. Undertheaeoondllione. Il •• L11h1 wlll ,00uu.lblgherRPM Thema.ot.e,.w'ltll nlHldnc\ bo reo~led elno ... n ov. r. ,"Oltage condltlon Il ... noi oocurncl lO d.·o.cUv .... th •• llom .. lO •• yawJU.
\ . Rad.!o ... OFF. 2. 11.11 ..... &10. ClrcuLI areake.· · CHECK IN. 3. N ... Ie. 8w1lCb. .. O", (both .I~ ... ) . 4. M&II'-r Swlldl·· Ot'! . ~ \,.(no.Voltq;e Wghl .• CHECK OPF. I . R..tl<>l·· ONo
Il low.vol~ U,hl !lI" ... I .... _ aplll:
7. Allenlr.lO. ·· OPI". 8. Nonen.nll .. 1 Radio And El""bc&l Equip",.m ·· 01"1". \I "'111M .. TERMINATE ... IOOOn &II practlc&l.
l July 111711
CESSNA
MODEL 152
SECTION 3
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
AMPLIFIED PROCEDURES
ENGINE FAILURE
If an engine failure occurs during the takeoff run, the most important
thing to do is stop the airplane on the remaining runway. Those extra items
on the checklist will provide added safety after a failure of this type.
Prompt lowering of the nose to maintain airspeed and establish a glide
attitude is the first response to an engine failure after takeoff. In most
cases, the landing should be planned straight ahead with only small
changes in direction to avoid obstructions. Altitude and airspeed are
seldom sufficient to execute a 180° gliding turn necessary to return to the
runway. The checklist procedures assume that adequate time exists to
secure the fuel and ignition systems prior to touchdown.
After an engine failure in flight, the best glide speed as shown in figure
3-1 should be established as quickly as possible. While gliding toward a
suitable landing area, an effort should be made to identify the cause of the
failure. If time permits, an engine restart should be attempted as shown in
the checklist. If the engine cannot be restarted, a forced landing without
power must be completed.
12,000
u- 10,000
LLI
O
<
h
8000 —
6000
4000
2000
ft*i
* SPEED 60 KiAS
* PROPELLER WINDMILLI
* FLAPS UP *ZERO WIN
1 1 ± i
NG -
D
A 6 8 10 12 14 16
GROUND DISTANCE - NAUTICAL MILES
18 20
Figure 3-1. Maximum Glide
1 July 1979 3-9
For Flight Training Reference Only
-
C~;SSN'" MOOEL 1&2
5ECTlON 3 ]';M],;HO~NCY PHOCEOURES
AMPLIFIED PROCEDURES
HJGINE FAILURE
Il .... net ... laU" .. 000 ..... <luriIIl 11M I&IleoII "'". u.. III<HIt Impona.nl tI\l" .... do I ..... p u.. alrpllo.lleoa lIMo remalaluarv.a ... ~. 'IbOM uln I ...... 011 th.o ,,'-1<11.1 wllI pro"l/h &ddecI ...rel)'.ne, e leu .... DI thllo I)'PII.
Prompt IDwe .. Ln .. ot tha ...,.. IO mall>laln al .. p"<! """ .. labllell aallde attlCucie Ilo 11M 111111 ... po .... lO &D e"gI". 1.11 ...... .n. .. tak ... rr. 111 "''''1 UN" u.. i&lldÙlI IbIIW<I ~ pla.lI.ed IIn.l.llt ab ... <1 .. ltI> 0111), ema.\1 eh ...... In <llrecUon lO .YOI<I o_U'\I~lIona. Aiutude &Dd ..... ~ ... • Id"," ."Inclanl lO uecUIe a 1110" .. Ildlnl t\lnl_M.ly'" rellU'D tGth.o nLIlW&)'. T_ cnecl<lu.t proced ........... ume thal o.d.6q .... 1e Urne ul ... IO SOC"re u.. h .. 1 -.nd tgnttio ... )'alamo prior lO lOualldo .... .
... fler &li '''l'h,,, 1.tI .... Ut mlll1- Ute but,llde apem aa ......... In nl"'re 3·\ .lIoul<l boli .e<&blilobod ... q"iekl)' ... pOtI.ibloo. WIlU. alldlnl' 1O'III'ard • ... ita.bl. landlnl' ........ ellon .Ilo\lld _ ... &<1& IO IdGIIUf)' the" .... oIUte 1.i1 ..... tI 11m. PllmllI ..... " erolifle l'fII~t ,1Io .. 1d ~ alle..,pLed aa .bown In Ib. chM:ldial. 111M a"et". "",,Dol ile re .... rto<I ... Ion:e<i landin, .. !tho .. t pow ... m .. al Ile compla'-d.
IVJOO
~ • :0.000
< • -• • • ~ • ~ i • ~ -• e • •
O~OUfID D'ST..o.HCE • HAIlTlCAl MlUS
l J"I)' 1l17li
SECTION 3 CESSNA —
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES MODEL 152
FORCED LANDINGS
If all attempts to restart the engine fail and a forced landing is
imminent, select a suitable field and prepare for the landing as discussed
under the Emergency Landing Without Engine Power checklist.
Before attempting an "off airport" landing with engine power
available, one should fly over the landing area at a safe but low altitude to
inspect the terrain for obstructions and surface conditions, proceeding as
discussed under the Precautionary Landing With Engine Power checklist.
Prepare for ditching by securing or jettisoning heavy objects located
in the baggage area and collect folded coats for protection of occupants'
face at touchdown. Transmit Mayday message on 121.5 MHz giving
location and intentions, and squawk 7700 if a transponder is installed.
Avoid a landing flare because of difficulty in judging height over a water
surface.
LANDING WITHOUT ELEVATOR CONTROL
n
nTrim for horizontal flight (with an airspeed of approximately 55 KIAS
and flaps lowered to 20°) by using throttle and elevator trim controls. Then
do not change the elevator trim control setting; control the glide angle by
adjusting power exclusively.
At flareout, the nose-down moment resulting from power reduction is
an adverse factor and the airplane may hit on the nose wheel. Consequent
ly, at flareout, the trim control should be set at the full nose-up position and
the power adjusted so that the airplane will rotate to the horizontal attitude
for touchdown. Close the throttle at touchdown.
"FIRES
Although engine fires are extremely rare in flight, the steps of the
appropriate checklist should be followed if one is encountered. After
completion of this procedure, execute a forced landing. Do not attempt to
restart the engine.
The initial indication of an electrical fire is usually the odor of burning
insulation. The checklist for this problem should result in elimination of
the fire.
3-10 1 July 1979 _
For Flight Training Reference Only
SECTIONJ EN.6f1G!:lNCY Pl!.OCSDURE5
FORCEO LANOINGS
CESSNA MODEL l~
11 • .Il a'I<""p" Lo ..... n LlLe on,m. lùl .. m'a 10'_ 1&n4L.o., 'o 1mm1 .. on<. .. ,.." a .~lLab'o n old &Dd prepa .. lor "'O laodJ.n8 &O <11..,..._ u"Mr 'bo Emo,pney !.aDdl"i' WllllQu' E0i'lo. Powor cb .. kll.~
l'r1Ip ... ,, /or dllcblni' by .... ,,, l''lI Or )"Uloonln8 h_vy obi""" Ioc&ted In "'" baggage 0.- ond _U_ fold<>d "" .... /0' pro"""lo" 0 1 """""pont.' I..,. .r IO"" .. "" ...... 'l'raolUlllL M .. yd&)' m .... p on . 2'-11 MH~ i'IVln8 10<""''' .nd 'o .. ntloo •• a"" oqu.w~ '1'11)0 LI .. "~.pcndO, lo 'notallod. Avol<! • '.Ddln~ n.r.. _ .. U ... <>l' dUlieulty 'o Ju4l1n. b.llhL "". r o w .... ' .urh.oo.
LANOING WITHOUT ELEVATOR CONTRO L
AL no_u~ "'" o..-.dow" ",omon' ",o"ltlni' /rom pc ..... , _"oLloo lo. &li ..:l'''',...,/''''''', .... d 'ho o'<plano IDoy htl on ilio "" .. wb .. l. eonNlluon'. ly. o, n."",,,~ Ihe 'rim """ ""l "",ould bo .. , o' ilio lull n.,._up "..01 Llo" .... <1 .no PC"M ..:IJ" ...... """' •• ili •• l'1'lano wlll "'''' .. ''' , .... borbonLal. o .. l,,,do lor "'"Ohdowo. c ..... 'hO I1l1"QttI. aL "'uell.down.
FIRES
AlLhoUi'h oni'''o Il ..... . ... ULl"Omo'y ra,.., In nigh~ 'bo . topo <>l' Ihe .ppropri .... "h..,kU •• ohould bo 10110",000:1 II ono IO 0"00"""'_. AI"', comp'oUo" 01 "'lo proood"ro. ""oculo • I"",od 'andl"l. D<> no' o.L"'m". IO _ ,,"",~n ,h~ onrlne.
no. In!".! !ftd!oo'lO" 01011 .'"""lOoIU,..,I. u ... lIy "'" odorofbumlni lou'a 'i"o. Tbo ehoekJi .. fo, "H. p"'blom slt<>uld ",.ua in oUmtna'ion of ilio Il .....
3 · 10 'Ju'y 1979
CESSNA SECTION 3
MODEL 152 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
EMERGENCY OPERATION IN CLOUDS
(Vacuum System Failure)
In the event of a vacuum system failure during flight, the directional
indicator and attitude indicator will be disabled, and the pilot will have to
rely on the turn coordinator if he inadvertently flies into clouds. The
following instructions assume that only the electrically-powered turn
coordinator is operative, and that the pilot is not completely proficient in
instrument flying.
EXECUTING A 180° TURN IN CLOUDS
Upon inadvertently entering the clouds, an immediate plan should be
made to turn back as follows:
1. Note the compass heading.
2. Note the time of the minute hand and observe the position of the
sweep second hand on the clock.
3. When the sweep second hand indicates the nearest half-minute,
initiate a standard rate left turn, holding the turn coordinator
symbolic airplane wing opposite the lower left index mark for 60
seconds. Then roll back to level flight by leveling the miniature
airplane.
4. Check accuracy of the turn by observing the compass heading
which should be the reciprocal of the original heading.
5. If necessary, adjust heading primarily with skidding motions
rather than rolling motions so that the compass will read more
accurately.
6. Maintain altitude and airspeed by cautious application of elevator
control. Avoid overcontrolling by keeping the hands off the control
wheel as much as possible and steering only with rudder.
EMERGENCY DESCENT THROUGH CLOUDS
If conditions preclude reestablishment of VFR flight by a 180° turn, a
descent through a cloud deck to VFR conditions may be appropriate. If
possible, obtain radio clearance for an emergency descent through clouds.
To guard against a spiral dive, choose an easterly or westerly heading to
minimize compass card swings due to changing bank angles. In addition,
keep hands off the control wheel and steer a straight course with rudder
control by monitoring the turn coordinator. Occasionally check the
compass heading and make minor corrections to hold an approximate
course. Before descending into the clouds, set up a stabilized let-down
condition as follows:
1. Apply full rich mixture.
1 July 1979 3-11
For Flight Training Reference Only
CESSNA MOOELI5t
SEC'l'ION 3 EMEROENCY PROCEDIJRES
EMERGENCV QPERAT1QN IN CLQUOS
(Vacuum System Failure)
In III ...... nI 01 & v&Cllllm ayetem f.il ...... d""'ng ni"IIL 11M dinoc:lion.1 ind lC&lOr a.nd .111 ...... iAdic.lOr ... iII b40 diUbh.d ..... d ilio pilol w.lI ban lO noI)' "" 0.1>. I ... n c00_I.0< it ba 1tIad,,~rwntl)' !II .. lotO clo,,1b. Tbe follo ... lnll ln.lruodona ...... m. 0.1>", onl)' Ule eleclrtcaU)'-poweNld ".m coordln.lO' l.8 o.,....Uv .. end Ih.IUla pllo. u. no< ""mpl ... l)' pmnclenl In "' .. ,rum.ftI ")'In.
EXECUTING A 180· TURN IN CLOUOS
Upon inacl"o""olly enterlnllUl. olouda. &olmmedl.te pIan should be mado tO rum bo.ck ... fOllo"II:
l Note III. comp .... Il .... lIna. II. No .. tll. tlma 01 \ba min .... """d ..... tIb ........ u.. _iti"n Dr \ba
.... Hp second ..... d OD th. clock. 3. Wholn Il •• aw ... p ft«Ind Il ... d Indie .... 1110 ~1I.n>S\ hall-mln .. te.
;,,111&te • ~ .... d.&td n .. 101. t .. rn. holdlne tbe tu ... COOrdin .. lO' aymboUc .. Irpl."a wl"l1 oPpollle \.balowe. le!! lndex m..-k lo. 80 oo<:onda. Thcn 1011 bacio IO 1.,,01 fIlllhl by levellnlltho mio; .. ,,,,",, al,pla"e.
4. Check aecunoy of Ille lum by ob .. rvlnll ' he eomp ..... headlne ... hlch sho"ld boIlha ,eclproc .. l of \h. orlalo .. l h.adlne:.
~. !f n_ .... y. !WIj".1 h ..... i"l1 IIr,m ... Uy ... ilh ok iddiolJ mo"on~ ... th~. Ihan rollinlr motion"o Ilo .. 1 'he compui w\ll ..,ad mc .... ,,,,,, ... atel)'.
G. Mal"I .. ln .l l itude ADd a.lrapeod by c .. ullnuo "ppUlla.\ion 01 elevatOr conlro!. Avoid ov,roontrolllneb)' Ir..,pln ; 'ho h .. ndo n"lhaeonlrol wh..,l &8 mllo" .... posalbl, .. nd .te •• lng only 101111 ruddu.
EM ERGENCY DESCENT THROUGH CLOUDS
II condltlon. precl ude .... tabU.hmenl of VI'lI ntChl by. 180" lurn ... da_c.n, t.hrougll .. eloud deck IO VI'tI. cond ltJon. m&)' be .pproprl .... Il po •• ,bl •. cbU"" rad.o cl ... ranca fu ...... m •• pnc)' d .. c.ml thmu!!"" c1oud •. To ... anI "I(.,nol .. s pl.aI di"a. ellooH"" ...... \.y " ... n .... rly " ..... iDM: IO ... iniml,.. <:o.npa~, card .wiD,. d"l IO cll.",lnl beak ."M'I .... In add.liu,,-k ... p Il .... <lI ott \.be cool ... l ... hC(OI &od __ •• I .... e /,hl _...., ... 111> rudder conlrol by mooitorl", lI>e IUro coordinalO • . ~ioll&lly ch""lt \be eompan heedln, Wld malte m"'o. oo • ....,Uo", lO bold en .pproJ:lma ....
_ eou"' • . Be!ore d_ndlnC InlO lIIe c ' ouel •• Hl up .. aleblllUld le1--do"", condilion &II follo"'5:
App'Y fUll rk:II mblure.
I July 1m 'H
SECTION 3 CESSNA
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES MODEL 152
2. Use full carburetor heat.
3. Reduce power to set up a 500 to 800 ft/min rate of descent.
4. Adjust the elevator trim for a stabilized descent at 70 KIAS.
5. Keep hands off control wheel.
6. Monitor turn coordinator and make corrections by rudder alone.
7. Check trend of compass card movement and make cautious
corrections with rudder to stop turn.
8. Upon breaking out of clouds, resume normal cruising flight.
RECOVERY FROM A SPIRAL DIVE
If a spiral is encountered, proceed as follows:
1. Close the throttle.
2. Stop the turn by using coordinated aileron and rudder control to
align the symbolic airplane in the turn coordinator with the
horizon reference line.
3. Cautiously apply elevator back pressure to slowly reduce the
airspeed to 70 KIAS.
4. Adjust the elevator trim control to maintain a 70 KIAS glide.
5. Keep hands off the control wheel, using rudder control to hold a
straight heading.
6. Apply carburetor heat.
7. Clear engine occasionally, but avoid using enough power to
disturb the trimmed glide.
8. Upon breaking out of clouds, resume normal cruising flight.
Flight into icing conditions is prohibited. An inadvertent encounter
with these conditions can best be handled using the checklist procedures.
The best procedure, of course, is to turn back or change altitude to escape
icing conditions.
"INADVERTENT FLIGHT INTO ICING CONDITIONS
~
SPINS
Should an inadvertent spin occur, the following recovery procedure
should be used:
1. PLACE AILERONS IN NEUTRAL POSITION.
2. RETARD THROTTLE TO IDLE POSITION.
3. APPLY AND HOLD FULL RUDDER OPPOSITE TO THE DIREC- _
TION OF ROTATION.
3-12 1 July 1979
For Flight Training Reference Only
SECTION J I>ME HCENCY PROCEDURES
2. U .. (ull cu!;n . .. lOr Mat.
CESSNA MODEL I~
3. R<I<I,,,, .. power IO H l llp a 500 IO 800 fll ", in , aW 01 dHCW"t. 4. AdJ"'" .be .. lov"lOr trlm lo ....... b IUzecI. de ..... nl 0.17'0 KIAS. 5. K ... p 110.1148 nrt """1.01 ... h .. l. 8. M"",IO, luno """nll"'lOr ~ malie co,...,lIo,,& by rudd •• alono. 7. Cbeck lreDd 01 comp6'" ... nI movelUCn! J.nd malul ca.uUoua
co""",,'lon .... 1111 noddar IO atop "'m. 8. Upon b ..... ld nl 0 .. \ or cloud ...... u""" DOnnal crul.1nl DI;!>I.
RE COVERV FROM A S PIR A l O IVE
Il. spire! la eoooUDlered. p l'OXlHCl. .. folloWII:
l. Close lbe lllronl • • t.. SIOP u.. ... m by .. ,In& ooorcllnlUed .11 ...... J.nd nollde. CODINI IO
Rllp Ille omboUe .Irpl.ne hl 'lle ,U", coord.lnalO, .Im \be horlson m ......... llne
J. C .. utlo .... ly .ppl)' .1 ..... 1", buk p .......... IO .10 .... 1)' .oduoe lIIe al"'~ IO 70 KIAS.
~. Ad..J .... 1 III~ eleva",. "'iI" co"lmllo malnl.'"" 70 KIAS ,11"". 6. K ..... p b&lldo ort Ihe cooll'Ol wllOflI ..... '"If ",<Id., " .. nlml IO hald ..
alral.1II lIeadllllf. 6. I\PI>I)' c.rburalO' Il ... 1. 7. Cre.r en~ne oocuioo.U)'. bUI ."old u.lni" ollough """'., IO
dlSlurb Ibe t rlmmod rllde. 8. Upon bre ... klnr OUI o, .. Ioud •. '&II"m. normal "",15lnl flIgtlt.
INA D VERTENT FLl GHT INTO ICING CONDITIONS
t'hghl In'o ICIOIl" condltiona la proll lbitod. An Inadv ..... ",.neo"n"'r w.lh IlIe ... "" .. d,U"n. C&ll boia' bo! handlad Il.Ini Ih. eh.ekll .. , pmcedores TIle b<:iIll>l"<JC1tdu ••. of ""u"' •. i. lO tura b&ck Of "h.nlf'l a1 tilud. la uc"pe ICÌIII ",,"dIÙOII~.
SPtNS
Should an Inad"' I"<$'" .pln oooOf. III. follo .. lne I"fICOvery prooochu·e .Ilould bo! IIIed:
I. "!..ACE AIW;;RONS IN NEUTRAL POSITION. Il Rt:TAKO THRCl'ITLIi: TO IDLI!: f'OSmON 3. APPLY AND HOLD l'UI.t. nUDCEI! OI'POSrn; TO THE DIREC.
TION 01'" ROTATiON.
3-11 I Jul)' 1m
CESSNA SECTION 3
MODEL 152 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
4. JUST AFTER THE RUDDER REACHES THE STOP, MOVE THE
CONTROL WHEEL BRISKLY FORWARD FAR ENOUGH TO
BREAK THE STALL. Full down elevator may be required at aft
center of gravity loadings to assure optimum recoveries.
5. HOLD THESE CONTROL INPUTS UNTIL ROTATION STOPS.
Premature relaxation of the control inputs may extend the recov
ery.
6. AS ROTATION STOPS, NEUTRALIZE RUDDER, AND MAKE A
SMOOTH RECOVERY FROM THE RESULTING DIVE.
NOTE
If disorientation precludes a visual determination of the
direction of rotation, the symbolic airplane in the turn
coordinator may be referred to for this information.
For additional information on spins and spin recovery, see the discus
sion under SPINS in Normal Procedures (Section 4).
ROUGH ENGINE OPERATION OR LOSS OF
POWER
CARBURETOR ICING
A gradual loss of RPM and eventual engine roughness may result from
the formation of carburetor ice. To clear the ice, apply full throttle and pull
the carburetor heat knob full out until the engine runs smoothly; then
remove carburetor heat and readjust the throttle. If conditions require the
continued use of carburetor heat in cruise flight, use the minimum amount
of heat necessary to prevent ice from forming and lean the mixture slightly
for smoothest engine operation.
SPARK PLUG FOULING
A slight engine roughness in flight may be caused by one or more
spark plugs becoming fouled by carbon or lead deposits. This may be
verified by turning the ignition switch momentarily from BOTH to either L
or R position. An obvious power loss in single ignition operation is
evidence of spark plug or magneto trouble. Assumingthat spark plugs are
the more likely cause, lean the mixture to the recommended lean setting for
cruising flight. If the problem does not clear up in several minutes,
determine if a richer mixture setting will produce smoother operation. If
not, proceed to the nearest airport for repairs using the BOTH position of
1 July 1979 3-13
For Flight Training Reference Only
-
-
-
Cr.SSN" MODEL U2
SECTION 3 8M8ROENCY PROCEDURES
4. JUST AlfTIUt TH I!: RUOOER RE"CHES THE STOP. MOVE THE CONTROL WHEEL BRISKLY FORWIl1\D F"R ENOUGH TG BREAK THE STII.1.L. F'ul.l <Iown el .... lOr m.y be requ1red a' a!t oe"ter 01 rr.vlty loacll""," \o ... u ... optlm"", .-.co""rt ......
5. HOLD TI1ESE CONTROL INMFT'S UNTIL ROT"TION STOPS. Pnom.tu ..... ,., .. Ilon IIfthe ",,"tml lnputa "'aJ' .","'nd tha nK;OV' .ry.
So "8 ItOTATION STOPS. NE UTR.ALlZ& RUOCER. ANO MII.KE A SMOOTH RECOVERY FROM THE RESULTlNO DIVE.
U dlsorlen",t"'n p..aludH • '11.".1 """'rmln.tlon of the dlNello" 01 tOtalio ... the a)'lTlbollc .Irplana 'n u.. tu", coordln.l-O' m.y ba .. ru.-.cll-O lor Ulle 1" (onn.IIDI!..
FOt IlddLtionai \o/o ...... tloll 011 .pial .IMI .pia rt«Ivery. se-e-lhe dlscus· aiOll. unde. SPINS III Nnr",Ll Prooedu,," (SeeUo" 4).
ROUGH ENGINE OPERATION OR lOSS OF POWER
CARBURETOR ICI NO
l'L i(rwlu .. llo~. 01 RPM .. ,,~ ~v~Ulu.l ~"II"L" ruu]j"hnu"" mo.y , ... "lt ["'m \he lermallon 01 e .. rburCl-Ot le •. To elù" tb. leG . apply lulllhroUlu a,,~ pull Iho ot.!"burOlOr he.\ kDOb fU1I out "IlIU \ho cnllln~ run. 'llIooll,ly: IhcIl rcmove eerbUl'fllOr h .... t and ."adju.'llle throUle, 11 condltlons n-qulre tbc conlln,,"" """ 01 "etbul'fIl-Or hUll11 ornl" nll'hl. U" Ihe ml"lmnm emonnl 01 Ilnl n ..... ~nry IO preven t 101 Ir<lm forml"l' .... d l ... " Ihl mlxtnno ~1ll'btly lor .m""t~e.t '"gln. """.etlon.
SPARK PLUG FOUlINO
A aUi(hl <l''lIlDl "''' .. h ..... in Ili .. hl lnay ba eaullOd by o ... Dt IDO ... sp.rk plup Ileool"iD]j" I""l..t by ".""'IL Or I~ad d"po.itw. Tbi. ",ey be verltled by tunLl"ltlut II1"lllo" ... l'''h m"mcnl&rUy lrom BOTH lO~ilhet L o, R po.llion. An obvloue po_' lo" l" .iDllll l""ll1o" ope",. I"" 15 .vlde ...... 01 'peri< plUI or m ..... eu. trouble. AuumLnlllbat $p .. rII plnlsere 'ne more Uk.lycaulH. l ..... ,h, ml .... u ... loti "'O reoomme"ded lu" .... mnl'lor crui.inl" ml"~l. II "'. prollle", do .. 1\01 el.a. up In .... "" .. 1 minu ..... d.letmi"a LI .. ""he. mi"tn .... IUnli .,lI p ....... LLCOI _m"""'et DJMLl"UlmL. 11 no~ p ....... IO "'e n .... et .Irpon fo ... p.lra ... lnl' ULa HOTH po~itiOD of
1 JuJy 1l17li
SECTION 3 CESSNA
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES MODEL 152
the ignition switch unless extreme roughness dictates the use of a single
ignition position.
MAGNETO MALFUNCTION
A sudden engine roughness or misfiring is usually evidence of
magneto problems. Switching from BOTH to either L or R ignition switch
position will identify which magneto is malfunctioning. Select different
power settings and enrichen the mixture to determine if continued
operation on BOTH magnetos is practicable. If not, switch to the good
magneto and proceed to the nearest airport for repairs.
LOW OIL PRESSURE
If low oil pressure is accompanied by normal oil temperature, there is
a possibility the oil pressure gage or relief valve is malfunctioning. A leak
in the line to the gage is not necessarily cause for an immediate
precautionary landing because an orifice in this line will prevent a sudden
loss of oil from the engine sump. However, a landing at the nearest airport
would be advisable to inspect the source of trouble.
If a total loss of oil pressure is accompanied by a rise in oil
temperature, there is good reason to suspect an engine failure is imminent.
Reduce engine power immediately and select a suitable forced landing
field. Use only the minimum power required to reach the desired
touchdown spot.
ELECTRICAL POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM
MALFUNCTIONS
Malfunctions in the electrical power supply system can be detected by
periodic monitoring of the ammeter and low-voltage warning light;
however, the cause of these malfunctions is usually difficult to determine.
A broken alternator drive belt or wiring is most likely the cause of
alternator failures, although other factors could cause the problem. A
damaged or improperly adjusted alternator control unit can also cause
malfunctions. Problems of this nature constitute an electrical emergency
and should be dealt with immediately. Electrical power malfunctions
usually fall into two categories: excessive rate of charge and insufficient
rate of charge. The paragraphs below describe the recommended remedy
for each situation.
EXCESSIVE RATE OF CHARGE
After engine starting and heavy electrical usage at low engine speeds
3-14 1 July 1979
"For Flight Training Reference Only
SF.CTION J EMER(;ENCY PI!.OCEDURES
CESSNA MODE!. 1.5t
!ho 1FI111"" nrll<lh "nl .... ulreme ro",lIne .. dlctaln ùw " ... Df a aingl. 19n1tlod po.llldn.
MAGNETO M AlFUN CTlON
A .udde" en,l". rourh_ dr mlsfirln, ~ ".,,&11)' e-vLokdC9 dI m • .""lO protll"", • . S .. I\ellln, tn>nI 80TH lo elUla. L. or R lplllod swlleh poSl,lon wlll Id.dllt)' wlllell macne!<> I. malfunetlonln,. SelllCl dlff,,~dt po_r ~Unl. and enrlellen tlle ml""'~ lo de\ennlne U DODllnued o"" .. tlon on nOTII magna\.M lo praet\eab". If nOI. ... n,,11 '" Ule ,00II m .... oo .. nd p ...... e<t 00 Ula n ...... , .. Irport lor "'paL,...
lOW Cl l PRESSU RE
Il low 011 p .... W"O \ti -.npronlood by lIorm&l oil lempent"..,. Ille,.. .. a poUlblllly III. 011 prosa .. " ,aceOr ,..Ilel yalva Le mallUnctLolllnfr. A le .... In Ille Ilne 00 Ule ,.~ le not _ ..... .tly .... u ... lo. an Immedla'" preca"'lon .. ,y l .. ndlng ...., .... ". .. n o.lll.,. ln IlIleUne .. HL p .. ""nl .... <Iden l ..... Dr DII !rom lhoo .n~n. a .. mp. Ilo ......... LandLn&" .. IUle ne",..ol .. lrport wDuld bo! ad.yill&bl. '" inapaçl u. ...... ,...,. 01 = .. IIL •.
II Il IOlal lo ... or 011 p ........... l • ..,OOmpanlo<l by •• L"" In oLi lempe."' ...... tll ... 18 good ... aeon '" e .. opeot .. n .. nlflne I .. U ..... l.lmmlnenl IlMuoe . ngln. power ImmodlaleL)' and .. l"",t a ... Ilabl" forcod landln&, f;~ld. U ... onl)' 'he mlnlm"m power """,1,0<1 lo ,....,11 IlIe des!rod IDuchdnwn opol .
ElECTRICAl POWER SUPPl Y SYSTEM MAlFUNCTIONS
Malfunctlode In Ille .leotrl .... 1 po ....... pply ,y'l/Im ....... be del<l<:l00 by periodle monlto. llI&, 01 Ih ..... "'.ler ~" low·YOllAie "'.mln&" Ii&"h~ hDw"ver. Ule c ...... olth ... maUunctlone I ...... &lly "tnlcult '" determ1n~. A b,..,kon al .. m .. ",. drivo ..,.1\ or "'Irln, lo mool Hkel)' Ule ca ..... or al"',..,.IO. lail ...... &11.110"111 oUl .. '..,00 .. co .. Ld ca,._ th. prnblem. A dam&"ed or Impn>pad)' &dj ... I .... alle ...... "'. COlIIn>! unlt can alan c ...... mallunell"" •. ProbIOIll. or Ulla n.t .... con"it .. t<o an .1""ldeal eme~ocy ~d ol>o .. ld be d&alt w\tII ImmlldJ.lel)'. E10Clrlcal power mall .. ncliollil ... ".lIy r.ll IlIlO 1"'0 O&Ie&"Qrl-= uooulye '.Ie olcb&rJean4inwtticicDI .... '" or eha..,.. TII. p.r'4!".phl belO" deoscrlbo! Ule ~ndo<l ffrnedy _ ro, .",,1> 8l1Uallon.
EXCESSt\lE RATE OF C HARGE
... I July 1979
J
CESSNA SECTION 3
MODEL 152 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
(such as extended taxiing) the battery condition will be low enough to
accept above normal charging during the initial part of a flight. However,
after thirty minutes of cruising flight, the ammeter should be indicating
less than two needle widths of charging current. If the charging rate were
to remain above this value on a long flight, the battery would overheat and
evaporate the electrolyte at an excessive rate.
Electronic components in the electrical system can be adversely
affected by higher than normal voltage. The alternator control unit
includes an over-voltage sensor which normally will automatically shut
down the alternator if the charge voltage reaches approximately 31.5 volts.
If the over-voltage sensor malfunctions or is improperly adjusted, as
evidenced by an excessive rate of charge shown on the ammeter, the
alternator should be turned off, alternator circuit breaker pulled, nones-
sential electrical equipment turned off and the flight terminated as soon as
practical.
INSUFFICIENT RATE OF CHARGE
NOTE
Illumination of the low-voltage light and ammeter dis
charge indications may occur during low RPM conditions
with an electrical load on the system, such as during a low
RPM taxi. Under these conditions, the light will go out at
higher RPM. The master switch need not be recycled since
an over-voltage condition has not occurred to de-activate
the alternator system.
If the over-voltage sensor should shut down the alternator, or if the
alternator circuit breaker should trip, a discharge rate will be shown on the
ammeter followed by illumination of the low-voltage warning light. Since
this may be a "nuisance" trip-out, an attempt should be made to reactivate
the alternator system. To do this, turn the radios off, check that the
alternator circuit breaker is in, then turn both sides of the master switch off
and then on again. If the problem no longer exists, normal alternator
charging will resume and the low-voltage light will go off. The radios may
then be turned back on. If the light illuminates again, a malfunction is
confirmed. In this event, the flight should be terminated and/ or the current
drain on the battery minimized because the battery can supply the
electrical system for only a limited period of time. If the emergency occurs
at night, power must be conserved for later use of the landing light and
flaps during landing.
1 July 1979 3-15/(3-16 blank)
For Flight Training Reference Only
.J C~SSNA MODEL 152
SECTION 3 EMEROENCY PROCEOURES
(.ucb lUI uLel1dod '"",lI".1 !.bit b&11.ery ooodltlon wUl ~ 1_ cnough \O ....,.,pt tobOve nonn.1 eharrl"l ""r1", ~h. 1n!tl.1 p.n or a fll~l t1"",,,v,, •. .. ne. !bl"y mlnuloOB 01 c ... lstlll mlM. u.. AfrImal<lr ab""ld IHIlndlc"lng IMe 11>"" , ..... n_l ... ,d\h. orebUS"'1[I: cUrNnL Itlbe"b.arJ{IDlJ rate ... no \O rem • .! .. o.b<>ve tb,. val ... OQ .. iWl' mlbl. ~ ballery ...... ldovcmutarul &v .. pon.to. lhe .1",,11'01)'1<1 al .... u", .. !ve re~.
EIec1n>Dlc OGmpone,,1a lo lbe el...u1oal ayaUlm <1&1\ be ..:ive"",l,. r.ttO'Cloed by hlpe. lhan nonna' .. 01 ...... ,.,.., aI"'",&t<>r ...... 1 ... 1 unlt !nelud ... an o" .... Yollalf'l .. ".., ... hlch IIOnnally .. ili .ul.om~Uy .IIul down 1.11 •• ''''",alO' lllhechal'fla voI".. ..... 11 .. appru.r.iIn .. I.lly31.3 vult&. Il u.. """.·yolla • ., .. m.or m.Uu .. Clloa. Or i. ,mproperl)' &dju~led. lUI evlllc ... ::ed by .... oiCOlSsLve rele 01 ebu,e ,bo." 00 Ibe ~""r. \be .11<: ..... 10. ahould be lumed on .• Llarn."'. " 1,,, .. 11 b ... aker puUfId. nones· .... " 11.1 ol...::u1" ... equlpmeno lumed o"."d !he nllh< "'""In.te<! lUI """" ... pr..rueal
INSUFFICIENT RATE OF CHARGE
,,>'"
llIumln .. Uon 01 Uli 1"",.YoUo.c- 1I1hl .. noi ammelorc d!~· eh .. r,e !nd!e .. Unnl mo.,y <lCeu. duri"l lo ... RPM ""od,l!onK ... tlh .0 el .. tl'1ul 10101 un Iho Iyllorm .... ch Il durlnl!.' I lo .. RPM t.' ... Unde, 11> ... """dltlono. tho IIght ... LUgoDul.t bl"hlc RPM. Tha mu~r,wJlch n..od 0(11 be ro<:yclod .lnoo an nycr.yollAi\e oond!ttoll b •• not ocou~ l<> de·.cUva\e tho .ltornMor oyltern.
Il the oVlr.voltlg<l Hn""r ohould o.hul down Il •• altern.toT, DC Il Ula ~! ... rnatnr elreu Il breako, ahould trop .• dl..,lu"/f1 ralu .... 11 be ahownon <h. amm.L1' foHow.,! by .llumln.lioo of lh~ low.yol!.ail~ .... mlog lighl. Sioc. Ibla m .. y boe _ "au,no""" t.lp·out, In ll\empl ,hOuld bo mld<: l<> Nac\lVlt.l t.bc l11ero.l<>r Iynom. To d.o lhl •. tom lho ridio. 0(1. Che<lk thlt the .1\eI'1l .. t(lr el!'O,,!t b .... ker I. I n, !han turn booth .t""~ of <hl mutoT .wl\l:" 0(1 IOd th.n .... "If.!n. lf <hl prGbllm no loog.r ... 1.10. DO ..... al alLlrnal<>C cha'8".n8" w.1I .. ~"'" .nd \b. 10 .... vol1"1(it ligbl ... 111 ""uf:!. Th. rwlloo mo.,y \beo be luruN back (IO. Il \be h llhl llLumu.atl'll AIIalo .• mMfuucuoD IO "" .. I .. med. In \l,II <>venl. 11>0 nilbtll!>ould be lermio_tod. ..,d/or the """ .... " drlto 00 llle battery mtnlmt.ecl beQ.UM the bau.ery Catl lupply Il>e el...,tr!ca! Iyltem lor only • Umlted per!od or Urne. Il tbeemerlenCYOl>Oun u nlCh t. powe. muJt be oonM,...od lor l.tor UM ollhe IlOdln, Urllt &Dd napa dUMne 110<1111'
l July 1!1'711 l-IS/(l-18 blaok)
CESSNA SECTION 4
MODEL 152 NORMAL PROCEDURES
SECTION 4
NORMAL PROCEDURES
TABLE OF CONTENTSPage
Introduction 4-3
Speeds For Normal Operation 4-3
CHECKLIST PROCEDURES
Preflight Inspection 4-5
Cabin 4-5
Empennage 4-5
Right Wing, Trailing Edge 4-5
Right Wing 4-5
Nose 4-6
Left Wing 4-6
Left Wing, Leading Edge 4-6
Left Wing, Trailing Edge 4-6
Before Starting Engine 4-6
Starting Engine (Temperatures Above Freezing) 4-7
Before Takeoff 4-7
Takeoff 4-8
Normal Takeoff 4-8
Short Field Takeoff 4-8
Enroute Climb 4-8
Cruise 4-8
Descent 4-9
Before Landing 4-9
Landing 4-9
Normal Landing 4-9
Short Field Landing 4-9
Balked Landing 4-9
After Landing 4-10
Securing Airplane 4-10
AMPLIFIED PROCEDURES
Starting Engine (Temperatures Above Freezing) 4-11
Taxiing 4-11
1 July 1979 4-1
For Flight Training Reference Only
--
CESSNA MODt;t.1U
SI':CTI0N ~ NORMAt.PKOCEDURES
SECTION 4 NORMAL PROCEDURES
TABlE OF CONTENTS
IJlI.l'Od ~cIIOJl. • •••••.•••. Speed.!'"or NOTmal OperAlloli
CH.I!CKLlST PROC.l!OUttES
1'.-.f1lgllllnapocuun ..... Cab", • • . • . Empenn''1t n1Clll Wlng. T,.,.mng Edg. mCIII WI .. C •.•. No.. . .. . lAfI Wlnll ... . tAli W,nll. t..oadinl Ed"" I..<rll Wln",. T .... mnll Ed~
Belo .... S1II.rUnr Enrtne SUor\lnc Fonrln. (Temperatu .... " Abov. "reuln!) fler ...... "I" .. ko<>ff .... TalodUft • • •
Non'I",1 TOllwoff . Sborl Fltld Taloooff
EnrtlUlb Cllmb Crulse De_II' Ile/o ... 1 ....... 111111 ...... mhnK •...
NOl"InN L.amI,ng . Sbor\ Flold Landl"l 8a1ked ...... ndi.o>r
After ...... ndlnr Seeurlnc Alrpl ....
•
•
AMI'LJ I'Um f'RO~.I!UUttJ:;S
8U01U"1 E"lIi,,~ (TQll>peralures Above F,.......lnl) Tullnr .
L July \979
.. ,-, ,. ,. ,-o .. ,. ,. " .. ,-, ,-, ,. ,-, ,-, " ,. ,-, ,-, ,-, .. ,-, ,-,
4·10 4·10
4·11 4· !I
,-,
■SECTION 4 CESSNA —
NORMAL PROCEDURES MODEL 152
TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued)Page
Before Takeoff 4-13
Warm-Up 4-13 _
Magneto Check 4-13
Alternator Check 4-13
Takeoff 4-14
Power Check 4-14
Wing Flap Settings 4-14
Crosswind Takeoff 4-15
Enroute Climb 4-15
Cruise 4-15
Leaning With A Cessna Economy Mixture Indicator (EGT) . 4-16
Fuel Savings Procedures For Flight Training Operations .... 4-17
Stalls 4-18
Spins 4-18
Landing 4-20
Short Field Landing 4-20
Crosswind Landing 4-20
Balked Landing 4-21
Cold Weather Operation 4-21
Noise Abatement 4-22 ~
n
H4-2 1 July 1979
For Flight Training Reference Only
SECTION 4 NORNAL I"'ROCKDUR ES
TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued)
Il,,1,,,," Ta!<..,lr ••• Wa<m_Up M.I'M'O Ch.ek AI~rn.lor ChOoCk
Taktolf ..... . ro ..... Chllt"k ••• I>.'mjl Plop S~U1na:i Cro .. wlnd To.Ilool!
En"'''10 Clln,b CrolSG
CI>SSN A MODEL I~
lAanlnl' Wl th A c. •• na Econom y M ' XL ..... lod",.",. (EO'!') l"Uel S ... 'nlrl l'roc:edu ..... Pu. Fllgbt Trainin, Operati"n.
,.~
4·13 4·13 4·13 4·13 . .. 4·11 4·14 4·1~
4·1S 4·1~
4- 18 4·17 4'18 4·18 ._m ._m ' _m 4-21
S .... Ll. • • •• • ••• SpIno .... Ul.Dd.ng
SIIoM Fleltl Lo.ndlnl' CTO$swlnd (..ondine" B.lk~ !.A .... lne
Coiti w •• u. •• O.,. •• hon No'" Ab ..... 'n.OII
"
• • '" ,-a
L July 197'9
-
CESSNA SECTION 4
MODEL 152 NORMAL PROCEDURES
INTRODUCTION
Section 4 provides checklist and amplified procedures for the conduct
of normal operation. Normal procedures associated with optional systems
can be found in Section 9.
SPEEDS FOR NORMAL OPERATION
Unless otherwise noted, the following speeds are based on a maximum
weight of 1670 pounds and may be used for any lesser weight.
Takeoff:
Normal Climb Out 65-75 KIAS
Short Field Takeoff, Flaps 10°, Speed at 50 Feet .... 54 KIAS
Climb, Flaps Up:
Normal 70-80 KIAS
Best Rate of Climb, Sea Level 67 KIAS
Best Rate of Climb, 10,000 Feet 61 KIAS
Best Angle of Climb, Sea Level thru 10,000 Feet .... 55 KIAS
Landing Approach:
Normal Approach, Flaps Up 60-70 KIAS
Normal Approach, Flaps 30° 55-65 KIAS
Short Field Approach, Flaps 30° 54 KIAS
Balked Landing:
Maximum Power, Flaps 20° 55 KIAS
Maximum Recommended Turbulent Air Penetration Speed:
1670 Lbs 104 KIAS
1500 Lbs 98 KIAS
1350 Lbs 93 KIAS
Maximum Demonstrated Crosswind Velocity 12 KNOTS
1 July 1979 4-3
For Flight Training Reference Only
-
L
CESSNA MODEL 1!>lI
S ECTION 4 NORMAL PROCEDURES
INTRODUCTION
Sec.lo" 4 provlde. checklltc~ ""d ""'1'1111"" 1'"-,,",,, lo. tII. cond" .. , ot norma! o""r.~lon Normal pto<ledure ... oocla\ecl .. ttll DptlDnal ")'5lem8 ean be fOUnd In S<lCtlon g
SPEEOS FOR NORMAl OPERATION Unl_ 0 1Il00 ... ' .. 111118<1, tII. followin, .PHCb ano bue<! ollelll<lmum
W.~I ol 187'() _lido ud m..,. ti. u&ed lor ... ,. ItMer ... tl&l:I,-
T:ak..,II: NOrDIal Cllmb Ou. • .•.• Sbo ... Fiold TtoIIooN. na"" lO". SpHd a':SO .......
CUmb. nep" Up: NOml.1 •.•...•.•.•..• ... Bee' n.,1e 01 Cllmb. S .. !Ani ....... . Be., !tale 01 Cllmb. 10.000 ,. ..... a.., Angl ... , Climb. S .. lAvtl \1:11'\1 10.000 P'~t
J..a,ndlllg Appro""b: Normal Appt<>Acl>.. "Iap" Up Nurmal Approanl:l. l'lapa 30" Sito ... l'lold Approanb. 1"1."" 30"
Ba!kod Lo.ndlnl': Mulmum Po_er. l'lape 30° ..
Maxlmum 11.eoomm.n~.d Turb .. l.". Alr P, ,, •• utt,,,, 5" ... d: lH711 Lb. • • • • • • • •• • ••••• 1&00 Lb. • • •••• 1360 Lbol . . . . . . . ...•
Maxlmum o..",ollalr.led Croaswlnd Ve""'''y
I Jujy 1979
~~KIAS · ~ !<IAS
70-80 KIAS 87 KIAS
• Hl KIAS • !>5 KIAS
6().711 KIAS 5:i.~ KIAS ~KIAS
M !<IAS
\04 KIAS 9S KtAS MKW;
12 KNOTS
SECTION 4
NORMAL PROCEDURES
CESSNA
MODEL 152
n
n
n
n
n
n
NOTE
Visually check airplane for general condition during
walk-around inspection. In cold weather, remove even
small accumulations of frost, ice or snow from wing, tail
and control surfaces. Also, make sure that control surfaces
contain no internal accumulations of ice or debris. Prior to
flight, check that pitot heater (if installed) is warm to touch
within 30 seconds with battery and pitot heat switches on.
If a night flight is planned, check operation of all lights,
and make sure a flashlight is available.
Figure 4-1. Preflight Inspection
4-4 1 July 1979
For Flight Training Reference Only
SE!;TION 4 NORMALPROCEDVRES
NO''"
CESSNA I>IOOF.L 1~
Viau&lly check .irJIllolle for IWnet&l oo"dillO!> duri", w&lk •• round 111 • .,..,llon. In l'Old wu!he •. ",movo even am&ll """,UW UI"liolll 01 lroll. Ice O' IliO .. from wlll&. wl LII<I oonlrol.ur!lC(lt. AlIKI. mu. "u"' !h.l OOIlU'O\5ur!aeos """11110110 lIItern"llC(lU.tllulallonl 01 Ice o. debrlo. Prlor IO mahl. cheol< 1h.lpllOl h •• Ie. (lflnsw.II.c1) 18 ... rm IO \OUch .. Ilhln 30 oeoondll wllh balte,.,. .nd pllol ~ •• I_II"h •• DD. lf. nl&l>l ntrhlla plLlln.cl. check 0!M' .1'Dn o/.n hllhta. LIId make """," OullUpll. availabl •.
~.4 I Jul)' 1!7111
CESSNA SECTION 4
MODEL 152 NORMAL PROCEDURES
CHECKLIST PROCEDURES
PREFLIGHT INSPECTION
(T)CABIN
1. Pilot's Operating Handbook -- AVAILABLE IN THE AIRPLANE.
2. Control Wheel Lock -- REMOVE.
3. Ignition Switch -- OFF.
4. Master Switch -- ON.
WARNING
When turning on the master switch, using an external
power source, or pulling the propeller through by hand,
treat the propeller as if the ignition switch were on. Do not
stand, nor allow anyone else to stand, within the arc of the
propeller, since a loose or broken,wire, or a component
malfunction, could cause the propeller to rotate.
5. Fuel Quantity Indicators - CHECK QUANTITY.
6. Master Switch -- OFF.
7. Fuel Shutoff Valve -- ON.
@EMPENNAGE
1. Rudder Gust Lock - REMOVE.
2. Tail Tie-Down -- DISCONNECT.
3. Control Surfaces -- CHECK freedom of movement and security.
(3) RIGHT WING Trailing Edge
1. Aileron -- CHECK freedom of movement and security. *
(?) RIGHT WING
1. Wing Tie-Down -- DISCONNECT.
2. Main Wheel Tire -- CHECK for proper inflation.
3. Before first flight of the day and after each refueling, use sampler
cup and drain small quantity of fuel from fuel tank sump quick-
drain valve to check for water, sediment, and proper fuel grade.
4.. Fuel Quantity--CHECK VISUALLY for desired level.
5. Fuel Filler Cap - SECURE.
1 July 1979 4-5
For Flight Training Reference Only
-CESSNA MOOP.L, 1M!
SJ,;CTION 4 NOKMAL?ROCEDURES
CHECKLlST PROCEDUAES
PAEFLlGHT INSPECTION
(!)CABIN
I. rU"'-.OptT.ll", H...,dbook·- AVAIW\Bt.E IN THE AIRPt.ANE. !/. Con.FO! WlMoIllA<:k ·· REMOVE. 3. I~,u"" Sw,LCh ·· OFF. 4. M .. \er SwilCh .• ONo
I WARNING
Wben lumini oa !he ,..,..steT .....-ilCh . ... inl an ""'Ie .... at poWOT ao .. roe. OT pUlli"r ULe prop.ll •• Ihrou!!,h b)' h.nd. '«Le' 1IL. prop"IIIT .. "Ih igniliou ... ilCh .. Ino ono OU noI I ... nd. nOT .Uo .. ""')'_. Il ... IO 11&<Ld. wilhln .h ......, ol!he pmptU .... ,nge e 100M Or brollon.wino. or. OODlpoueM malio..ncllon. oould ""u .. ULe propelleT \O TOt&le.
11. FUll Qua.nu')' indicatori" CHECK Q UANTITY. 6. M ...... S wJtch .• OFF. 7. FUl l Shutol! Vah'G" ONo
@) EMPENNAGE
1. !\ud<llT Ou.t !..<>tl< •• REMOVE ~. T.il Tl.-U<lwIL'· DISCONNECT 3. Con.rol Surl""" •.• CHECK Ir.ldom o! mo .. ~m~IL'ILILd ""uril)'.
@ RIGHTWINGT •• i1ingEdg.
I Anemn·· Cltt:CK I .... dom 01 mO ... men' "",d aa<:urj~.·
0 R1GHT WING
I . W'D&" T1I·OoWII'· DISCONNECT. 2. Melo Wh",,1 TI...,·· CHECK lor proper Inn.tlo". 3. Beto •• t lnil mlhl 01 !he :le)' end al\.eT e..,b l"CLfUeUnl. U$e sempler
"up eod dnola amali qu&.nth)' 01 luellrom fUel .. alt sum p qui"" . dr.la ve'v. 'LI <lh.., .. IOT .... leT. _Ime,>! • • nd propeT lUel;rade.
4 . Fuel Quandty .. CIlECI{ VISUALLY fOT desl ..... I .... el ~ JPueI P"1l1er Cap ·· SECUItl{
• Jul)' 1!1711
SECTION 4 CESSNA
NORMAL PROCEDURES MODEL 152
5)I\IOSE
©LEFT WING
n
n1. Engine Oil Level -- CHECK, do not operate with less than four
quarts. Fill to six quarts for extended flight.
2. Before first flight of the day and after each refueling, pull out
strainer drain knob for about four seconds to clear fuel strainer of
possible water and sediment. Check strainer drain closed. If water
is observed, the fuel system may contain additional water, and
further draining of the system at the strainer, fuel tank sumps, and
fuel line drain plug will be necessary.
3. Propeller and Spinner -- CHECK for nicks and security.
4. Carburetor Air Filter -- CHECK for restrictions by dust or other
foreign matter. _
5. Landing Light(s) -- CHECK for condition and cleanliness.
6. Nose Wheel Strut and Tire -- CHECK for proper inflation.
7. Nose Tie-Down -- DISCONNECT.
8. Static Source Opening (left side of fuselage) -- CHECK for
stoppage.
'1. Main Wheel Tire -- CHECK for proper inflation.
2. Before first flight of day and after each refueling, use sampler cup
and drain small quantity of fuel from fuel tank sump quick-drain
valve to check for water, sediment and proper fuel grade.
3. Fuel Quantity -- CHECK VISUALLY for desired level.
4. Fuel Filler Cap - SECURE.
(?) LEFT WING Leading Edge
1. Pitot Tube Cover -- REMOVE and check opening for stoppage.
2. Stall Warning Opening -- CHECK for stoppage. To check the
system, place a clean handkerchief over the vent opening and
apply suction; a sound from the warning horn will confirm system
operation.
3. Fuel Tank Vent Opening -- CHECK for stoppage.
4. Wing Tie-Down -- DISCONNECT.
(?) LEFT WING Trailing Edge
1. Aileron -- CHECK freedom of movement and security.
BEFORE STARTING ENGINE
1. Preflight Inspection -- COMPLETE.
4-6 1 July 1979
For Flight Training Reference Only
SECTION" NomllAL PROCEOURES
@NOSE
C:ESSNA MODEL l&a
•• ~,,;:::"' .• :':O:;.;':'ii::;,::' wllll lH' llIan lo." ,
, , , . • ,. ,
.lOppoge.
@ LEFTWING
• ,. ,. ,.
0LEFT WI NG Leeding Edge
CIiECl< lO,
I. p,,,,, Tubo Covo,·· REMOVB iUld "~.~k eponh'l lO' '",ppo.go_ 3. Slall Wamuli O~nlnj[ •• Cl/ECI< lo' ''''PI»IK't. "1"0 ç_k , ....
ayotem. piace a cl .. " han<lko",hiol ovo< Ilo. v.n' 0""""'$ am; apply • ...,1100, a""uDd lrom th. wamln~ 110m IO llI """lInn oyotem Ol"'raUcn.
3. Pu.1 Tank V."' Opo"I"&" -- CHECI< fu" .toppap. 4. Wlng Tlo·Down ·· DISCONNECT.
® LEFT WI NG T,.illn9 Edg,
I. Alloro,,·· CHECI< 1"-", 01 mov~mont and • ..,u,lty.
BEFORE STARTING ENGINE
I. p",milhl [11'pecLlQI1 •. COMPLE"TE.
Hl l July limi
CESSNA SECTION 4
MODEL 152 NORMAL PROCEDURES
2. Seats, Belts, Shoulder Harnesses -- ADJUST and LOCK.
3. Fuel Shutoff Valve -- ON.
4. Radios, Electrical Equipment -- OFF.
5. Brakes -- TEST and SET.
6. Circuit Breakers -- CHECK IN.
STARTING ENGINE (Temperatures Above Freezing)
NOTE
For cold weather starting procedures, refer to page 4-21.
1. Mixture -- RICH.
2. Carburetor Heat -- COLD.
3. Prime -- AS REQUIRED (up to 3 strokes - none if engine is warm).
4. Throttle -- OPEN 1/2 INCH (CLOSED if engine is warm).
5. Propeller Area -- CLEAR.
6. Master Switch -- ON.
7. Ignition Switch -- START (release when engine starts).
8. Throttle -- ADJUST for 1000 RPM or less.
9. Oil Pressure -- CHECK.
10. Flashing Beacon and Navigation Lights -- ON as required.
11. Radios -- ON.
BEFORE TAKEOFF
1. Parking Brake -- SET.
2. Cabin Doors -- CLOSED and LATCHED.
3. Flight Controls -- FREE and CORRECT.
4. Flight Instruments -- SET.
5. Fuel Shutoff Valve -- ON.
6. Mixture -- RICH (below 3000 feet).
7. Elevator Trim -- TAKEOFF.
8. Throttle -- 1700 RPM.
a. Magnetos -- CHECK (RPM drop should not exceed 125 RPM on
either magneto or 50 RPM differential between magnetos).
b. Carburetor Heat -- CHECK (for RPM drop).
c. Engine Instruments and Ammeter -- CHECK.
d. Suction Gage -- CHECK.
e. Throttle -- 1000 RPM OR LESS.
9. Radios -- SET.
10. Strobe Lights -- AS DESIRED.
11. Throttle Friction Lock -- ADJUST.
12. Brakes -- RELEASE.
1 July 1979 4-7
For Flight Training Reference Only
CII:6SNA MODE!. 1:12
SECTION 4 NORMA!. PROCEOURES
~. ~ .. ". a~I". SlIoulde. [I .. m ..... 00 AOJUST o.nd !.OCK. J. ~'uol 511""'11 V ....... o ONo .. Radio .. Electrl~o.1 Eq"lpmllnl o. 0f'F'. 5. Br ..... " ·· TEST "",d BET. 6. Cl",,,11 e ...... k .... ·· CHECK IN.
STARTING ENGINE (Temperatures Above Freezing)
NOTE
l. '-h1lI ...... ·· RiCH. ~. Ct.tb ..... "'. H •• lo. COLD. 3. PTIm. ·· AS REQUIREO ("p IO 3 Itroku o nO" .. U .nli ... I" WLrm). 4 Tllroule· · OPEN III !NCH (CI.QSED Il enpn~ I •• "mI). 5. f'1oopellerA ........ CU:AR. I.. M.."te. 6",",,11 .0 ONo 7. 1IIIIIlon S_IL"h·· START ( .... 1 ...... hon ."g1no _11..11). 6. Throllie . AOJUST lo. 1000 RPM or leu. ; Oli PrH~ ..... ·• CHECK.
IO. l' ..... Mng Ou.oon Uld Nulla!!on !.llbts . ON" tf>quircd. Il. Radio. o. ONo
BEFORE TAKEQFF
l. [''''I<ing llrak" o. S~:T. 2. CLI>in 000' ••• C I .oS~:D and LATCIIBl> 3. FIiW-bl COI1II"OI ••• ~'RI!:I!: .nd CORRECT. 4. FUlhllllllrumonllo·o SET. 5 F'uel Sh .. ",11 VaI" • • o ONo 6. "'1"lu ... ·· RICH (belo" 3000 I",l. 7. EI~valO. Tr1m o. TAKEOn'. Il. Tltro'tI. o' 1700 III'M.
.. M.gD&lOo •• CHIi:CK {HPM dl"Op.hould noluc_ 125 RPM on elth.r "'"'11"0&10 or 11(1 RPM dlrl .... ntlal b.tw_n magn"_J.
b CubLirelOr H .. I·· CHECK (lo. RPM dl"Op). e.. Enlflne Insuumen,.. &nel Ammeto . .. CHECK. d. S"ellon Ollp " CHECK .. Tltrollte .. 'ODO HPM OR U:SS.
9. Radio.·· S"-"T. lO. 8lz01M L.i"bu." AS OESIREO. Il. 1111""01\1& FriC\.Lon Loock .. ADJUST. 12.. Brali ... o. RE1.EASE.
1 J"ly III?SI
"SECTION 4 CESSNA
NORMAL PROCEDURES MODEL 152
TAKEOFF
NORMAL TAKEOFF
1. Wing Flaps -- 0°- 10°.
2. Carburetor Heat -- COLD.
3. Throttle - FULL OPEN.
4. Elevator Control - LIFT NOSE WHEEL at 50 KIAS.
5. Climb Speed -- 65-75 KIAS.
SHORT FIELD TAKEOFF
1. Wing Flaps -- 10°.
2. Carburetor Heat -- COLD.
3. Brakes - APPLY.
4. Throttle - FULL OPEN.
5. Mixture -- RICH (above 3000 feet, LEAN to obtain maximum RPM).
6. Brakes -- RELEASE.
7. Elevator Control - SLIGHTLY TAIL LOW.
8. Climb Speed -- 54 KIAS (until all obstacles are cleared).
9. Wing Flaps -- RETRACT slowly after reaching 60 KIAS.
ENROUTE CLIMB
1. Airspeed -- 70-80 KIAS.
NOTE
If a maximum performance climb is necessary, use speeds
shown in the Rate Of Climb chart in Section 5.
2. Throttle - FULL OPEN.
3. Mixture — RICH below 3000 feet, LEAN for maximum RPM above
3000 feet.
CRUISE
1. Power -- 1900-2550 RPM (no more than 75%).
2. Elevator Trim -- ADJUST.
3. Mixture -- LEAN.
4-8 1 July 1979
P
n
For Flight Training Reference Only
SECTION 4 CESSNA MODEL1~ NORMAL l'ROCEDURE8
TAKEOFF NORMAl TAKEOFF
l. Wi .... P1.po . • 0". IO". 2. C.rb ...... \.cIr Heat ·· COLO. 3. Thro!;\le " !l'ULL OPEN. ( . Elev .. \.cI. Control •• LIFT NOSF. WliEgL al SO "IAS. 5. CUmb Spee<I · · lI!i.7!I KIAS.
SHORT FIElD TAKEOFF
l. Wln, Flap* " IO" . 2. C.rbu.reto. Hoat ·· COLO. 3. 8ralo .. ·• APPLY. 4. Tbro!II. · · FULL OPEN. 5. MilulI ... •· RiCH (.t>ove 3000 fee'-LEAN \.cl oblaln madmum RPM). 8 . S.un ·· RELEAS&' 7 . Eleva\.cl. ConU"OI ·· SLIOHTLY l"AIL LOW. (I.. CUmb SpeoI>d •• &4 "IAS (IIOtU ali obalaCla .... 101 • ...-..1)iii. Wl'" napa •• Rt."TJlACT aln .. ll' aI1a ... .ebl". 50 KIAS.
ENROUTE ClIMB lo Alnpee<1·· 7tJ..80 KIAS .
NOTE
Il a m&Ximllm p-orlonn .... "" cUm~ il noce .. ary. " I e.peedoo . hn .. n [n Utl Ralfl Of CUmb ehwt In SOClIOll 3.
2. T broUlt·· FULL OPBN. 3. Ml;r;!III"I · · RICH belo. 3000 ~ Lt;;AN fDrm&xlmum RPM a_
3000 1_.
CAUISE
,-,
I !'D ..... .. UIOO·~ RPM (ne mn .. th..., 7!lIIO). ~. Elev .. \.cI.Trlm·· APJUST. J . Mb!u,...·· I.KAN .
l July 11179
-
CESSNA SECTION 4
MODEL 152 NORMAL PROCEDURES
DESCENT
1. Mixture -- ADJUST for smooth operation (full rich for idle power).
2. Power -- AS DESIRED.
3. Carburetor Heat -- FULL HEAT AS REQUIRED.
BEFORE LANDING
1. Seats, Belts, Harnesses -- ADJUST and LOCK.
2. Mixture -- RICH.
3. Carburetor Heat -- ON (apply full heat before reducing power).
LANDING
NORMAL LANDING
1. Airspeed -- 60-70 KIAS (flaps UP).
2. Wing Flaps -- AS DESIRED (below 85 KIAS).
3. Airspeed -- 55-65 KIAS (flaps DOWN).
4. Touchdown -- MAIN WHEELS FIRST.
5. Landing Roll -- LOWER NOSE WHEEL GENTLY.
6. Braking -- MINIMUM REQUIRED.
SHORT FIELD LANDING
1. Airspeed - 60-70'KIAS (flaps UP).
2. Wing Flaps - 30° (below 85 KIAS).
3. Airspeed - MAINTAIN 54 KIAS.
4. Power -- REDUCE to idle as obstacle is cleared.
5. Touchdown -- MAIN WHEELS FIRST.
6. Brakes -- APPLY HEAVILY.
7. Wing Flaps -- RETRACT.
BALKED LANDING
1. Throttle -- FULL OPEN.
2. Carburetor Heat - COLD.
3. Wing Flaps -- RETRACT to 20°.
4. Airspeed -- 55 KIAS.
5. Wing Flaps -- RETRACT (slowly).
1 July 1979 4-9
For Flight Training Reference Only
CESSI'!" MODEL I~~
SECTION t NOllJolI<L PlIOCEOUlIES
OESCENT
'- M'x'u""._ ADJUST lor om.,.,.n OJ)e'.t!on (fu!! rl<:n lor Idi. power) 2. "' ... , •• AS DI\S!lIED. 3. C.rtlu,..I<I, HOa< .. f'UL.L HEA T Alj lIEQUillED.
SEFORE LANDING
1. Soa ... 0.1"'. Harn" ..... _ -- "I)JUST and UlCK. t. JoIixtu,",·· RICH. :I. Corbu~, Hu. _. ON (opply lull b.o' belo," Teductn, _'l,
LANDING
NORMAl LANOING
I. AlnPft<l -- (I()-'I'O KiAS (nop. DI'), t. WIDi l'la",,·· AS OESUlEO ("'10" ~ KIAS), 3, Al .. ~ __ M·8Z KIAS (nop. UOWN~ t . ToucMo .. " __ MAIN WHEELS l'IRST. li. Landlng- Ro!! -- LQWf:lI NOSE WHf:EI. GE!<."'T!. .... 8. B' .k'ng-.' MINIMUM REQUIRED,
S HORT FIELO LAN DING
I . AI .. "",, .. 1lO_?<l'KtAS (flapo Uf). 2. WlnJi l't.po .. 30" ( ... t .... 8lI KIASI, 3. "lnpoed .. M"INTAIN 54 KIAS, t. PQ,.e,.- 1I8DOCE 1<1 l<Il, a' obao.el. l, cl •• _ 5. TouohdoWB" M"IN WH88!.S l'tIlST e. B,ok .. __ APPL'" _"VIL"'. 7. WIOK n.p. __ 1I.ETRACT.
8AlKED LANDING
l Tn...,Ul* .. FULL OI'EN. t. C .. TbUTOLO' H ... __ COLO. :I. Wl"g l'lap ... R!:TRACT 1<1 20'. • "',"po"" _. M KIAS. " Wl", l'lapo .. Rt."'TRACT (otowty ).
1 July limi ,-,
SECTION 4 CESSNA —
NORMAL PROCEDURES MODEL 152
AFTER LANDING
1. Wing Flaps -- UP.
2. Carburetor Heat -- COLD.
SECURING AIRPLANE
1. Parking Brake -- SET.
2. Radios, Electrical Equipment -- OFF.
3. Mixture -- IDLE CUT-OFF (pull full out).
4. Ignition Switch -- OFF.
5. Master Switch -- OFF.
6. Control Lock -- INSTALL.
4-10 1 July 1979
~
n
n
n
n
n
For Flight Training Reference Only
SI!:CT10N 4 NORMAL PROCEDURI!:8
AFTER LANDING
I . Wln~ "1&~ .. UP ~ C ... bu.....,. 11 .... •• COL.!).
SECURING AIRPLANE
4-10
I. Parll1nC Orale ••• St:T. ~ Radl_ Elee,rlcaJ t:qutp"",at·· O". 3. MI"''' .. •• IPLE CUT-OFF (p~U f .. ll OtIt). 4. 19n>Llon Switcb ··01'1'. :\. M&'lIe .. 8w!lch ·· O", 8. Conlrol Locll: ·· lNST .... LL.
Cl!:8SNA MOOEL l~
I Jul)' Ill7ll
CESSNA SECTION 4
MODEL 152 NORMAL PROCEDURES
AMPLIFIED PROCEDURES
STARTING ENGINE (Temperatures Above Freezing)
During engine starting, open the throttle approximately 1/2 inch. In
warm weather, one stroke of the primer should be sufficient. In tempera
tures near freezing, up to 3 strokes of the primer may be necessary. As the
engine starts, slowly adjust the throttle as required for 1000 RPM or less. If
the engine is still warm from previous operation, it may be started with the
throttle closed and no priming.
Weak intermittent firing followed by puffs of black smoke from the
exhaust stack indicates overpriming or flooding. Excess fuel can be
cleared from the combustion chambers by the following procedure; set the
mixture control in the idle cut-off position, the throttle full open, and crank
the engine through several revolutions with the starter. Repeat the
starting procedure without any additional priming.
If the engine is underprimed (most likely in cold weather with a cold
engine) it will not fire at all, and additional priming will be necessary.
After starting, if the oil gage does not begin to show pressure within 30
seconds in the summertime and about twice that long in very cold weather,
stop the engine and investigate. Lack of oil pressure can cause serious
engine damage. After starting, avoid the use of carburetor heat unless
icing conditions prevail.
— NOTE
Details concerning cold weather starting and operation at
temperatures below freezing may be found under Cold
Weather Operation paragraphs in this section.
TAXIING
When taxiing, it is important that speed and use of brakes be held to a
minimum and that all controls be utilized (see Taxiing Diagram, figure 4-
2) to maintain directional control and balance.
1 July 1979 4-11
For Flight Training Reference Only
CESSNA MODEL Lsa
SECTION4 NORMALPROCEDURF~
AMPLIFrEO PROCEOURES
.., STARTING ENGrNE (Temperaturas Above Freezi"g )
-
OU""g onglno ''''rtlng. opeo lIlo\l1ro'U •• wro~im.I<oLy L I~ I"cb. ID .... '" ",,'bo,. ODe otroko ol u.. prlmer .hould be ."fflclonl. lo •• mpera_ '"n. Dnr [,""Oi". "p 1<13 .I«lk .. ollil. p,lmor m"y bo ...".,o"'l'. Aa \110 o"i"'''''o'uIo. olowly od) ... , I.bo 1Il ... >uI ... requlro<l lor 1000 RPloior 1_. 11 lIlo onlJlM t. oUII w&rm lrom pnvlo",op".'l"n.lt moy be .",ne.! wllb ,Ite IhroUl. 010","" .n<l no primi",.
WMk lntMm"'''o. "rlnll: lo!lo .... od by putlo Of b,..,k o"'ok. Irom ,~. oxho".' ... ..,k indie .... ovorp'I"'lng Or nOOd!o,g. f:~ .... 1"01 e~ bo elu"" 1m'" U.ocomb"otlo" ohmbon by Utelollow,ol"pn:>e..:I,u", RII'" m [x," re ""n '",I In u,. 1<11. cui.., ti _1110". !ho U,roIUolul! open. ood cro"k tho ."g;o. UuoulI"b .. vo,o! ""valullo,, . .. llil !h •• , ..... '. Re_, tho ot.orting procedure .. Itboul.ny oddJUOD.I prlmlnlJ.
11th. ongLne lo u"d .. prlmed (mo", IIkoly In ",,1<1 ", .. Ihor .. lIh • .,.,Id onlllne) l. wLll no' Il .... 1 .n . ...,<I oddl. loul prlmllll" 1'1'111 be D-.. .. ry
Ah"r slOrllng.lltho oU Sogo _. no' ,,"gin ","o .. p ..... u ..... [lhln:JO tMeOnd. In UI •• u"'''' •• lI'''O O"".()(Iul h.Leo lh.llonrin •• 'y ""Id ..... h.r. ""p'''' ooglno Md (ov ... I1' .... Loc~ O[ "il p~"uro u" o.~ .... ,I"". oorl"" doml4['t. An.. OIO'''''g. ovOld Ih. u .. o( <ubu,OIo, boa' uol ... lo,nll OQndillo". provul
Detall. ocn~rnlng ""Id "'."'~o' ''''rli"'_Dd ope •• "'lon al "'""po .. I" .... bolo,. 1 ..... In' moy bo ("uad "ndor Cold W~.Ih., O"",,,UOn puunpho In Iht. ...,UOD.
TAXIING
Whon Inll"Q:. Il I. 1m"",.,...,. 1Il ••• ~ ."d UN 01 b ... 1<00 be bol<! IO" mlnlm"m .ad .hOl .11 ooD'rolo Ilo u'III09<1 (uo Tulln, Dlo,ram. Il,,,,,, 4· Z) lO molntaln dl ... "'I,," ,,1 <:»nlml Md b.I." ...
~SECTION 4
NORMAL PROCEDURES
CESSNA
MODEL 152
USE UP AILERON USE UP AILERON
ON RH WING AND
NEUTRAL ELEVATOR
ON LH WTNG AND
NEUTRAL ELEVATOR
USE DOWN AILERON
B ON LH WING AND
DOWN ELEVATOR
USE DOWN AILERON
ON RH WING AND
DOWN ELEVATOR
CODE
WIND DIRECTION
NOTE
Strong quartering tail winds require caution.
Avoid sudden bursts of the throttle and sharp
braking when the airplane is in this attitude.
Use the steerable nose wheel and rudder to
maintain direction.
Figure 4-2. Taxiing Diagram
4-12 1 July 1979
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
nFor Flight Training Reference Only
S~:cr!ON 4 NO~~ALPROCEDURF.5
CODE
WIND OIRECTION •
CESSNA MODEL l(;!!
$1 .... "'.,1 • .-1 .. 'oli ..-I .... ,.,.01"' .... U ... . Il>'014 _n "'.11. of "'. ", ..... ,)0"'" ...... p ..... ,'" ......... li ....... I. In "'l. ,",'lIudo. Il ...... "H,abI. __ ,_.-, IO .. 1OI_n 41.ocUon.
, JIII)' ,!1?11
-
CESSNA SECTION 4
MODEL 152 NORMAL PROCEDURES
The carburetor heat control knob should be pushed full in during all
ground operations unless heat is absolutely necessary. When the knob is
pulled out to the heat position, air entering the engine is not filtered.
Taxiing over loose gravel or cinders should be done at low engine
speed to avoid abrasion and stone damage to the propeller tips.
The nose wheel is designed to automatically center straight ahead
when the nose strut is fully extended. In the event the nose strut is over-
inflated and the airplane is loaded to a rearward center of gravity position,
it may be necessary to partially compress the strut to permit steering. This
can be accomplished prior to taxiing by depressing the airplane nose (by
hand) or during taxi by sharply applying brakes.
BEFORE TAKEOFF
WARM-UP
Most of the warm-up will have been conducted during taxi, and
additional warm-up before takeoff should be restricted to the checklist
procedures. Since the engine is closely cowled for efficient in-flight
cooling, precautions should be taken to avoid overheating on the ground.
MAGNETO CHECK
The magneto check should be made at 1700 RPM as follows. Move
ignition switch first to R position and note RPM. Next move switch back to
BOTH to clear the other set of plugs. Then move switch to the L position,
note RPM and return the switch to the BOTH position. RPM drop should not
exceed 125 RPM on either magneto or show greater than 50 RPM differen
tial between magnetos. If there is a doubt concerning operation of the
ignition system, RPM checks at higher engine speeds will usually confirm,
whether a deficiency exists.
An absence of RPM drop may be an indication of faulty grounding of
one side of the ignition system or should be cause for suspicion that the
magneto timing is set in advance of the setting specified.
ALTERNATOR CHECK
Prior to flights where verification of proper alternator and alternator
control unit operation is essential (such as night or instrument flights), a
positive verification can be made by loading the electrical system
momentarily (3 to 5 seconds) with the landing light, or by operating the
wing flaps during the engine runup (1700 RPM). The ammeter will remain
1 July 1979 4-13
For Flight Training Reference Only
CE$$N A MODEL I~
SECTlON t NOIlMAL PROCEDURK/l
n.. CAl'M,..u.. boa ' oon<rollmob aJtoul<l ... pu.hod full lo dmlng a" ",,"nd op"u.uo'" unI ... hoat l. oMel'u"ly " .... .oH)'. Wbon 1M Imob ,O
_ puU ... oat IO 'M h." pooluon. a" ." .. rlng tno ,ng'no lo no' f1I .. ,.....
-
-
TuU"S aver 100M a-rovol or el.o>\lon ùou~~ ~ don •• '10'" enll"''''' apeed 10 nold obr .. lon ond 010<1, d.m.~ \o 'he prol>"lIe, 'II>".
n, m'3f, wh .. l ,. dUI," ... IO .ulOm.Uoally .,.n"" .'n.1l1ht ahood whon "'o n""" otnll l. lully . . .. ndod. In 'he n.n<"', n""" "'"" 1. av ..... Inn ..... ona t"" "'l'luo. lO loodod to a "' ..... _""M"rolll' ... vity po''''o''. it may bo ,,_ ... ry to ponlally ""'" p ..... "'O ."", IO ",rm" .... "",. Th .. e&O bo acoompllohod pnor IO [Un", by d'l'noN'"., [ho .l'l'l"". <>OH (by band) O' durlDi' tul by . bo'l'ly opp.1yl"l1 brolr ....
BEFO RE TAKEOFF
WAA M·VP
MOOi' 0.1 .ho warm·up .,Ill bove _o "",,~uetod <larln" lUI. a.nd oddUlon.1 .... rm·"p bol" .. I&.lroofl ohould bo ... o"le,"", IO "'. chookll •• pl"OCMur .... Slnoo ilio . "Eino l. elo .. ly "" .. lod 'or e'llelon. In .n!i'ht .""lIn" p...,ou"ono .hould bo tai"o IO nold OV •• I1eMIn, on ,bo (mond.
MAGNETO CHECK
Tb. m.",oto ob .. " .1>ou16 bo m ...... ' I?OO RPM .. lollo"'. Movo l81'lUon , ,"neh IIn' IO R _IUc" .od ""le RPM. """"",V •.... iIob"..,,, IO aOT!! IO CIO .. "'e olbo, o" 01 pl '4l'. no" mov' o ... ll<b IO lho L _11100, no" RpM a.nd relum I~ •• "'!I<h IOI.hO BOT!! _"100. RPMdrop ohould no' oxe<!od ,2:1 RPM OD ."b., ",",,,,'10 or .ho", ,.... ... , Ulo .. ~ Rl'M dlfl .... " · \lo..! bo'_" "'.81''''''-. Il I.h.", l •• rIoubt oo"""m'oll: 0110 ... 10" 01 "'. (11:";'\011 oy ... m. RPM C ..... U .. MlhO! '''I!'l1>& .po<dO w!ll "oool1y ""ofilm ... h ...... ,. d.liel.""y U'-\e.
A" ollM""" 01 RPM drop ",",y bo u Ir>dleallon 01 laully sround.l .. ., 01 ono .id. 01 \ho lpillon oY'''''' o' obo .. ld bo .0 .... Ior ."ploloo 'h •• • bo magnoto '''''in, lO"" l" odv ...... 01 ,h. "'l\l"K "p..:llio<!.
ALTERNATO R CHEC K
ptior IO ntghu ... h ..... vo"lio"loD 01 proper altorna..". ..... d 'l"molOr ooo'rol un" ol>","t(o" l ..... "Ilo..! { ... Ch .. n; .. ~' Or ln ..... m.". nl .. h .. ~ • PO'ltlvo .... rlllo •• ;oo 0011 bo mad.. by loa<!i"ir 'bo .l.ottioa! oyolom n'om.nl>.rI[y (3 \o ~ oocoll<lol .. ilh tiro landl"" .li~b1 . o. by ol>"raUoB "' • .,l.o>,. nOl'O durloi' u.. o"lIlno ",0"1' (1700 RPM), Th. &mm .... .. 111 ",moln
l July 19'7\1 4·.3
WING FLAP SETTINGS
Soft or rough field takeoffs are performed with 10° wing flaps by lifting
4-14 1 July 1979
~SECTION 4 CESSNA
NORMAL PROCEDURES MODEL 152
within a needle width of its initial position if the alternator and alternator —
control unit are operating properly.
TAKEOFF
POWER CHECK
It is important to check full-throttle engine operation early in the
takeoff run. Any sign of rough engine operation or sluggish engine
acceleration is good cause for discontinuing the takeoff. If this occurs, you
are justified in making a thorough full-throttle static runup before another
takeoff is attempted. The engine should run smoothly and turn approxi
mately 2280 to 2380 RPM with carburetor heat off and mixture leaned to
maximum RPM.
Full throttle runups over loose gravel are especially harmful to
propeller tips. When takeoffs must be made over a gravel surface, it is very
important that the throttle be advanced slowly. This allows the airplane to
start rolling before high RPM is developed, and the gravel will be blown
back of the propeller rather than pulled into it. When unavoidable small
dents appear in the propeller blades, they should be immediately corrected
as described in Section 8 under Propeller Care.~
Prior to takeoff from fields above 3000 feet elevation, the mixture
should be leaned to give maximum RPM in a full-throttle, static runup.
After full throttle is applied, adjust the throttle friction lock clockwise
to prevent the throttle from creeping back from a maximum power
position. Similar friction lock adjustment should be made as required in
other flight conditions to maintain a fixed throttle setting.
"Normal takeoffs are accomplished with wing flaps 0°- 10°. Using 10°
wing flaps reduces the total distance over an obstacle by approximately
10%. Flap deflections greater than 10° are not approved for takeoff. If 10°
wing flaps are used for takeoff, they should be left down until all obstacles
are cleared and a safe flap retraction speed of 60 KIAS is reached.
On a short field, 10° wing flaps and an obstacle clearance speed of 54
KIAS should be used. This speed provides the best overall climb speed to
clear obstacles when taking into account turbulence often found near
ground level.
nFor Flight Training Reference Only
SECTION 4 NOI\MAL PI\OCEDUHES
CESSNA MOCEL '!02
wilhi.n a ~_'o .. t~,~ <>l U. ;mLlol "".iU04 Il 'ho olL.,..,O<or .od 0.1""'01<1' conw' ~nl' U"o openllng prol"'r'y.
TA KEOFF POWER C HEC K
IL IO trnponon' '" ~b.~1r. full •• hrottl. ~ngt"" "l' .... """ U,ly In Lhe takoofl N n. AIIy 01 ... 01 ""'gli ongtn. OPO"'''O" .". olonl,h '"«m. _ o' .. oLlo" " .ro<>d c,u,. fo. d '-oont.l..o oln r 'u takoofl. il 'h lo "",,uni. y",o are jWlUned ,,, maklnll" a IhO"'" LI"b lul'·'bn>ul. ota ,Ic nmup bolo .. ",n,h.,. ..... oofll. , ' .. mp"",,. Tbo ' "IfI"" . bould nI" .moo'hly .od tu'" a ppro,l. m ... ly USO '" 1!380 RPM wllll .. ",,,,"IO. ho"ott a nd mb,u", I.,nod '" mnlmum RPM
F\, il 'bromo Nn"pO 0"'" 100M fIn",,1 .... . . ]»<:lo.Uy barmlul IO p,""poU.r Ljpo. Whon ta ...... lf. "'Wl' bo rna4<tovoro. "uvo'.uri..,.,. il l. vory lmportan' 11>., Lhe \brom. bo o.dvonced .Iowly. n". olio ... LI •• ,Irplo ... ", .ta ... rollll'LI" bolo ... h1ih RPM ta devoloped. ond tbe f'"'vOI IOlU boblo"'" b..," 01 1M p,..,pellu ... IM, 'han pulloll InlO IL Wh<Ib u""""ldabl. omall d.n la . ppo or In "'" propoUe, bl ...... o. tboy o ho" ld bo 'mmed' . .. , y ",,""octo<L ... """" ... _ In S60""n 6 und., Propoll •• C ....
p,,,,, \O takOOfJ rro", n.,,.. &bo .... :lOro foe' 01'''01104 .• ho ,,",'uro .bo"1d bo lo ... od \o L!"lvo """im"1D HPM iD' fuU·'broUIo. otaLlo "mup_
AI .. , full ,~,..,"l. I •• ppllod. ~Ju.' 111. ,,,,..,,,1. f,!c"on lockç'""kwl .. IO P"''MnL Lhe ,,,,,,m. fr<>m o"",ptns" bo<>k fr<>m o muc,murn po ..... po","on. snu!lu IJ1~Uon!o<k a.dJu.otmo .... lU:mld bo mode ...... qulred In 011>0' m Ll"'" """dillO". '" ,,,..lnUlI,, a n xed thromo oomq.
WIN G FLAP SETTINGS
o" a o"ort n.ld. H)' .. Ini nap' ud .... "b.""'l. oleoran .. . petd 01 54 KIAS sllould bo "ood. Thl •• peood provid ... ,bit bo. , ove , al] cllmb op<H>d '" clou .,.,.""" .... bon ,oktnS 'n", ..",.,"", turbulenco "Ilon !ound .,.u "round lavol.
Solt o, """ib n.ld tokOC>ll ..... porform.d wllI> IO' .. 1"11" n '1" by IIniDi
o. t< I/u]y 1m
CESSNA SECTION 4
MODEL 152 NORMAL PROCEDURES
the airplane off the ground as soon as practical in a slightly tail-low
attitude. If no obstacles are ahead, the airplane should be leveled off
immediately to accelerate to a higher climb speed.
CROSSWIND TAKEOFF
Takeoffs into strong crosswinds normally are performed with the
minimum flap setting necessary for the field length, to minimize the drift
angle immediately after takeoff. With the ailerons partially deflected into
the wind, the airplane is accelerated to a speed slightly higher than
normal, and then pulled off abruptly to prevent possible settling back to
the runway while drifting. When clear of the ground, make a coordinated
turn into the wind to correct for drift.
ENROUTE CLIMB
Normal climbs are performed with flaps up and full throttle and at
speeds 5 to 10 knots higher than best rate-of-climb speeds for the best
combination of performance, visibility and engine cooling. The mixture
should be full rich below 3000 feet and may be leaned above 3000 feet for
smoother operation or to obtain maximum RPM. For maximum rate of
climb, use the best rate-of-climb speeds shown in the Rate Of Climb chart
in Section 5. If an obstruction dictates the use of a steep climb angle, the
best angle-of-climb speed should be used with flaps up and maximum
power. Climbs at speeds lower than the best rate-of-climb speed should be
of short duration to improve engine cooling.
CRUISE
Normal cruising is performed between 55% and 75% power. The engine
RPM and corresponding fuel consumption for various altitudes can be
determined by using your Cessna Power Computer or the data in Section 5.
NOTE
Cruising should be done at a minimum of 75% power until
a total of 25 hours has accumulated or oil consumption has
stabilized. Operation at this higher power will ensure
proper seating of the rings and is applicable to new
engines, and engines in service following cylinder
replacement or top overhaul of one or more cylinders.
The data in Section 5 shows the increased range and improved fuel
economy that is obtainable when operating at lower power settings. The
use of lower power settings and the selection of cruise altitude on the basis
of the most favorable wind conditions are significant factors that should be
considered on every trip to reduce fuel consumption.
1 July 1979 4-15
For Flight Training Reference Only
-
CESSNA MODEL 1(02
SECTION 4 NORMAL PROCEDURES
the alrplan. ofI Ih. Imunll ... IOOn ... Pf'&CUcal 1.0. a alllilht.ly tall·low atUluca. Il ,", obwla<l ... A ahoad. !be alrplano -'10\114 ho levoleod oH bnm.w.lAly IO &0<:01 ... '" IO. blllln ellmh ,poM<I.
CROSSWIN O TAKEOFF
To.lr;~rt. InlO _troni ol'Oll.w1Dd. no""all)' &Te performed wlll> tlIe ml.o.imum n.p .... tinl n_ .... y ler tlIo n.ld l.n(tlt, IO mlnlmlae 11>. drift anlle Immeodlatel, afle' laIl..,rt. Wl.1I .... an.renl P,"lO.U,. doon_ tnID th. wlnd ....... rpl .... I. """"1 ••• IM IO •• peed .h!lhll,. h~lw. than normal, and th.n pulIM ort &llnlpU,. IO PA_t _.,hl ...... UiD& baclt IO the tuOw&)' wbU. d.Utlll", Whill elou of!be ' ..... 001. m ....... coord .... 1ed I,,", 11110 lI>e \l/Iod IO 00......,' for drift.
ENRQUTE ClIMB Nonnal climI.- ..... perfonned wlth nape up ...,01 full throttl. uuI ot
opaMloL S IO IO """III hlll"-' WII 1.-.1 rata""f..,\lmb ope.da for Ibe ba.t co ... b ..... loll 01 ""rlorl""""', "iliblUl}' lLJ1<I '"Iine oooll.o.&. 'Ibt mUtun. thollld bo luJl deb bolo .. 3000 foIL' uuI ma,. be I<>olleod .bove 3000 fee, lor lIIIlootller operatlno or IO ab",lll mazimum RPM. l''or mox1nlum .. \ti 01 cllmb, u .... IlLe bIt.1 rale",,'..,lImb .pHd. •• lIoom In tho na", or Cllmb ob.tJ,rt In Secllon 11. tr an Obllln,,~tlon dIetA"'. l'''' u .. or a ..... p c11mb .. nel., tho
_ ba,t anlt"ltJ.of-cU m b .pMCI IlLould be UHd wllh n .. p.o up anI! "",ximum puw.r. Climbe .. , 1pHd.1 10\1/" Ihanl"" be.1 rate..,t..,Umh.peed .lLould be or o.hort du •• II" .. IO lmprovI o .. gin. coollllll.
-
CRUISE Nnnn .. 1 emt,tnl lo perform.-t bel\l/ •• n!\Ml, ond ~% po\l/or. Th.ona::1no
AI'M ood corre.pondlngluel conaumpUnn lo . vo.!ouo .. ltltud"" can be dri.nnllled by ua lng your Co .. n .. l'o\l/.r Compute r nr \"-d .... !n So<:tlon~.
NOTE
CrulBlnc should be don. al o m!nhnum Ol~ power unlll .. IOta! Dfllll""" .. Il ... aoeumulOIM 0 .011 "",..umptlnn Il ... al_biIL.OJd. O"" .. Uon al th,. hill"" pn ...... iii .D.U'" pro""r """liDI 01 tIIot rLn .. _Dd i. opplieabl. IO DIIW ena:1nu. and ena:\no>I In ..,.v!ce folJo\l/lnlr C)'linder ... pl ..... meDi or IOp overbaul oloDII o r ma'" c)'lloders.
Tbe d .... ID Secllon & ab ..... lI>e tncrM.Md. .anltl &Od Impl'OV'Od f\Lol economy lI>a, lo obl&ln.&llie _11.0 opereUnl et I ...... pow\tl' .... r1n&'II. ThLI u .. 01 Jower powar .... U01tI and u.. aelectloo 01 erut .. altttud.oo tbe ho$iI 01 !be moli ' .. "".&111. orInd _diti ..... aA .,"'trlc .... "..,.., ... th .. t .boull! be """.ld.nd on ""T)' trlp IO radUOl 1\101 conaump,lon,
l JuJ.y IlrnI
SECTION 4
NORMAL PROCEDURES
CESSNA
MODEL 152
ALTITUDE
Sea Level
4000 Feet
8000 Feet
75% POWER
KTAS
100
103
107
NMPG
16.4
17.0
17.6
65% POWER
KTAS
94
97
100
NMPG
17.8
18.4
18.9
55% POWER
KTAS
87
89
91
NMPG
19.3
19.8
20.4
Standard Conditions Zero Wind
Figure 4-3. Cruise Performance Table
The Cruise Performance Table, figure 4-3, shows the true airspeed and
nautical miles per gallon during cruise for various altitudes and percent
powers. This table should be used as a guide, along with the available
winds aloft information, to determine the most favorable altitude and
power setting for a given trip.
To achieve the recommended lean mixture fuel consumption figures
shown in Section 5, the mixture should be leaned until engine RPM peaks
and drops 25-50 RPM. At lower powers it may be necessary to enrichen the
mixture slightly to obtain smooth operation.
Carburetor ice, as evidenced by an unexplained drop in RPM, can be
removed by application of full carburetor heat. Upon regaining the
original RPM (with heat off), use the minimum amount of heat (by trial and
error) to prevent ice from forming. Since the heated air causes a richer
mixture, readjust the mixture setting when carburetor heat is to be used
continuously in cruise flight.
The use of full carburetor heat is recommended during flight in very
heavy rain to avoid the possibility of engine stoppage due to excessive
water ingestion. The mixture setting should be readjusted for smoothest
operation.
LEANING WITH A CESSNA ECONOMY MIXTURE INDICATOR
(EGT)
Exhaust gas temperature (EGT) as shown on the optional Cessna
Economy Mixture Indicator may be used as an aid for mixture leaning in
cruising flight at 75% power or less. To adjust the mixture, using this
indicator, lean to establish the peak EGT as a reference point and then
n
4-16 1 July 1979
~For Flight Training Reference Only
SECTION 4 NORMAL PROCEDURES
1hol'OWU 66" POW~R
ALT,nwe ~M -- "M --~~ '00 ,~ ~ ,,. ~- '" ". " ,~
~- '" 11.1 '00 ,u
S...-.,Condo.-
l''Ip ... 4·3 erul .. PerlOmlll-DCe Table
eESSNA MODEL 162
66' l'OWER
"M -~
" ", M ... " N' ~w~
'!'be erul"" PerlormaM& TalI11. ti", ... 4-3. eho .. elh. Inle al ... peed &Dd naulleal mUo. per Calloll durill. "rulM for varlo .. a altltu<lll. anel pereelll po"' ..... Thls table ehou ld boI u_ u a pl<111. a"'lIl1' wllh u.. avallabl. wlnda alolt Il1fo ...... 1Ion. le atennl ... u.. II10el fa'Oo ... blol allÌlu<lll o.a<I po",.r Mlllnll' for. Ci"''' Irlp.
To """h ..... lb. nco.nru ... cIe<Ilo .... mature fuel o-ont .. mptlo .. tI~ ...... Mbo .. n in SoocU"D 5 . lbe ml:ltu ... ebould bo le.nocI. tmtlleng1ne RPMpealu .od drupa2ti-50RPM. Allower po ... e .. 11 m.ybe "-""ry Ic eorlohe" tho Ol"'IU'" .lIl"hlly \O ob\.Ain .moolb operadoll.
e .. rbu ... tor 1011. U o'O!denoed by an unexplalne<l drop In RPM. ,,&li be .e .. lO'Ooxl by "ppUc"tlon 01 tull ".rl>u ... lc. h ... L Upon ",c .. lnlnc III. orlilnaJ. ItPM (wlth Il ... t olI). u .. II •• m.nlmu", .. "'ounlol h .. 1 (by l11al LIId erro. ) IO pre vlnI ICI '",m 'armjn~. S,ncoo lha h .. "'d a l. c ....... a .lch •• mhrt .. re ... adj .. sllb. mi .. ! ....... 111011 wbiO ~&rb""'lOr be", i8 \O be ullOd conllnllowoly l .. cruiH fllabL _
Th~ u ... at tull o"rburolcr bUlli reoomme .. ded dUMe mr"lln very be.v)' n.ln IO a'Oold thl poa:.lblllt)' 01 Ingtne 1I0ppag<l dua IO ex.,. .. !"" ... ate. mll"B1Inn. ne mIXIU" Hllinl abould be readjualad fo. amooth.1Jl operaUon.
LEANING WITH A CESSNA ECONOMV MIXTUR E INDICATOR (EGTI
Exhau" e'" ... mperalure (EOD U abown on u.. optional c."""a E"""am)' N!Xlurelndicator ma)' be .. _ ... &II "'d tor mbl .. releaDinli m Cnll8lns: mpt al 7lI'!I. ""wer or I .... To Kj .. 11 the ",ixlu ........ aini: this Indicator, l..." to .atabhab lbe p"k EOT ..... f~NQoe polnl o.a<Ilhto
(·16 1 lul)' 11179
CESSNA
MODEL 152
SECTION 4
NORMAL PROCEDURES
MIXTURE
DESCRIPTION
RECOMMENDED LEAN
(Pilot's Operating Handbook
and Power Computer)
BEST ECONOMY
EXHAUST GAS
TEMPERATURE
25°F Rich of Peak EGT
Peak EGT
Figure 4-4. EGT Table
enrichen the mixture by the desired increment based on figure 4-4.
As noted in this table, operation at peak EGT provides the best fuel
economy. This results in approximately 8% greater range than shown in
this handbook accompanied by approximately a 4 knot decrease in speed.
Under some conditions, engine roughness may occur while operating
at peak EGT. In this case, operate at the Recommended Lean mixture. Any
change in altitude or throttle position will require a recheck of EGT
indication.
FUEL SAVINGS PROCEDURES FOR FLIGHT
TRAINING OPERATIONS
For best fuel economy during flight training operations, the following
procedures are recommended.
1. Use 55% to 60% power while transitioning to and from the practice
area (approximately 2200-2250 RPM).
2. Lean the mixture for maximum RPM during climbs above 3000
feet. The mixture may be left leaned for practicing such maneuvers
as stalls.
3. Lean the mixture for maximum RPM during all operations at any
altitude, including those below 3000 feet, when using 75% or less
power.
NOTE
When cruising at 75% or less power, the mixture may be
further leaned until the RPM peaks and drops 25-50 RPM.
This is especially applicable to cross-country training
flights, but may also be practiced during transition flights
1 July 1979 4-17
For Flight Training Reference Only
CEsaNA MODEL 1(!02
S"'CTION 4 NORMAL PROCEDUru,;S
MIX1U~E ~x"",u:rr tiA5 (l(5(:IIIPTIOH TEWEAIiTUfI(
II~COMMENot:D LE ..... _o. Opor.d"l H&o • , ~F Il;et. 01 _ [G1 __ ~I
BEST lCOHOlolV _EG1
"L(\I",4 .4 &01' T .. ble
en.l~hOft Ihe mlxIU", by tho. dallAld Lac .. me"l bued on figu .. 4_4_
A. no," In Ihl& lfIblt. o". .. Uo .. " ,",U EOT PI'OV'det Ihc beai fuel .-:ono m)'. Thb ... "lIa in "ppro:r.tm .. tel)' 8'iIo ~e .. le •• ange th .... allo.." in thi. b .... dboolr. IlCOOmpanle<l b)' .pproxlm.tel)' ... knm """",aM In spe.ed.
Undo'lIQm. condlllonl. Inll"'" m"/(hn ... m~ DCC'" ",bll. 0p"raUng et p"ak "'OT. In ,hla e .... Opl . 11& .. "b. R.co"u" ... ckKI lA .... mi" I" ..... A n)' chang1l In allllude o. thl'OlIle ponlUon ... tU requLte .. rOCbeck 01 EG1' IndICUlon .
.J FUEL SAVINGS PROCEDURES FOR FLlGHT TRAINING OPERATIONS
FO' bMl l'ile i ..,onom)' du.l nlf ntghllrllnlng "\>O',,,Uonll. Ih. followlng p1'OO6d11 ..... a Al AlCommen<led.
1. UN M~ ~ l!O'!IIo ROwer .. hUe lran.monlng ~ .. od fl'Om Ih. practi"" arol (Ipproltlm .. tel)' Il:2OO-UMI FtPMj.
2. lAa" In. mi"I,,", lo. m .. ",mum FtPM durlnl!' cUmb~ abo"e 3000 t .... L",., ml"I ...... m")'be IdI w.ntd lor pracUeinl!'lIuch ma"lu"" .. al 11IIUI.
3. Le .... lite mh",,", for m .. "tmum IU'M durlng oJlopt'nt.llona alan)' a'lIIudo. Includlng thoee belo .. 3000 18M. whe" uling 15'lt.or IeH PO"" ·
NOTE
Wbo." etu"'''1 Il ~ or Le .. pO"" . Ihe mlalu .. ""'1 be lurthe. leaMd UIIILl1be RPM pt'W l .. cI t1ropt:!5~ RPM. ntl.s I. "ptoCI .. Uy .ppUcable IO "f'O .. -OOUII!.ry Inlnlng n1lhta. buI ma)' "'IIQ be p'lOll""" clur1llllran,lUon nigblll
I Jl1ly 1m 4·11
SECTION 4 CESSNA
NORMAL PROCEDURES MODEL 152
to and from the practice area.
Using the above recommended procedures can provide fuel savings of
up to 13% when compared to typical training operations at a full rich
mixture. j-i
STALLS
The stall characteristics are conventional for the flaps up and flaps
down condition. The stall warning horn produces a steady signal 5 to 10
knots before the actual stall is reached and remains on until the airplane
flight attitude is changed. Stall speeds for various combinations of flap
setting and bank angle are summarized in Section 5.
SPINS
The seat belts and shoulder harnesses should be adjusted to provide
proper restraint during all anticipated flight conditions. However, care
should be taken to ensure that the pilot can easily reach the flight controls
and produce maximum control travels.
It is recommended that, where feasible, entries be accomplished at
high enough altitude that recoveries are completed 4000 feet or more above
ground level. At least 1000 feet of altitude loss should be allowed for a 1-
turn spin and recovery, while a 6-turn spin and recovery may require
somewhat more than twice that amount. For example, the recommended
entry altitude for a 6-turn spin would be 6000 feet above ground level. In
any case, entries should be planned so that recoveries are completed well
above the minimum 1500 feet above ground level required by FAR 91.71.
Another reason for using high altitudes for practicing spins is that a
greater field of view is provided which will assist in maintaining pilot
orientation.
4-18 1 July 1979
HIntentional spins are approved in this airplane (see Section 2). Before
attempting to perform spins, however, several items should be carefully
considered to assure a safe flight. No spins should be attempted without
first having received dual instruction in both spin entries and spin
recoveries from a qualified instructor who is familiar with the spin
characteristics of the Cessna 152.
The cabin should be clean and all loose equipment (including the
microphone) should be stowed. For a solo flight in which spins will be
conducted, the copilot's seat belt and shoulder harness should be secured.
Spins with baggage loadings or occupied child's seat are not approved.
'
"For Flight Training Reference Only
SI>CTION 4 NORMAL PROCEDUJ!.I>S
C:I:OSSNA MOOI>L ,~
\o ond I""", 'be pncUce .. "..
U81n~."" .bo"" ,....,.,,,,,,,*ndo<l. pr<>eo<l~ ... o e.n p,""vido , ... 1 " vln,> 01 up \o 13% .. h&" comP'lTed \o 'ypl.,..' l ... lnlnll" opo",'lon. o" Iull "'eh ",'x'u ...
STAlLS Tho .,.n oll<.n.clod,'lo,,,,,, convenlion.l lor I!w n.p" up ond n.""
down OO,,<lIUOB. Tlte . .. 11 wunlni horo. produc. •• o!eody ol",.o.l 5 IO IO kDO" bolo ... "'* &01"01 ol.O.ll I ..... ."ho<1 ~<t ... mol .. OD un.ll lbo .irpl .... nl~h, . .. hudo iii chonpd. s<on ",pOod. 10T vaTI""," comb'n.lI" ... or n . p ""<tlnll" ond b&nk an'l<! .... summaTiZO<lln Seellon 5.
SPINS [olOnUon.l .pln ..... opprov..J In lIIlo .Irplano ( .... See,lon 2).1Ieloro
a llom!>llnll" IO porl"rm OpI no. ""_ver . ........ 1 ltomo obonld bo c ...... !uUy cono,do ..... IO .... u'" 0 .. 14 mrb~ No opino oMnl4 bo .''' ... p'''' ",Uno", lini hovlng reeelvod <tual 1n0'mcli"n In botb Opi" o"ITI ... """ opin "",",vorlH !rom , qu olillod lnol""''''' ... bo lo I • ..,nl .... wllh III. opln ch"." .. ,I"U .. 01 'h. c.ano 1S2.
Tho c.b'" .bould bit ol ... n ond al! 100 .. oqulprnon' (lncludln~ <bo mlO""p"""') ."",,1<1 bo _d. fI'o, .. ..,10 nlp' In .. Mcb aplna ... !lI bo co"duclod. \be <><>pllO", .... 1 bol' ond tnoulder hun.,.o .hou'd IIft-,,1'«I. Spln .. 11,1> ""n'p \oo.<llD", or o«~plod ehUd ....... o'" no' .pp"" .......
Tho .... , bollO ot>d ohoul<lllr bar". ..... I>o"ld bo odj",,1od IO p""vl<lo P"'~' _ 1 ... ln, dU'ln, 011 •• "lolpo"'" nI,h< ""I><1Ulo .... Howev .. , Oorll """"Id bIt .. ken "'"M"" <ha' <h. pllo' oo.n .""U~ , .. ch \be n,p' oontrol. a nd produ,," moxtmum ""ntrol ,,..,,,,10.
:~:".:i.~:-~: .• ~m;.:.:-:: Ib.1. wb ..... r ... lblo. on,n .. 11ft &CCOmpU.hO<! ., I Iba' ...,.,voli .. ortIcomplo1od4000 r .. 'ormol'O .bo> .. l. HIDG r .. , <>I .. lm~ 1.,.. . bould bo ollowod ror 01·
"' ... ·C'·'.·. '
4.'8 lJulyHl?1l
CESSNA SECTION 4
MODEL 152 NORMAL PROCEDURES
The normal entry is made from a power-off stall. As the stall is
approached, the elevator control should be smoothly pulled to the full aft
position. Just prior to reaching the stall "break", rudder control in the
desired direction of the spin rotation should be applied so that full rudder
deflection is reached almost simultaneously with reaching full aft eleva
tor. A slightly greater rate of deceleration than for normal stall entries or
the use of partial power at the entry will assure more consistent and
positive entries to the spin. Both elevator and rudder controls should be
held full with the spin until the spin recovery is initiated. An inadvertent
relaxation of either of these controls could result in the development of a
nose-down spiral.
NOTE
Careful attention should be taken to assure that the aileron
control is neutral during all phases of the spin since any
aileron deflection in the direction of the spin may alter the
spin characteristics by increasing the rotation rate and
changing the pitch attitude.
For the purpose of training in spins and spin recoveries, a 1 to 2-turn
spin is adequate and should be used. Up to 2 turns, the spin will progress to
a fairly rapid rate of rotation and a steep attitude. Application of recovery
controls will produce prompt recoveries of from 1/4 to 1/2 of a turn.
If the spin is continued beyond the 2 to 3-turn range, some change in
character of the spin may be noted. Rotation rates may vary and some
additional sideslip may be felt. Normal recoveries from such extended
spins may take up to a full turn or more.
Regardless of how many turns the spin is held or how it is entered, the
following recovery technique should be used:
1. VERIFY THAT AILERONS ARE NEUTRAL AND THROTTLE IS
IN IDLE POSITION.
2. APPLY AND HOLD FULL RUDDER OPPOSITE TO THE DIREC
TION OF ROTATION.
3. JUST AFTER THE RUDDER REACHES THE STOP, MOVE THE
CONTROL WHEEL BRISKLY FORWARD FAR ENOUGH TO
BREAK THE STALL. Full down elevator may be required at aft
center of gravity loadings to assure optimum recoveries.
4. HOLD THESE CONTROL INPUTS UNTIL ROTATION STOPS.
Premature relaxation of the control inputs may extend the recov
ery.
5. AS ROTATION STOPS, NEUTRALIZE RUDDER, AND MAKE A
SMOOTH RECOVERY FROM THE RESULTING DIVE.
1 July 1979 4-19
For Flight Training Reference Only
CESSNA MODEL la2
SECTlON 4 NORMA!. PROCEOURES
1'1>8 nonnal Inl1)' ti m_ lrom I pOWiI . ·off .t.all. A.a u., .WI la appro""'bod. tbl lllvalO. co"u.;.llllould be ImooU1l)' pulled 1(1 \be full UI pOlmo"- JU8' prlo. lO reloOhln,1be a\all "_.11", ro_' <>onlrol ID tbe dNlrecl dlreootlOl'l of tlte api" l'OI&llon lb<>uld .... appll..! ., tba' full .,,<Id •• denoodon la 1'$&0_ alm ... ' olmul\aneOUlly ",tb .. "",bl,,« full aft ol,va· <O • • A 11111>11)' ","alar .. 1a oleIICIl .. alion u. .... lor "omllÙ.l&lLe",rin or III. UN of paMiai _r ., \be '''Ir)' wUI .. 11,lfe more oonll.t\e"1 aJ>d pooolU .... Intrla 1(1 u.. IPI4. Bolli elevalOr &Dd .,,&ler 001l1ro1e 81>o .. ld be b,1d full wlllllbo .pil! UIlW ili, lpill '''''''"''l''J' Il Inlltalad. An 1n"'''''''''''1 .. 1~ioJI of elllle. 01 Ibo .. 000=1, oou.ld .... ull ID lhI do .... 'op ....... 1 o! a "0 ..... 10"" ep1l'a1.
NOTE
C""'ula'Ia"1kNl ,bould bi \&UD <O ....... tbll\bleU'n>n ooolrOl la ... uual duri", &Il pb_ of llIe Ipln ,1""" ~ -.lleroll detlooliOll In U.e din<lllo;a o! \bi epln may alw. u.. .pln OltuloOterlstt ... by 1nc ..... I"'lbe 'o\allo .... '" .... d cllanl'lng III. pll<)lt .ttUu ... .
l'or Ib. pu.".,.. DI I ... ,n,ng ,n oplne .nd opi" ,...,.,veri ... a , IO 2"um opln lo. ad_quala .n<! .huuld bi .. Md. Up \O 21"rIIl. lIIe apin wlll prognou IO a lai.ly .apld ""n 01 n;J,allon o.n<;I • ,,"p I\UtUo:W. Appllcallon o! "<:OV"1)' conlrob ,,!li produce prompl reD<>V(!rles nllrom lH IO 1/201. IUrll.
II 'h •• pl" l. oo"",,ul<! beyond Ihe 2 IO 3·tum r.ngo .lIOm. ohance in cho.caclar nr Llle apln may be nOlflll. 1101&\lon ral&~ m.y v ......... <I IIOme add,Llo .. a! oldnlip may bo 1,,11. N .. rma! ,,",,overl .. lrom 2uch u~nd&d ~pln" m .. y I"kn up \O" lull \u'u or moN.
ltoS'ardlu8 01 bo" m.ny tu ms Ille apln 18 It .. ld or how It l, emerod. \he lollowing l''ICOv.1)' 1000bnlque .hou I~ be "Md,
l. VERITY THAT AIL.ERONS ARE NEUTRA!. ANDTHROTTLE 15 IN ID!.E POSIT10N.
~. APPLY ANO HOL.D P'Ut.L RlJDDEROPPOSITE TO THE DIREe. TION OJ> IIOTAT10N.
3. JUST Ali'TIUl THB RUDOER REACHES THE STOP. MOVE THE CONTROL WHEE!. BRlSK1.Y FORWARD FAR ENOUGH TO BREAK THE STAU.. Full dowu eLov.\Or m.)' bo requlred SI af\ "",II ... o! '''''''\y loadl"p \O a .. u ... opUnllun ~~rles.
4. HOLO THESE CONTRO!. INPUTS UNTI!. ROTATION STOPS. l''remaru ... rel."alloa 01 \bi """Irol '''pulii ma)' uWnd the reeo .. -.".
3. AS ROTATION &TOPS. NEUTRA!.I?E 'tUDDEI\, ANO MAKE A SMOOTII RKCQVEIIY P'ROM TUE RESULT!N(; DIVE.
1 July 1l17li
SECTION 4 CESSNA
NORMAL PROCEDURES MODEL 152
NOTE
If disorientation precludes a visual determination of the
direction of rotation, the symbolic airplane in the turn
coordinator may be referred to for this information.
Variations in basic airplane rigging or in weight and balance due to
installed equipment or cockpit occupancy can cause differences in behav
ior, particularly in extended spins. These differences are normal and will
result in variations in the spin characteristics and in the recovery lengths
for spins of more than 3 turns. However, the above recovery procedure
should always be used and will result in the most expeditious recovery
from any spin.
Intentional spins with flaps extended are prohibited, since the high
speeds which may occur during recovery are potentially damaging to the
flap/wing structure.
LANDING
Normal landing approaches can be made with power-on or power-off
at speeds of 60 to 70 KIAS with flaps up, and 55 to 65 KIAS with flaps down.
Surface winds and air turbulence are usually the primary factors in
determining the most comfortable approach speeds.
Actual touchdown should be made with power-off and on the main
wheels first. The nose wheel should be lowered smoothly to the runway as
speed is diminished.
"SHORT HELD LANDING
For a short field landing in smooth air conditions, make an approach at
54 KIAS with 30° flaps using enough power to control the glide path. After
all approach obstacles are cleared, progressively reduce power and
maintain 54 KIAS by lowering the nose of the airplane. Touchdown should
be made with power-off and on the main wheels first. Immediately after
touchdown, lower the nose wheel and apply heavy braking as required. For
maximum brake effectiveness, retract the flaps, hold full nose-up elevator,
and apply maximum brake pressure without sliding the tires.
Slightly higher approach speeds should be used under turbulent air —
conditions.
CROGSWIND LANDING
When landing in a strong crosswind, use the minimum flap setting
4-20 1 July 1979
"For Flight Training Reference Only
SEC'TION 4 NORMA!.. PROCEDURES
CESSNA MODE!.. 152
If dleOrle ..... lio .. pr..:lud .. I. >'I8Ul.I """'rmt ... , lnn 'II Ihe dtroelion of ........ tton. ,bit Iyn.bollc .I<pl.ne tn l'''' turo coonli .... I0< m.l' bo refen ... d IO lor lhilo InlormaUnn.
V.daUon. tn buie o.Il1'Lanl rigglng or In ,...Iahl I.nd balanoe due IO ,n.I.U." .qulpman\ o. """Ilpil o<:<:up&DC:y c.n ca" .. "m .... n" .. tn ""hA'" lor. panleuiarly In uwnded api"". Tbo ... "1ft"f"II,,.,... .... norm.l .n~ "'111 rolUU In ".rtaUon. III .ha splll ebaraercrbUc' flnd III \b~ fOCev,ry langth. lor aptnl 01 more th.n 3 turni. Ho"'ever. lhe .1>0"" rooovcry pr<J<:'8dure $houl" .l"'.l'. be "end .nd ",m ,..,sullin Iho mo.l expedll loul l'OCOve<y ITom any opln .
Inlentlon.l .plnl ",Ilh n .. p •• " .... <!ed ano p"'lIlbH .... slnee III .. IItlll .JM&d1 "'hleh ..... l' <><,<,u.durlng recmr.'}' ... polenll.Uydan"'llnrlolbe n.pl"""g .lnIel ..... .
LANDING Norm •• la.rwttnC .pp.....,_ CIon bo m .... _1111 pOWer..on nr po_r-o"
.. , speed. or 11010 70 KI AS •• Il> n.»I up ... noi M 10M KIAS wllll n.PII cio ...... Suri ..... inclo. .nd .1. turbul.""" .... u.".Il)" th. pl"1m.ry 'acto .. In <I<Il<!nnlnlng Ibl mOlli e<unlortahltl o.pproac:b IpndI.
AClual lOuehdowlI .bould be ",ade wUb power·off end on lbu m.ln wheels fi .. l . Tbe ROM wh~1 sho"l" htllowered. 5"'00Ibl)" t.o lbe ,unw.y u spee<l ta "tmlnlahed.
SHORT H ELD LANDING
l'o ... ohon Il.ld landlng In .moolbalr ""ndIUon •• m.k. an ""p"'&l'h .' !14 KIAS .. \ lb 30" na"" ".i"lJ I n""!th powlr IO conll'Clllb, 1I1Id& palb. Ali .. , .LI "pp",..,h ab.,...,I •• u. cl ... ....". prog ....... lveJy reduo:-. pow~r ...,d m.ln'.io M KIAS by lo ..... ri.t:tll" tbu """,,, ottbco rJrpl ... ~. Toucb<lown aho"l" bo mad. w"h po",.,-olf lUld Oli lhc m..tn ",b"lo f1~ Immedi_ty 1M. IOUclldowu. lowerth, IIOM_hMI .... d .. pply he.YJ' bnllinS" ,""utnd. Fo. moxtmum bralla ef1ee&lve ........ re.,...,1 !han .. "". hold full no_up .lev.to •• • nd .. pply m .. !dmum Il .... 10:. l' ..... " ... "lIhoul 1IIdlll,'II •• i .....
SlIlfhtly hlah ... pproac:lI 1-" •• ho"ld bo Wl"" un"', .urbul.M .t. coodltlon •.
CROSSWINO LANOiNG
Whan l.n"lnl In • Itron~ ol"ÒSswlnd. w;e lbe mlnlmum n.p •• utng
,.» L July 1m
CESSNA SECTION 4
MODEL 152 NORMAL PROCEDURES
required for the field length. Use a wing low, crab, or a combination method
of drift correction and land in a nearly level attitude.
BALKED LANDING
In a balked landing (go-around) climb, the wing flap setting should be
reduced to 20° immediately after full power is applied. Upon reaching a
safe airspeed, the flaps should be slowly retracted to the full up position.
COLD WEATHER OPERATION
Prior to starting with temperatures below freezing, it is advisable to
pull the propeller through several times by hand to "break loose" or
"limber" the oil, thus conserving battery energy.
NOTE
When pulling the propeller through by hand, treat it as if
the ignition switch is turned on. A loose or broken ground
wire on either magneto could cause the engine to fire.
Preheat is generally required with outside air temperatures below
-18°C (0°F) and is recommended when temperatures are below -7°C (20°F).
Cold weather starting procedures are as follows:
With Preheat:
1. Ignition Switch -- OFF.
2. Throttle -- CLOSED.
3. Mixture -- IDLE CUT-OFF.
4. Parking Brake -- SET.
5. Prime -- 2 to 4 STROKES as the propeller is being turned over by
hand. RECHARGE for priming after engine start.
NOTE
Caution should be used to ensure the brakes are set or a
qualified person is at the controls.
6. Mixture - RICH.
7. Throttle -- OPEN 1/2 to 3/4 INCH.
8. Propeller Area -- CLEAR.
1 July 1979 4-21
For Flight Training Reference Only
-
CESSNA MODEL 1~
BEC'l'lON 4 NORMAL PROCEDU RES
<eqUI ...... lo. "'. 1 .. ld IOD~b. U ..... IDl"low.ol"&b.o • • ...,mb",."oD "'"""'" CI ~"'ft OO..-.e"<>D.n<! !&Dd ID. 118&'~ Iovol."''''''".
BALKED LANDING
In • balloocll ... dlnK ~· ... oun<!l ,,11mb. lIMo .. lnl< Il.,, .. 1IIn1I obou.ld 1>0 _uoecl '" 3D" lmm..u..IoLy .ne. full "" ..... 111 opplied. U""D .... cbID, a 1011 all"&P"d . "'" D.po l bould be olo",ly ... 11"0010<1 '" "'o full up """ltIon.
COLO WEATHER QPERATIQN
P ..... '" ow-t \o, .. l'" Iompo,alu",o bol.,.. l,ORIni". ilIo o.<!v\ ... ble IO l'ull ..... propen ... '101"<>01110 .. vel"&' 11m .. by h.nd '" ··h ...... 100M" or ··Umbe .. •• ..... oll. thu. 00" ...... '''11 ba""'Y o"O'a:Y.
Wbon pollini" "'" propeno, .hrougb by b&Dd.lI"o.,lIuU "'o 11"'"0" aw'Ioh La 'urnod OD. A loou o .. broko" llround wl .... 0<> .1 .... ' mop.'" ""old oao .. "'. 0"111"0 lo Il .....
J>uMOI IO Ir"" ..... lly ~ul ...... " ilio o"lSl"" 01 ........ p" ... 'u...,. belo .. ·,e' c (O'FI &Dd III ,...,.,mmo"dOd .. ho" IOmperOlur ••• ro. below ·.,..C 13D"P).
Cn'd .... 'h ... o!&rlloll pn><>edur ... ro. •• loLlowo
WlIh P ... h • • ~
•• • • '. •
IglIlUon S wlloh·· on· . Tbrolllo·· CLOSED. MI .. u ... · · IDLEClIT·OPF". ParlllnK a ... k . · · SET. Pnme •. ! '" 4 STROKES &3 ,bo propoLl ... lo bel"l" tumo<! cv", by h.nd. RECHAROE ,,, .. pr"lm'''1" alto ... "gln • .un.
NOTE
CouUaD obauld be oood lo en.ur. "'" br_keo.,.. ... c. o '10ourlod perso" I. Il .100 "",,'rolo.
6. Mlxlu"" , RICH. ? ThrnlU.·· OPEN 1/2 lO 3/ 4 INCll. 8. ?topo""' A ....... CLE AR.
I J" IJ' 1!mI
SECTION 4 CESSNA
NORMAL PROCEDURES MODEL 152
9. Master Switch -- ON.
10. Ignition Switch -- START (release when engine starts).
11. Prime -- AS REQURIED until the engine runs smoothly.
12. Throttle -- ADJUST for 1200 to 1500 RPM for approximately one
minute after which the RPM can be lowered to 1000 or less.
13. Oil Pressure -- CHECK.
14. Primer -- LOCK.
conditions.
NOISE ABATEMENT
4-22 1 July 1979
'
n
nWithout Preheat: —
The procedure for starting without preheat is the same as with preheat
except the engine should be primed an additional two strokes while pulling
the propeller through by hand. Carburetor heat should be applied after the —
engine starts. Leave the carburetor heat on until the engine runs smoothly.
NOTE
If the engine fires but does not start or continue running,
repeat the above starting procedure beginning with step 6.
If the engine does not start during the first few attempts, or
if engine firing diminishes in strength, it is possible that
the spark plugs have been frosted over, in which case
preheat must be used before another start is attempted.
During cold weather operations, no indication will be apparent on the
oil temperature gage prior to takeoff if outside air temperatures are very
cold. After a suitable warm-up period (2 to 5 minutes at 1000 RPM),
accelerate the engine several times to higher engine RPM. If the engine
accelerates smoothly and oil pressure remains normal and steady, the
airplane is ready for takeoff.
When operating in temperatures below -18°C, avoid using partial
carburetor heat. Partial heat may increase the carburetor air temperature
to the 0° to 21°C range, where icing is critical under certain atmospheric
"Increased emphasis on improving the quality of our environment
requires renewed effort on the part of all pilots to minimize the effect of
airplane noise on the public.
We, as pilots, can demonstrate our concern for environmental
improvement, by application of the following suggested procedures, and
thereby tend to build public support for aviation:
rFor Flight Training Reference Only
SECTION t NORMAL PROCEDURES
D. M ... tu8wl"'b ,. ON.
CESSNA MOOEL l!02
lO. linlUo" Swltcb" BTART ( .. I ..... wbon oortno $u ..... ) l!. hi",. , . AB RF.QUIIIEO ~n,11 th. onil." ",no om",,'bly l~. TIl",,,1.,, AOJUST to< 1000 IO 1'lOO RPM lo. ~pprnl[!ma"'!l' one
miop", .flo, .ohlcll.no RPM C"" bo Iow.n>d IO '000 0< l ..... 13. OH P .... u'"" " CHECK. 14. Pdmor" LOCK,
Wlt.bou' P rehea1:
Tho p""""." 10r .... rtlni wl"'"", pro"'''' 1.1), .... m .... .ollb p,..,b.a, uoop' th •• n)l"i no ohould ,,",primo<! ab oddl"<>1Ial '''''' .'",ko. wb,l. pull'nl" ,ne prop"'llertb~ by ba"". Ca,bureto, h .... hould ""' oppllO(! .. te, 'h. oort"" ... ,..... lAav. "'. c",bul"Ot.>r h •• , 00 Un'" , .... O!Jln. nluomO<lthly
11 'hO On)l"1nO 11 ... but _. 00' aI.rt or eon,ln~. ru,,")"I<.
''')><l'' 111. ,bavo ... rtl"1I procodu,olHllllnnln~ wlth .'epe. l' "'. e"!Jl"" _ "'" our<d.clnl "'. n ... , la .... t ... mpts. o, ,1 ong1n. '''"i"1I" d,rn\!".hM tn .tr&n!Jlb. i'10 po>uibl.'ha' the "po,k p1uCO "'00 boon lroatad 0VtI,. In .. hle" .... p,..,hea, mu", bo.se<! bIIlo .... no'''or star< 1. a"omptod.
Durin, e<>ld .... "' •• operAnon •. no Ind,,,,,,ion wlll bo oPP."''''o. ,"" oi1 .. m.,.'''~'''' '''CO p,IO. IO ,""""a ti ou .. ,de 01. tempo",'""", ...... very cald. Alte, " ni,.bl. ",arm,,,p t>t,",0<1 (~ IO 5 m,nu'u a' .000 RPIoI) • .....,.1 ...... "'" .n ... ~. leverai tim •• IO bl.~OT .nrtn. RPIoi. "the ~n ... n. """.1 ....... amoo""y an~ oli p"''''''" ,..,moin. no,m,,) .od .... "'y. 'h. "1'1'1."" 1. ",.dl' lo' takooa.
Whon ope ... 'h', In .. mp"''''"'''' belo", "S'C. avold ".In&" portl.1 carburo"', b .... Parti,,) Il ... , mal' 'ne ..... th. c-"",,,,,",,, '''''')><l'''u", IO "'" O' lo Il'C rango . ""b .... I<lo&" lo c,IU.,,1 una., con"," .'mOOphOr!e condhlon ..
NOISE ABATEMENT ["croaoe<! emph •• i. 00 Improvl"g ,~. qualuy of ou, .nv!ronm"n'
~"I ... ronowo<leffor! oo.n. P.,t 01 "II pUntO IO m'n'm',., tbc .freet 01 ,,1.,,1".0 n"l .. 00 Ute poblle.
W,. a. pUota. ca" ~nlOn"ro'" 00' con"",o (", ."v"onnIonUI imp<o' ... rn.n,. ~y appliOAtlon 01 ,ho 1011o"'lol."~ .. d pn><:e<!UTOa. """ '''e«by I.od IO buUd pu~"e .upponlo. avl.,lo,,:
, .• '.Iu1l' ,~
CESSNA SECTION 4
MODEL 152 NORMAL PROCEDURES
1. Pilots operating aircraft under VFR over outdoor assemblies of
persons, recreational and park areas, and other noise-sensitive
areas should make every effort to fly not less than 2000 feet above
the surface, weather permitting, even though flight at a lower level
may be consistent with the provisions of government regulations.
2. During departure from or approach to an airport, climb after
takeoff and descent for landing should be made so as to avoid
prolonged flight at low altitude near noise-sensitive areas.
NOTE
The above recommended procedures do not apply where
they would conflict with Air Traffic Control clearances or
instructions, or where, in the pilot's judgment, an altitude
of less than 2000 feet is necessary for him to adequately
exercise his duty to see and avoid other aircraft.
The certificated noise level for the Model 152 at 1670 pounds maximum
weight is 64.8 dB(A). No determination has been made by the Federal
Aviation Administration that the noise levels of this airplane are or should
be acceptable or unacceptable for operation at, into, or out of, any airport.
1 July 1979 4-23/(4-24 blank)
For Flight Training Reference Only
-
-
CESSNA MOln:L I~
SECTION ~ NORMAI.. l'fIOCEDURES
I. PU""" Ope •• ' I", all'<)l'att \ln<le. VI'n OvtlT ouldooor ....... mbU .. or ""'11(1"' . ....., ... Uon .. l &nel pari< ....... alici <lUI •• ..a1 __ .. n.,Li" • ........ • ho.,l" mali. aver)' Iflon IO tly "," lUUb"" 2000 """ abo". Ula &ul1"" .. _<h • • IM""IUI"II" ....... 1110",,11 OIabl.lalo",erlevel ma.,y boI oo"ai.oWII' wilb Iba provi,lonl or 1O" ..... ..,ent ~pl •• Ion ...
2. 0"'1011" d .. ,,_ .... Il'OlII or .pp~b IO a" alrpon. cllmh r.tI<Ir I<eoll .. nel cSe.oenl lo. I...,din .. ehould boI m&do 110 ... .., a ... old prolon~ mlll •• 1 lo. altltu&o oear nol_· ... naiUvtI ....... .
T~ .bo .... noeommondod proo;oedute' <lo BOt .ppl), wlle .. u. .. y _Ld ooDnlcl .. lUi AI. T ... fli<> Conlrol cln • .." ..... or lnalnlc!.lollL or .. I>c! .... In III. pllor. Judpenl. An altltudoo 01 le ... t.b .... tooO ree< l. nee ....... ry 'or hlm lo ad.q ... t.L)' e •• ..,IM III. dIII)' IO .... &/Id avold Olbu ai", .. 11.
TIuI c.rtlftcaled noi .. 1 ..... 1 lor Il •• M_11M! .Ilero poU .. dM muimum .... we'lhI '" M.a dstA). No dalUnUn.Uoo 11 .... _ .. m~ by Ihe Federai
AviaUo.il AdrninIatraUOIl1h .. , Ula 1101 ... La ... allol ibis oUrpl"". ~orshould be &CCoOp!.ab\o Ot un_plabl, lo. Open.UOll al. 1n1O. o' out of. &Il)' alrpon..
-
1 J,,1y 1979 4-:/3/(4'2'1 bi .... )
u
CESSNA SECTION 5
MODEL 152 PERFORMANCE
SECTION 5
PERFORMANCE
TABLE OF CONTENTSPage
Introduction 5-3
Use of Performance Charts 5-j
Sample Problem 5-3
Takeoff 5-4
Cruise 5-!>
Fuel Required 5-5
Landing 5-7
Demonstrated Operating Temperature 5-7
Figure 5-1, Airspeed Calibration 5-8
Figure 5-2, Temperature Conversion Chart 5-9
Figure 5-3, Stall Speeds 5-10
Figure 5-4, Takeoff Distance 5-11
Figure 5-5, Rate Of Climb - Maximum 5-12
Figure 5-6, Time, Fuel, And Distance To Climb 5-13
Figure 5-7, Cruise Performance 5-14
Figure 5-8, Range Profile - 24.5 Gallons Fuel 5-15
Range Profile - 37.5 Gallons Fuel 5-16
Figure 5-9, Endurance Profile - 24.5 Gallons Fuel 5-17
Endurance Profile - 37.5 Gallons Fuel 5-18
Figure 5-1G, Landing Distance 5-19
1 July 1979 5-1/(5-2 blank)
For Flight Training Reference Only
CESSNA MOOEL 152
SECTION S PERFORMANCE
SECTION 5 PERFORMANCE
TABlE OF CQNTENTS
IntroducI;"" __ . _ .•. Ute 01 Performance eh ....... Sunplfl ProI;>lem .
TalIeo"
Yu.lllMJulnod Landl"lf .. _
Oem",,_U·"i.t!d Opoor"liag T.mpooralure f'i(fUre 5·1. AinP<l<ld C .. hb . .. Uon .. n(fUre 5·2. T""'peralure Conyon!on CI>UI Y1gure ~-3. S.aU Sp<ted. . .... ~·Igu ... s ..... Takeoff llIalane.. ~".[{U .. 5""', nata 01 ClimI>· Mnlmum .. Figu .... 5-ll, T'mI. ~·u.l. AlldO'.lan ... TO CHmb Filfu .... 5_7. Crui .. I· • • r".m .... c • . Figuro &·8. R",,"~ p",m.· 24.11 CaUun. t'"el .
•
Rangu prom.· 37.0 Oa.ilon. ~'".I FI(fU 1"e 5-9. Endurou'co Profll, - ~4,0 Oa.il"n. t"u.1
End"""0<1 Pr<;IlUO _ 37.1i OoJlon. FUll Figure 5-10. Landlng Ols'anO<l ....... .
1 JIII)' 18'79
',., " ,., '" !I-~ .. " ,., ,. ,., , ..
5_11 ,.~
~_ 13
5_14 5_1~
5_16 5_11 ~_18
~_19
CESSNA SECTION 5
MODEL 152 PERFORMANCE
INTRODUCTION
Performance data charts on the following pages are presented so that
you may know what to expect from the airplane under various conditions,
and also, to facilitate the planning of flights in detail and with reasonable
accuracy. The data in the charts has been computed from actual flight tests
with the airplane and engine in good condition and using average piloting
techniques.
It should be noted that the performance information presented in the
range and endurance profile charts allows for 45 minutes reserve fuel at
the specified cruise power. Fuel flow data for cruise is based on the
recommended lean mixture setting. Some indeterminate variables such as
mixture leaning technique, fuel metering characteristics, engine and
propeller condition, and air turbulence may account for variations of 10%
or more in range and endurance. Therefore, it is important to utilize all
available information to estimate the fuel required for the particular
flight.
USE OF PERFORMANCE CHARTS
Performance data is presented in tabular or graphical form to illus
trate the effect of different variables. Sufficiently detailed information is
provided in the tables so that conservative values can be selected and used
to determine the particular performance figure with reasonable accuracy.
SAMPLE PROBLEM
The following sample flight problem utilizes information from the
various charts to determine the predicted performance data for a typical
flight. The following information is known:
AIRPLANE CONFIGURATION
Takeoff weight 1610 Pounds
Usable fuel 24.5 Gallons
TAKEOFF CONDITIONS
Field pressure altitude 1500 Feet
Temperature 28°C (16°C above standard)
Wind component along runway 12 Knot Headwind
Field length 3500 Feet
1 July 1979 5-3
For Flight Training Reference Only
-
CESSNA lIIIOO!!:!.. 1li2
INTRODUCTION
SECTION ~ PERP'ORlIIIANCE
p .. for", ... ot dlllll ~h~ o,,!ho lollowlnl p.1rM An p......,,,\e'd 80 Ih.~ yo ...... y Imow whlll '" upoc\ fTom II>, 1li."1,.,,, u"IIe. ".rlone oondltlo"s. and .180. '" f..,lllllll.e !h, plllnnlnl or fill"".11I d'lall ."d wllh ... uoo"bl, AOO\lrM\)' Th, d"la 11I1lI. e"".". " ... _II eomp"llMI fTom _u.1 nlgt\l "".\5 ",IlII lhA all'plan. o.od ""81 ... In lJood co",lllio" &Dd ... l.D.K o.veBll" piLoting _Il"[qu ...
It slIould be _ Ula''''. pettorm.""" 11110rm.UolI preMnled 111 the ..... p and end .. rance p .... ft1. o"."" .[[ow. for 4!1 minute ....... I"Y. fU.l a, Ih •• peclfllM1 enol .. power. Fu.1 n .... date lor " .... 1 ... le _ "" u.. racomm ... _ te ... n.blllA ... utnl'. Bo .... iAdele""!".'" "ari.bl ..... wuch ... mbtu,.. 1 .... 1"1( wctutlq ..... 11.101 ... elerial' ebr.r_rlflle •.• ''l'\ne &Od prv~lIor cond.llion . ,,<><I al. lu.bul.""" "'.7 _nt for .. "rl",IO'" 01 109b or moro In .... " ..,d ... d ....... "". n..rofOA. It Il Imponanl IO ,,1m ... All .""1I,,bI8 WonnaUon IO "tlm"" th. tuel re.qU;rwI 'o. u.. panlCUlar fileh\..
USE OF PERFORMANCE CHARTS
P~rlo.m.nC9 d"ta ili p.innle<! In !.ab .. l •• or Ilraphi".1 lo"" IO lllus· trate Ihe effOOI or dlffe"'''1 "arl.bles. Sullielently dellliled Info.matl"" t.. provldod ln II>. labl" "" IhM """M.vali"e .. " I"el o.n bo SOlocted IUld ... ed
_ lo do"'nn! ... the p •• U""l. r perlonn"n"" li", .. wlth reuoMblo """,u."cy.
SAMPLE PROBLEM
Tbe tollowlnl( .ampie ml'hI p .... bl.m ulll!ze~ Inform"tio" from u.. v .... iou. ch."'. \O dolermi". \be prtd1cted performa.nce d.llIlor. Iyplco.! mllh~ n.loUO .. 1nlllnfonn.llolll. Imo.,,:
AIRPLANE CONP'IOURATION Tateon _,I>I U""",[e fu.1
TAKEOFF CONOITIONS Plold pNflwro alt\ludt' Temper" ture Wl"" oompo ...... ' aloIIe ........ .,. P'te141 .... &'111
I July 1m
lelO Pound8 14.~ Oallone
IfIOO P_I 28"C ( lS"C abon &ta.n4atd) 12 K"", HncI",1nd
"""~
SECTION 5
PERFORMANCE
CESSNA —
MODEL 152
CRUISE CONDITIONS
Total distance
Pressure altitude
Temperature
Expected wind enroute
LANDING CONDITIONS
Field pressure altitude
Temperature
Field length
TAKEOFF
265 Nautical Miles
5500 Feet
20°C (16°C above standard)
10 Knot Headwind
2000 Feet
25°C
3000 Feet
The takeoff distance chart, figure 5-4, should be consulted, keeping in
mind that the distances shown are based on the short field technique.
Conservative distances can be established by reading the chart at the next
higher value of altitude and temperature. For example, in this particular
sample problem, the takeoff distance information presented for a pressure
altitude of 2000 feet and a temperature of 30°C should be used and results in
the following:
Ground roll 980 Feet
Total distance to clear a 50-foot obstacle 1820 Feet
These distances are well within the available takeoff field length. Howev
er, a correction for the effect of wind may be made based on Note 3 of the
takeoff chart. The correction for a 12 knot headwind is:
12 Knots10% = 13% Decrease
9 Knots
This results in the following distances, corrected for wind:
Ground roll, zero wind
Decrease in ground roll
(980 feet * 13%)
Corrected ground roll
980
127
853 Feet
Total distance to clear a
50-foot obstacle, zero wind 1820
Decrease in total distance
(1820 feet x 13%) 237
Corrected total distance
to clear 5G-foot obstacle 1583 Feet
5-4 1 July 1979
n
n
■
n
For Flight Training Reference Only
SECTtON& PERI"ORMANCE
CRUISE CONDITIOSS Tol&! dl8l&Deo """ou", "nuude Tempera.u,. Es"",,tod w'nd onrouto
LA~'OlNG COl'/J)lTlONS l'leld P"'''''"''' . I, i'udo T.mpe ..... ure FI~ld lengtll
TAKEOFF
CESSNA MODEL lr.ll
* Nou\I",,1 M!lo. MoOO F .... ' eooc (1$' C .bov ..... nd.nI) lO Kno' H .. ,h.lnd
The ,.keofl dl ... n,," obut. Il,,,,. ~·t. obauld bo con.ulta<!. _plnJ lo' mlod Ut., Uto dloa.>" .. oho"," U<o _ on Ut. oho ... flold _nn;qu .. Con""rv .. ,lvo dla .... n ... c~ bo ... ' . blla hod by ",.dlng tho cha .... . ' .bo n.," hlgller valuo 01 aU!tud •• nd toM"" ..... U ..... 1'<>< eumple. In Ut •• portlou' o, """ple problom. tM wc .. " dl .. on.,. .nformatton p, ... nted lo, .. p ..... u ... • ltltu~o 01 0000 le" ,,"d .. ton, poro 'u .... 01 :IO"'C oboald bo aood ...... '.oal" In Ut.lollo"", ",,,
GrouDd roll To'" d'''.''.,. te ~l •• r • &0-'00' oW'""I .
_ ..... t
1820_.
The ... dl, ' arn:a .no w oll wltblo 'ho "voll.h .. tak..,rI I .. ,d 10"S'h. H<>wov· .r .• oo,n •• "lon lo, 'ho ori"". 01 wlnd m.~ be m&do _ On No ... 3 01110 • ... kooff ono ..... Th. e<l'nICt\on lo,. 13 kno. heodwlnd ilo:
,.,
.,.,. ':l'lIo o .. "' ....
Oround ",n. zero .. lnd OeoTO&ll<! ." ""und ",Il
(geO!Od ' la%) Co,"",_ fT""Uod TOII
TOI&! dJo""", te 01 ..... ' .. ~Ioot obo""'; •• ..,rn .. lnd
Dee, .... In te .. 1 dio' ... ". (1820 , ... . \a%)
Cor.-..:te<\ toI&J d',,,,,,,, te <:l .... :11)·1_ "b • ....,i. 1:-83 F ... ,
CESSNA SECTION 5
MODEL 152 PERFORMANCE
CRUISE
The cruising altitude should be selected based on a consideration of
trip length, winds aloft, and the airplane's performance. A typical cruising
altitude and the expected wind enroute have been given for this sample
problem. However, the power setting selection for cruise must be deter
mined based on several considerations. These include the cruise perfor
mance characteristics presented in figure 5-7, the range profile chart
presented in figure 5-8, and the endurance profile chart presented in figure
5-9.
The relationship between power and range is illustrated by the range
profile chart. Considerable fuel savings and longer range result when
lower power settings are used. For this sample problem, a cruise power of
approximately 65% will be used.
The cruise performance chart, figure 5-7, is entered at 6000 feet altitude
and 20°C above standard temperature. These values most nearly corres
pond to the planned altitude and expected temperature conditions. The
engine speed chosen is 2400 RPM, which results in the following:
Power 64%
True airspeed 99 Knots
Cruise fuel flow 5.2 GPH
The power computer may be used to determine power and fuel consump
tion more accurately during the flight.
FUEL REQUIRED
The total fuel requirement for the flight may be estimated using the
performance information in figures 5-6 and 5-7. For this sample problem,
figure 5-6 shows that a climb from 2000 feet to 6000 feet requires 1 gallon of
fuel. The corresponding distance during the climb is 9 nautical miles.
These values are for a standard temperature (as shown on the climb chart)
and are sufficiently accurate for most flight planning purposes. However,
a further correction for the effect of temperature may be made as noted on
the climb chart. The approximate effect of a non-standard temperature is to
increase the time, fuel, and distance by 10% for each 10°C above standard
temperature, due to the lower rate of climb. In this case, assuming a
temperature 16°C above standard, the correction would be:
JqJ£ * 10% = 16% Increase
1 July 1979 5-5
For Flight Training Reference Only
lo
-
CESSNA MODI':L l~
CRUISE
l':r.CTION & PERl'ORMANCE
no enH.'nl" o""ud. aMuld "" ", __ oro" ec""d.r.lI"" o, trlp lo "gtb, ... I"do .10" ..... d ,.". ''l'l'I.DO· o po-rlo,moo"". A .ypleo' e", 10;011 oll1'udo oad t~ •• ~~ wln~ 00<00" h"" ","Il Ji~.n lor .hl. oample proble",. How.~." Uto IK"'" .. \llnli' ... 1..,Uoo lo, e ... l .. mua' "" <1<110'_ mlMd _ on .. ~.,al ~1<leraU<>n •. Th ... Inelud. III. ertll .. porlorm.""" eh .. "",leri.,l .. pr .... "..., lo fil"ra &_7. !.h. ""ne. prom. ehan p""",n,",,- In fil"'" a-II. r.nd,.". eodun"OII pr<>lIIe oba .. p", ... nl<ld l" Ilgu'" ,.
Th ... I .. .,on.hlp ""'w". 1K'",., ... d 'knp '" UlulT.tod b~ Ut. T1>lp profll. oh". COn.,d ..... bl. '"01 •• ~Ine ... d l"np' ronp _uh .. h •• 10"0' IK''''' .. 'dnp _ uoed. Fo, ,Ma ... mpl. problom ... o",I".IK''''o, 01 'pprox'm.""y &%..tU bo u_.
Po",o, T .... o.ln"",, erul .. ",., no.. -lI\1 Knot.
~.~ OPlI
no IK''''.' "","pUIO' may bo nMd le d.tonnln. P"W0' and tuoI e>noump _ 1100 !nO" accuratoly dnrlne lIto mehL
FUEl REQUIRED
TIto I<>1&IIu& "",ul",moM lo, 'h. m,hl moy "" e."m.,od ",Ine tho porlonn ..... lnlo"", .""" 'n Ilgu .... 5--tI ""d ti-7. Por thlo • ..."pl. problom. "1JII" 6-3 oho". lIt o, • eli DI b I rom 2000 I ... I<> eooo foel 'oqn l "'. 1 ~,,1.I00 or I~ol. Tb. corre'lK'~dlni di.' ... .,. dnrlog tho cllmb lo D ooulleol mU ••. Tho .. vo.l ... o &re lo, • OIondan:l ""'poo .. 'u ... (U .bO"'B on 1It. ollmb ohan) .nd ... oul1lclonUy """ ....... 10' mo.' flleh. planDlni purpo""" Il'' .... v.r. o lunlte, ""......,1100 lor .h. ofIoo' 01 tempero,"", may bo m ..... o. no_ on "'. o 11mb ob ut. Tho .PP""~'m .... .noc, 01 • Bon_o. ""d.n:I .. mpe ..... u'" l. I<> 'ne ...... "'. "mo. luol. &Dd dW....,. by 10')1, lo, • ..,b 1000C .bov. OI""d.", '.mpo' •• n .... dn. IO 1It. lo .. u ,.to 01 ",1mb. In thio ........ urnlni • '_pe,.'uro ,e' c obov. otand''''.lho OO""","OD woold bo<
l Jnly 1!1n ••
SECTION 5 CESSNA _
PERFORMANCE MODEL 152
With this factor included, the fuel estimate would be calculated as follows:
Fuel to climb, standard temperature 1.0
Increase due to non-standard temperature
(1.0 x 16%) OJL
Corrected fuel to climb , 1.2 Gallons
Total distance 265
Climb distance -10
Cruise distance 255 Nautical Miles
With an expected 10 knot headwind, the ground speed for cruise is
predicted to be:
99
-10
89 Knots
= 2.9 Hours89 Knots
The fuel required for cruise is:
2.9 hours * 5.2 gallons/hour = 15.1 Gallons
The total estimated fuel required is as follows:
Engine start, taxi, and takeoff
Climb
Cruise
Total fuel required
0.8
1.2
15.1
17.1 Gallons
Once the flight is underway, ground speed checks will provide a more
accurate basis for estimating the time enroute and the corresponding fuel
required to complete the trip with ample reserve.
1Using a similar procedure for the distance to climb results in 10 nautical
miles.
The resultant cruise distance is:
Therefore, the time required for the cruise portion of the trip is:
255 Nautical Miles
n
r
n
n
5-6 1 July 1979
For Flight Training Reference Only
SECTION ~ PERFORMANCE
CP;SSNA MODE!. 1.">lI
WIlh Ihl. faclO. inc1ndod. lhe fuei e~[male _nld be ctoIculatod .. fOllo",.,
hellO ,,11mb •• tandard lem~ralnre In .. ~ dII. IO nOIl·atandud Iemp"'Telnre
(1.0· l"') Co."",,1e<I 1 .... 1 IO c l1mb
,.
Umnl' . imil ... p........:ln ... for a.e di.",noe l<> .. 11mb rMlllIOI In IO nantlcal ",il ...
~
'" Tol&! di,1ADCI C1irnb dl.lance CrulH dleance 2M Nautlcal NHee
Wllh .." _>; pec_ IO il"o' !\u.dw;n<:. \he «""und -v-d for eroI ... 18 predIC_ IO be:
" ... 89 Kno",
Therefo .... \ha Urne requi ... d lor!.he c, .. i.., ""rllon ol i lle Irip 18:
~ N" .. Uc .. 1 Milo •• 2 U H ..... BlI Knoll . o
The fUe' ... qulred lor crui .. io;
2.9 hou ... 52 ,e!lon,. bour ' I~. I Oallone
TIIe IOlel ulunal«l Inel requlred Il .. followe:
Enrlne .<arI. 1&,<1 . end ... ileoff Cllmb 'ru~
o .• U
16.\ ""lal 1 ... 1 reqolred i1.i Oellona
01101 u., High! io und,rway. grouadlpHd clleelul wlU providotemo ... a.ceu .. '" ba.tI •• lor .. ,Imu .... !be c.unttnrou" l.IId lh, oorretlporullnll luel requ.red la compI.", u.. .. Ip wltb a.tnplt toMI'YO.
I J\lly 1&79
-
-
--
-
CESSNA SECTION 5
MODEL 152 PERFORMANCE
LANDING
A procedure similar to takeoff should be used for estimating the
landing distance at the destination airport. Figure 5-10 presents landing
distances for various airport altitude and temperature combinations using
the short field technique. The distances corresponding to 2000 feet and 30°C
are as follows:
Ground roll 535 Feet
Total distance to clear a 50-foot obstacle 1300 Feet
A correction for the effect of wind may be made based on Note 2 of the
landing chart using the same procedure as outlined for takeoff.
DEMONSTRATED OPERATING TEMPERATURE
Satisfactory engine cooling has been demonstrated for this airplane
with an outside air temperature 23°C above standard. This is not to be
considered as an operating limitation. Reference should be made to
Section 2 for engine operating limitations.
1 July 1979 5-7
For Flight Training Reference Only
CESSNA MODEL 1511
LANOING
SECTION & PERFORMANCE
A pn><*lur$ s1mUu IO IalltoOtl lIhould bo UM for .. Um.&tl.ag u.. l.an<ll.ac& d.lS1.&o>00 &I u.. cluU".t1o:a airpol'\. l'I", ... $-10 p ....... nta 1 ... d.l1I1I: clWI.&DOU lo. vuiou&airpol1.llItuoSe ... cI Iempenru ... oomblnat1o". n.I"1l !be .11011 tleld toobnlque. n.e d'...." ...... oo"""poncli ne lo 1l1OOO le<d and 3O"C ue al follo ... e:
Orouod roll To1.aI dlllt&Jl ... IO cl ... . SOoloot _Ude
A 00 ....... 11011 fo. lbe ef1eot 01 wlod ma, be made _ 00 Note I ol lbe I:tu>dirlr eh.It.l1 usinI' III ....... p~u"' ... OtIl11ned 101" tal<eoff.
DEMONSTRATED OPERATING TEMPERATURE
Satlllfaeooty enrlne cooHnl Il .. baen d..-nonstral<:d lo. !bi. alrpl..,e ",1111 en outalde .1. 18m""rah .... 23' C above Itandard. Tltls I. 110\10 bo ""n.'d,.'" •• sn "!Mn.tinll lllnltUIOIl. Roleronoe .honld be made IO s.<:Uon 2 far ,olfine OP\l.aUllr llmltaUo ....
l July 1m
SECTION 5
PERFORMANCE
CESSNA
MODEL 152
AIRSPEED CALIBRATION
CONDITIONS:
Power required for level flight or maximum rated RPM dive.
FLAPS UP
KIAS
KCAS
FLAPS 10°
KIAS
KCAS
FLAPS 30°
KIAS
KCAS
40
46
40
44
40
43
50
53
50
52
50
51
60
60
60
61
60
61
70
69
70
70
70
71
80
78
80
80
80
82
90 100 110 120 130 140
88 97 107 117 127 136
CM
PR
07
Figure 5-1. Airspeed Calibration
5-8 1 July 1979
"
"
n
n
n
n
For Flight Training Reference Only
SECTION 5 PERP'OllMANCE
AIRSPE ED CALIBRATION
ctlf'lDlTIONS _ ~ Iot _ I\ltfn "" _ ........ '""" RI'M d,,",.
,~~
,,~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ,~ '" ,~ • U ~ 5 n • " '" HAPSlo"
"M ~ • ~ ~ ~ • ... . .. ,~ ~ " " ~ • • ,~".
,,~ ~ • • ~ • • ,~ ~ " " " • " . . . . . .
P'!F're $ - L. A!r.peed Callbrallon
,~ ,,,
. . .
. . .
CESSNA NODE t. lli2
,~ ,~
'" ,~
. . . · . . . . · ..
· . . .. · ..
I Jull' 111'19
CESSNA
MODEL 152
SECTION 5
PERFORMANCE
TEMPERATURE CONVERSION CHART
120
100
80
(30
X
40
20
-20
-40 e
-40 -20 0 20
DEGREES - CELSIUS
40
Figure 5-2. Temperature Conversion Chart
1 July 1979
For Flight Training Reference Only
TEMPERATURE CONVERSION CHART
-
, i •
l Jul)' une
SECTION 5
PERFORMANCE
CESSNA
MODEL 152
STALL SPEEDS
CONDITIONS:
Power Off
NOTES:
1. Altitude loss during a stall recovery may be as much as 160 feet.
2. KIAS values are approximate and are based or airspeed calibration data with power off.
MOST REARWARD CENTER OF GRAVITY
WEIGHT
LBS
1670
FLAP
DEFLECTION
UP
10°
30°
ANGLE OF BANK
0°
KIAS
36
36
31
KCAS
46
43
41
30°
KIAS
39
39
33
KCAS
49
46
44
45°
KIAS
43
43
37
KCAS
55
51
49
60°
KIAS
51
51
44
KCAS
65
61
58
MOST FORWARD CENTER OF GRAVITY
WEIGHT
LBS
1670
FLAP
DEFLECTION
UP
10°
30°
ANGLE OF BANK
0°
KIAS
40
40
35
KCAS
48
46
43
30°
KIAS
43
43
38
KCAS
52
49
46
45°
KIAS
48
48
42
KCAS
57
55
51
60°
KIAS
57
57
49
KCAS
68
65
61
Figure 5-3. Stall Speeds
~
P5-10 1 July 1979
For Flight Training Reference Only
SECT!ON ~ PERFORMANCE
NO"IU,
STALL SPEEDS
, ___ ..... ,--. ................. ,10)_
CESSNA MODEl..l~
2. ~,A!i_ ... _ .. ___ .. __ .... ,.; .. _"".
MOST REARWARO CENTER OF GRAVITY
AN<llEO' a.N~
WE'GIIT M • ". ~ W O€flEcr'ON .' ". . ~ " . . ~ " . .~ . '.9 "" ~ • • • • .. • " • .... •• • .. • • " .. .. .. ". " .. " • " • • •
MOST FORWARO CENTER OF GRAV!TY
ANGUOf IANK
WE'OHT .~. • ". .' ~ CO, DEniCTIOH
". "" ". . ~ " . .~, ". .~ ~ • • " " • .. .. • .... .. • • " • • .. .. .. ". • " • • .. .. .. ..
... 1 J~ly 1!1?9
CESSNA
MODEL 152 ^'SECTION 5
PERFORMANCE
WIND COMPONENTS
NOTE:
Maximum demonstrated crosswind velocity is 12 knots (not a limitation).
oz
2LJJ
c
u
Q
Z
i
5 10 15 20 25
CROSSWIND COMPONENT - KNOTS
30
Figure 5-4. Wind Components
20 April 1982 5-10A (5-10B BLANK)
For Flight Training Reference Only
CESSNA MODEL 1~2
.,,, WIND COMPQNENTS
SECTION ~ PERFORM ANCE
.......... '" _OVltl<1<t_ -. .. lo 12 _"" .. !_. nm.,,_1
o • • o < • •
• • ~ < , • • ~ 8 o • •
o • i " , •
Fl"". $·4 Wllld Compontnts
2(1 AprIll\lSI 5-10A (S- IOB BLAHK)
II
[
TAKEOFFDISTANCE
SHORT
FIELD
CONDITIONS:
Flaps10°
FullThrottle
Priorto
Brake
Release
Paved,
Level,DryRunway
ZeroWind
NOTES:
1.Short
fieldtechnique
asspecified
inSection
4.
2.Priortotakeofffrom
fields
above3000
feetelevation,themixtureshouldbe
leaned
to
givemaximumRPM
ina
full
throttle,
staticrunup.
3.Decreasedistances10%
foreach9knotsheadwind.
Foroperationwithtailwindsup
to10
knots,increasedistancesby10%
foreach2
knots.
4.Foroperationon
adry,grassrunway,
increasedistancesby15%
ofthe"ground
roll"figure.
i ra to
WEIGHT
LBS
1670
TAKEOFF
SPEED
KIAS
LIFT
OFF
50
AT
SOFT
54
PRESS
ALT
FT
S.L.
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
6000
7000
8000
GRND
ROLL
640
705
775
855
940
1040
1145
1270
1405
0°C TOTAL
TOCLEAR
50FTOBS
1190
1310
1445
1600
1775
1970
2200
2470
2800
50*F
io°c
GRND
ROLL
695
765
840
925
1020
1125
1245
1375
1525
TOTAL
TOCLEAR
50FTOBS
1290
1420
1565
1730
1920
2140
2395
2705
3080
GRND
ROLL
755
825
910
1000
1100
1215
1345
1490
1655
?0°C TOTAL
TOCLEAR
50FTOBS
1390
1530
1690
1870
2080
2320
2610
2960
3395
c.'•-
,30°C
GRND
ROLL
810
890
980
1080
1190
1315
1455
1615
1795
TOTAL
TOCLEAR
50FTOBS
1495
1645
1820
2020
2250
2525
2855
3255
3765
GRND
ROLL
875
960
1055
1165
1285
1420
1570
1745
1940
40°C
TOTAL
TOCLEAR
50FTOBS
1605
1770
1960
2185
2440
2750
3125
3590
4195
3 S asi I8
Figure
5-4.
TakeoffDistance
S)
For Flight Training Reference Only
--
•
-
ct:SSNA ,",OOJ;;L t!j2
'July '8'7\1
SECTlON~ PI':RI"ORMANCI':
J o
J i , , "
SECTION 5
PERFORMANCE
CESSNA
MODEL 152
RATE OF CLIMB
MAXIMUM
CONDITIONS:
Flaps Up
Full Throttle
NOTE:
Mixture leaned above 3000 feet for maximum RPM.
WEIGHT
LBS
1670
PRESS
ALT
FT
S.L.
2000
4000
6000
8000
10,000
12,000
CLIMB
SPEED
KIAS
67
66
65
63
62
61
60
RATE OF CLIMB - FPM
-20°C
835
735
635
535
440
340
245
0°C
765
670
570
475
380
285
190
20°C
700
600
505
415
320
230
135
40°C
630
535
445
355
265
175
85
n
n
n
n
Figure 5-5. Rate of Climb
5-12 1 July 1979
For Flight Training Reference Only
SECTION ~ PERFORMANCE
CONDltlOftS ... ~ ~_.
NOTE.
RATE OF CLlMB
IMAXIMUMI
CESSNA MODEL 1511
MI,,,, .. _ ... 3000 "'"'!or ............ "PM.
MIlO"' ,"W Cll .. a !\AH Df Cl/Me _ fPM ." ~" C" " "M -"'" '" "'" "" ,,~ ' L " ., .. ~ ~ = M '" .ro - •• - • ., ,ro ~ ., - • ~ ". '" ~, - " - - m ~ ID.IDI " ~ - m '" ,,~ • "' 'M '" U
l'tp'' ~II. R.'" of Cl!mb
'" I July 1979
-
-
CESSNA
MODEL 152
SECTION 5
PERFORMANCE
TIME, FUEL, AND DISTANCE TO CLIMB
|MAXIMUM RATE OF CLIMB]
CONDITIONS:
Flaps Up
Full Throttle
Standard Temperature
NOTES:
1. Add 0.8 of a gallon of fuel for engine start, taxi and takeoff allowance.
2. Mixture leaned above 3000 feet for maximum RPM.
3. Increase time, fuel and distance by 10% for each 10°C above standard temperature.
4. Distances shown are based on zero wind.
WEIGHT
LBS
1670
PRESSURE
ALTITUDE
FT
S.L.
1000
2000
3000
3Si Id
4000
500055OC
6000
7000
8000
9000
10,000
11,000
12,000
TEMP
°C
15
13
11
9
%
7
5
35
1
-1
-3
-5
-7
-9
CLIMB
SPEED
KIAS
67
66
66
6565
65
64
63
63
62
62
61
61
60
RATE OF
CLIMB
FPM
715
675
630
590
550
5054?5465
425
380
340
300
255
215
FROM SEA LEVEL
TIME
MIN
0
1
3
5
6
8
110
"•513
15
18
21
25
29
FUEL USED
GALLONS
0
0.2
0.4
0.7
0.9
1.2Ii31.41,55
1.7
2.0
2.3
2.6
3.0
3.4
DISTANCE
NM
0
2
3
5
7
9
1213
14
17
21
25
29
34
Figure 5-6. Time, Fuel, and Distance to Climb
1 July 1979 5-13
For Flight Training Reference Only
-
-
-
CESSNA MOOEI. I~
8 ECTION ~ PEflI"ORMANCE
TIME , FUEl, ANO OISTANCE TO ClIMB
CONDlTlQHS,
""'''' ~-~ ~l_·_
NOTES
IMAXIMUM RATE OF cLiMal
' . _o..eol.~l1o"oI",", .... _-.. ... i __ I. _ 2. Ni ...... __ 3000 .................... R .... 3. .....- ti ..... "'"' .... _ bi' 10lI0 lo< -" IO"(; ___ ....... .. 00-- _ ... _ "" .... .. twt.
PIIESSURE CI.l~1 AlIfE OF FROM SE .... LtVtL Wt:1 .. HT ALTITUO[
,,~
~" CL'''''' ~,
" " KIAS "" T'ME FUELVSEO O,srANCE
"" ...... UONS , . "" Le " " ", o o o
,- " • .. , o., , - " • ~ , O, , - • • ~ ,
" ,
•
""" , • ~
, ., , - , • o:" I : .~ • l • - c ., .. '.' " • , ,- , ~ '"
., .., .. - , ., - " " " - ., ., ~ " ,.,
" 10.0lIl ., " ~ "
,. a 11.0lIl .,
" ~ a ,. • " .... ., • ,,, • " •
1 July 19?a $ · 13
SECTION 5
PERFORMANCE
CESSNA
MODEL 152
~
CRUISE PERFORMANCE
CONDITIONS:
1670 Pounds
Recommended Lean Mixture (See Section 4, Cruise)
NOTE:
Cruise speeds are shown for an airplane equipped with speed fairings which increase the speeds
by approximately two knots.
PRESSURE
A I TITI I PlPML I M U L/C
FT
2000
4000
6000
8000
10,000
12,000
ROMnrlvl
2400
2300
2200
2100
2000
2450
2400
2300
2200
2100
2000
2500
2400
2300
2200
2100
2000
2550
2500
2400
2300
2200
2100
2500
2400
2300
2200
2100
2450
2400
2300
2200
2100
20°C BELOW
STANDARD
%
BHP
71
62
55
49
76
67
60
53
48
72
64
57
51
46
76
68
61
55
49
72
65
58
53
48
65
62
56
51
47
KTAS
97
92
87
81
102
96
91
86
81
101
96
90
85
80
- _ _
105
100
95
90
84
105
99
94
89
83
101
99
93
88
82
FEMP
GPH
5.7
5.1
4.5
4.1
6.1
5.4
4.8
4.4
3.9
5.8
5.2
4.6
4.2
3.8
6.2
5.5
5.0
4.5
4.1
5.8
5.3
4.7
4.3
4.0
5.3
5.0
4.6
4.2
3.9
STANDARD
TEMPERATURE
%
BHP
75
66
59
53
47
75
71
63
56
51
46
75
67
60
54
49
45
75
71
64
58
52
48
68
61
56
51
46
62
59
54
49
45
KTAS
101
96
91
86
80
103
101
95
90
85
80
105
100
95
89
84
79
107
104
99
94
89
83
103
98
93
88
82
100
97
92
87
81
GPH
6.1
5.4
4.8
4.3
3.9
6.1
5.7
5.1
4.6
4.2
3.8
6.1
5.4
4.9
4.4
4.0
3.7
6.1
5.8
5.2
4.7
4.3
3.9
5.5
5.0
4.5
4.2
3.9
5.0
4.8
4.4
4.1
3.8
20°C ABOVE
STANDARD
%
BHP
70
63
56
51
46
70
67
60
54
49
45
71
64
57
52
48
44
71
67
61
55
51
46
64
58
53
49
45
59
56
52
48
44
KTAS
101
95
90
85
79
102
100
95
89
84
78
104
99
94
88
83
77
106
103
98
93
87
82
103
97
92
86
81
99
96
91
85
79
TEMP
GPH
5.7
5.1
4.6
4.2
3.8
5.7
5.4
4.9
4.4
4.0
3.7
5.7
5.2
4.7
4.3
3.9
3.6
5.7
5.4
4.9
4.5
4.2
3.8
5.2
4.8
4.4
4.0
3.8
4.8
4.6
4.3
4.0
3.7
n
n
n
n
n
Figure 5-7. Cruise Performance
5-14 1 July 1979
For Flight Training Reference Only
S~CTION ~ PEHI'ORMANCE
cQNOITIONS 1870_"'"
CR UISE PERF ORM ANC E
~OCOi" i .""'d t.o.1 MI" u .. ISo< SootIO<\ 4. Ctuiool NOTE:
CESS NA M OO!;;L 152
en.i .. _ ... """"" lo< an .UpI ..... _'~ ",irll _ foitlngo ""''''' """- the ~ "" _o,i",ot"~ ...., knotL
,,~ "" ,,~
"" " " '.7
" " ,. ,
~ " •• .. " •. , " '" •. , ro '" " "
,,, •. , " ,,, .,
" ' 00 " " ~ ,. " " ,. , 00 " u
00 " .. • 00 •• • • • •• " .. .. " .. ., .. .. ••• .. " ••• .. • .. " " .,
" '" " " ,. .. ,
" '" •• " '00 " .. " ••• .. .. • •• 00 .. •• " " .., " • •• • ~ •• " "
.., " " ••• " " ••• .. " u .. • • •• " " " .. " ...
" '" .. , " ,. ..,
" ,. ••• " ,. " " ''" ,. .. '00 " .. " " " .. •• " .. " • .. •. , " " '.' .. • • •• " "
.., " " ••• .. .. •. , .. " ,. .. " • ••
10.000 " '" •• " ,,,
" " ,,, •••
" .. ••• " .. '" .. " •• • " .., .. " ... " " ••• " " ••• " .. ••• .. .. • • .. " ••• .. " u " " " " ... .. " ... " '" .. .. .. " •• • •• .. .. .. .. '.' .. •• " " " " •• .. .. , .. " •• " " .. " .. " ...
Figure ~·7. Crul~. P.rlom1l\noo
... l July 11179
-
CESSNA
MODEL 152
SECTION 5
PERFORMANCE
RANGE PROFILE
45 MINUTES RESERVE
24.5 GALLONS USABLE FUEL
CONDITIONS:
1670 Pounds
Recommended Lean Mixture for Cruise
Standard Temperature
Zero Wind
NOTES:
1. This chart allows for the fuel used for engine start, taxi, takeoff and climb, and the
distance during climb as shown in figure 5-6.
2. Performance is shown for an airplane equipped with speed fairings which increase
the cruise speeds by approximately two knots.
12,000
10,000
8000
6000
4000
2000 -
S.L.
i_
LL
OQ_
i
A
■s/
fM
K
c
i
Sjy
07
TAS
M05
KTAS
100
"KTA
<o
S"
i
s
T~
102
_J
S
98
.KTAS
34
KTAS"
8(
K
9'
K
1i
30
<TAS1
-61
a
cI
<
A
Cu
i*
) _^
TAQ-
in
TAS
L79
KTAS
II
300 350 400 450 500
RANGE - NAUTICAL MILES
Figure 5-8. Range Profile (Sheet 1 of 2)
1 July 1979 5-15
For Flight Training Reference Only
--
CESSNA MODEL 152
NOTES
RANGE PROFllE 45 MINUTES RESER\lE
24.6 GALLONS USASLE FUEL
SECTION 6 PEHYO RM Io.NCE
1. n... ......... _10< .... ,... _ "" ................. ~...- ..... d_._ ..... _ ........ d_ .. _;"r_5-6 z. ,...,....-10 _ Io! .. ____ ,"""",,""" __ ,ho CNioo _ W _, ___ .
• • • • •
! <
R ..... GE kA.U1'Ic.A~ MILES
1 July 11179
nSECTION 5
PERFORMANCE
CESSNA
MODEL 152
RANGE PROFILE
45 MINUTES RESERVE
37.5 GALLONS USABLE FUEL
CONDITIONS:
1670 Pounds
Recommended Lean Mixture for Cruise
Standard Temperature
Zero Wind
NOTES:
1. This chart allows for the fuel used for engine start, taxi, takeoff and climb, and the
distance during climb as shown in figure 5-6.
2. Performance is shown for an airplane equipped with speed fairings which increase
the cruise speeds by approximately two knots.
12,000
10,000
1X18000
LJJ
g 6000
4000
2000
S.L.
_
■«
-Ca.
1
\,
/I
r
1
5
/
M07
-KTAS
105
KTAS
/KTAS
1
c
a
_
nV<->
i
/If
cc
I
02
<ta:
1 1
■98
KTAS
TA S
(
-iu
lL
I
1r
8
94 p80
KTAS]"KTAS
11
_KTAS
7
TAS"
—
u
5
sn
179
KTAS
"77
;ktas
500 550 600 650 700
RANGE - NAUTICAL MILES
Figure 5-8. Range Profile (Sheet 2 of 2)
750
5-16 1 July 1979
n
n
n
n
n
n
-
n
n
For Flight Training Reference Only
SECTION & PERFORMANCE
COND,nQHS, ,~-
RANGE PRQFllE 45 MINUTES RESERVE
37 .5 GALLONS USABLE FUEL
"'" .... _ ~ .. :. ..... lo< 0\01.
-~,----HOTI:S:
CESSNA MODEL 152
1 TM ....... _ lo< "'" ..... _ '''' .......... ..... ....... " _ d ...... _ "'" ~_ do"'" _ • _ In "" .. H.
2. _~_ ...... ...,.,...._1, , __ tMInao_m."'" cn.- _ by _0._,"", _ .........
~_16
, , 5 <
I JIliy 1979
-
CESSNA
MODEL 152
SECTION 5
PERFORMANCE
ENDURANCE PROFILE
45 MINUTES RESERVE
24.5 GALLONS USABLE FUEL
CONDITIONS:
1670 Pounds
Recommended Lean Mixture for Cruise
Standard Temperature
NOTE:
This chart allows for the fuel used for engine start, taxi, takeoff and climb, and the
time during climb as shown in figure 5-6.
LU
Q
3
12,000
10,000
8000
6000
4000
2000
S.L.
>
k(
/
cc11 [
i
I
L
I
kf
III
:
|
3 4 5
ENDURANCE - HOURS
Figure 5-9. Endurance Profile (Sheet 1 of 2)
1 July 1979 5-17
For Flight Training Reference Only
-C~SSNA MODl:Llli:!
COHOIllONS 1810_
ENDURANCE PROFllE 45 MINUTES RESERVE
24,5 GALLONS USABLE FUEL
P ..... _ ~ _ ......... ç,...,. ~T_",r.
NOn:
SECTION & PERFORMANCE
n.;, dIon _ to. .... tuoi _ "" ___ ....... "", .. II .... .-c. ..... ... ..... durint cIImb __ .. fi9Itt K
, .
(NOURIoNCE· 1tOU1I$
Fll\lre 5·9. Endll_ PO'OlUe (Sile« I or a)
I luly 1!I7V .. ,
SECTION 5
PERFORMANCE
CESSNA
MODEL 152
ENDURANCE PROFILE
45 MINUTES RESERVE
37.5 GALLONS USABLE FUEL
CONDITIONS:
1670 Pounds
Recommended Lean Mixture for Cruise
Standard Temperature
NOTE:
This chart allows for the fuel used for engine start, taxi, takeoff and climb, and the
time during climb as shown in figure 5-6.
12,000
10,000
I-
LUU.
8000
6000a
< 4000
2000
S.L.
ky
i<
jf
c1
— l;
(
SI
II
DL
(
—
i
|ccl_u
— <
r
(
Jj
nl<*]
1
|
7 8 9
ENDURANCE - HOURS
10
Figure 5-9. Endurance Profile (Sheet 2 of 2)
5-18 1 July 1979
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
For Flight Training Reference Only
SECl'ION o PERFORMANCE
COfIDlTIONS; IUO_
ENDURANCE PROFILE 4 5 M INUTES RESERVE
37.5 GALLONS USABLE FUEL
I!oc " ,.,_ ~ MI . ..... lo< CPuI. S<>n<Ior<I Tomper."' ..
"OH:
CESSNA MOOEL 1&2
TIWo ....... >l1owo '- "" ~ "'"" fop ....... ".". la><L ,"ho" ond cl_. ond .... dmo <k>rlnI c.l1~ .. _ In n,.n. !>-6 .
•
ngur. &.11. Endu rance Proflle (Sh .. ' l 011)
~·18 l July 19"79
LANDINGDISTANCE
SHORT
FIELD
Cn I ro
o CO
I—
33.z
CONDITIONS:
Flaps30°
Power
Off
Maximum
Braking
Paved,
Level,DryRunway
ZeroWind
NOTES:
1.Short
fieldtechnique
asspecified
inSection
4.
2.Decrease
distances10%
foreach9
knotsheadwind.
Foroperation
with
tailwindsup
to
10
knots,
increase
distancesby10%
foreach
2knots.
3.Foroperationon
adry,
grassrunway,
increase
distancesby45%
of
the"ground
roll"
figure.
4.If
alandingwith
flapsup
isnecessary,
increasetheapproach
speedby
7KIAS
and
allow
for35%
longer
distances.
WEIGHT
LBS
1670
SPEED
AT
50FT
KIAS
54
PRESS
ALT
FT
S.L.
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
6000
7000
8000
3t
\
GRND
ROLL
FT
450
465
485
500
520
540
560
585
605
0°C
TOTAL
FT
TOCLEAR
50FTOBS
1160
1185
1215
1240
1275
1305
1340
1375
1410
t""'
GRND
ROLL
FT
465
485
500
520
540
560
580
605
630
10°C
TOTALFT
TOCLEAR
50FTOBS
1185
1215
1240
1275
1305
1335
1370
1410
1450
GRND
ROLL
FT
485
500
520
540
560
580
605
625
650
20°C
TOTALFT
TOCLEAR
50FTOBS
1215
1240
1270
1305
1335
1370
1410
1440
1480
y,
P
GRND
ROLL
FT
500
520
535
560
580
600
625
650
675
30°C
TOTALFT
TOCLEAR
50FTOBS
1240
1270
1300
1335
1370
1400
1440
1480
1520
IO-{
f
GRND
ROLL
FT
515
535
555
575
600
620
645
670
695
40°C
TOTALFT
TOCLEAR
50FTOBS
1265
1295
1330
1360
1400
1435
1475
1515
1555
Figure
5-11.
LandingDistance
For Flight Training Reference Only
SECTION ~ _ PERFORMA. ... CE
! f • • I I •
j~ , ~
, , ;"''lI
; 'l w '. u , " - z ., .'"
" c "~ " >- _s "
"l ;1 '" • - - " " " ;1 " • o ,
Z ~ ~ • • • " ~l Il z
_:I ii .1 .Ii" ii "i .. !l~ '" ~ 8 ~ i - '. i ii ~ "; ~~·~i
! . " &- - --
l W'l 1& ;u~ ~
, l- '1lil! E~5 E!i .;.;!l~ &; "~ "~~"W .., .. _."
Wll! L ••
CESSNA MOOEL 152
U~~8)!l:!!::!~ __ ~_:o::o::o:~~
..., .. "' .. ~lil .. :;:?'" .;;::1::::;:; ",;",$
i:i<~)!l:;!8i:i>l NN " .......... ---------§!!~n~~~
:!!i:;:?"'~~~'i!il ~~~8~~:o::o::o:
• , , ·I!U····
Q
• .. 1lI!i!"'<D • , •
"'''<)'''~:!!'''':iI "'_ ... ~ ... -::~~~_~~:o::!:
j
--!!§!UUI , • <
S~~'i~S'i~~ -- ........ ..,..,., ... ---------!!!§!ml
~mnm
• • , •
5- 19(5-20 BLANK)
CESSNA SECTION 6
MODEL 152 WEIGHT & BALANCE/
EQUIPMENT LIST
SECTION 6
WEIGHT & BALANCE/
EQUIPMENT LIST
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
Introduction 6-3
Airplane Weighing Procedures 6-3
Weight And Balance 6-6
Equipment List 6-13
1 July 1979 6-1/(6-2 blank)
For Flight Training Reference Only
CESSNA MODEL 162
SECTION 8 WE!OHT '" BALANCEI
EQUIPMENT L1ST
SECTION 6 WEIGHT & BALANCEI
EQUIPMENT LlST
TA8LE QF CQNTENTS
IntToduclio n ....••••• Airpla ... W.iplns Prooed" ..... W. '1{1It An<l tlaUU."" Equ;plDea! L;~\ •......
1 July 1m
•
'. 6·3 •• " .6- 13
6.1 /(8.2 bl&.l:tkJ
CESSNA SECTION 6
MODEL 152 WEIGHT & BALANCE/
EQUIPMENT LIST
INTRODUCTION
This section describes the procedure for establishing the basic empty
weight and moment of the airplane. Sample forms are provided for
reference. Procedures for calculating the weight and moment for various
operations are also provided. A comprehensive list of all Cessna equip
ment available for this airplane is included at the back of this section.
It should be noted that specific information regarding the weight, arm,
moment and installed equipment list for this airplane can only be found in
the appropriate weight and balance records carried in the airplane.
It is the responsibility of the pilot to ensure that the airplane is loaded
properly.
AIRPLANE WEIGHING PROCEDURES
1. Preparation:
a. Inflate tires to recommended operating pressures.
b. Remove the fuel tank sump quick-drain fittings and fuel line
drain plug to drain all fuel.
c. Remove oil sump drain plug to drain all oil.
d. Move sliding seats to the most forward position.
e. Raise flaps to the fully retracted position.
f. Place all control surfaces in neutral position.
2. Leveling:
a. Place scales under each wheel (500# minimum capacity for
scales).
b. Deflate nose tire and/ or lower or raise the nose strut to center
bubble on level (see figure 6-1).
3. Weighing:
a. With the airplane level and brakes released, record the weight
shown on each scale. Deduct the tare, if any, from each reading.
4. Measuring:
a. Obtain measurement A by measuring horizontally (along the
airplane center line) from a line stretched between the main
wheel centers to a plumb bob dropped from the firewall.
b. Obtain measurement B by measuring horizontally and paral
lel to the airplane center line, from center of nose wheel axle,
left side, to a plumb bob dropped from the line between the main
wheel centers. Repeat on right side and average the measure
ments.
5. Using weights from item 3 and measurements from item 4, the
airplane weight and C.G. can be determined.
6. Basic Empty Weight may be determined by completing figure 6-1.
1 July 1979 6-3
For Flight Training Reference Only
-
CESSNA MODEL I~
INTRODUCTION
6ECTION 8 WEIOHT,. BALANCE/
EQUIPMENT LIST
TIII. _I"" desor1bM Ula p..-..... fo. alJlabUablq lba b .... 1c amplJ' wel(tbt and mOmant or UI. &l'pl ...... S_pl. lo.nu &re pro~l_ (or referen .... P..-" ... ' .... cale"l.UIl. U.a .allhl IUId m01llt1l1 lo. ~a.rio ... ope •• Uon ...... 1_ pl'OYid-"-. A oomp ... h~"o Il.1 or • .u Ce .. ". equip' manO .vallable fo. IbUl .Irpl .... o I. lDOhKIec1.1 lba bacli: or ibis """Ilo<>.
Il abould ba oo!ed lb" lpeoltlc Inlcnn,"lon .... U'dIDIUI .... tlhl, anno motOe," &Dd 1D.atallecl equlpment un I"..lbl. drpl.,.,.""" nnly ba found In lbe approprl~ .el,," and bal.,.,.,. ..... n:I. cani..:! I .. u.. airpl .....
Il 1& tb .... ponatbUlty olUl. pllol \O ...... N lbal UI .... 'pl .... 'a loo.ded proper!,..
AIAPLANE WEIGHING PROCEDUAES
I . Prep .... tIO" : a. Innate ti ..... \O reoomm~lIded. OP'l,alin&, pf'llllWl1te11. b. fUmo"e tba ( ... 1 tanli: tump qulck ·dn.lll HUlIIIIS end fUolllno
d.dn plulillO dn.ln .11 fU.1. e. Remo". oll lump dr.LD plu, \O draln 1111 otl. d. Movll slldlllilleats to Ilio molli lonorard """IUon. e. RaI ... n.p. \O Iho fully re"ao\ec1 pa.ltlon . t. PI""".II oon l rol ,urfaoes In noul.&1 poRtllan.
2. LoveUnlr. R. 1'\."" ""al .. und ... ",,11 wllu l (&OlIO mlnlmum capaci'.)' fn.
""al .. ). b. D_f!a\Ol nO.~ Uro .nd/or lowo. Or ,al.o Ih. no •• olrullO canlu
- bubblo on 10".1 (He fl,uro e· I ). a. W.'lIhing:
L w.lb Ilio .Irplano 10".1 and brallu NlLelo.Mld. record the we!glH abown on 0",,11 10.10. DedUQI tbc tare.1f eny .trom tr.ch ",OI.ding.
4 Me ..... !"1r. L Oblaln m ... u •• ",.nl /I. by me .. urlnll I>orl~ntally (.lonllll>e
0.1'1'1.". ""nle. lIne) lrom • lIne .I",teh..:! bel .... ..., lI>e m .. !n ",1>"1 ""nlenl<>. pluml> bob dmppe<l !lvrn!h. n",waU.
II. ObC&.ln m ........ "'.nI8 b)' m ..... rln,; bori:oont&lly and p • ...t. I.l I<> u.. aI",lan. Unlar Iln •. (rom OInlcr 01 "u_ ",b_1 &.d •. le(lalde. 1<>. plumb bobdroppeo:! lrom tb~ lin. bootw .... n \be molO wboel ""nleN. Repeat On r llllt .ide end aveRlI' tbe me ........ menlL
S U.lna .. elahle lrom luom 3 and moas .. nnnen" fmm ltem 4. \be .Irpl .... ",elahl and C.O. O"" ba de1.ermlned..
8 . I/.a8!Q .:mpl)' W.I&,hl mRy be detormlnec1 by oompleUnli fI .... re8. 1.
l J .. ly limi
SECTION 6
WEIGHT & BALANCE/
EQUIPMENT LIST
Datum (Firewall, Front Face)
Sta. 0.0
N L & R
CESSNA
MODEL 152
Level on Leveling Screws
(Left Side of Tailcone)
Scale Position
Left Wheel
Right Wheel
Nose Wheel
Scale Reading Tare
Sum of Net Weights (As Weighed)
Symbol
L
R
N
W
Net Weight
X = ARM= (A)-(N) x (B) ; X = (
W
)x ( ) IN.
"
~
Item
Airplane Weight (From Item 5, page 6-3)
Add Oil:
No Oil Filter (6 Qts at 7.5 Lbs/Gal)
With Oil Filter (7 Qts at 7.5 Lbs/Gal)
Add Unusable Fuel:
Std. Tanks (1.5 Gal at 6 Lbs/Gal)
L.R. Tanks (1.5 Gal at 6 Lbs/Gal)
Equipment Changes
Airplane Basic Empty Weight
Moment/1000
Weight (Lbs.) X C.G. Arm (In.) = (Lbs.-ln.)
-14.7
-14.7
40.0
40.0
6-4
Figure 6-1. Sample Airplane Weighing
1 July 1979
"
n
nFor Flight Training Reference Only
SECTION e WE!GliT "" BJI,.LANCE/ P.QUU·);\ENT WST
--,-~-.. '---
Do ...... m._. ~."'" fo .. ! ~ ..
N l ."
-......
............ _., .... _' ,- -,
• , •
• ",---:--,-' C',, --;_". , , X· .... ·(.t.I·I ~)."I . • · , -
'- Iltlo.l li c.a."m Il • .1 ,
""::. Qi~ Fil,.. " Ott .. 1.$ ~011 " '"
,~ , ~ lift.T~
CESSNA MODEL 152
--,
I IN.
, ,
1 Jul)' 18'111
SAMPLEWEIGHTANDBALANCERECORD
Continuous
HistoryofChanges
inStructureor
AIRPLANEMODEL
DATE
ITEM
NO.
In
Out
DESCRIPTION
OFARTICLEORMODIFICATION
Equipment
AffectingWeightandBalance
SERIALNUMBER
PAGENUMBER
WEIGHTCHANGE
ADDED
(+)
Wt.
(Ib.
)
Arm
(In.)
Moment
/1000
REMOVED
(-)
Wt.
(Ib.)
Arm
(In.)
Moment
/1000
RUNNIN
EMPTY
V
Wt.
(Ib.)
GBASIC
HEIGHT
Moment
/1000
an
to
a;
Figure
6-2.
SampleWeightandBalanceRecord
M 0 i—i
S M z r
0 a 8° WCfi
?*^
n^
~-
en
For Flight Training Reference Only
-
---
CESSN~ MOOt.:L 1~2
o ~ o u w ~
w u z < ~ < 00 O Z < ~ I ~ W ~ W ~ ~ , < 00
l l I • f J • l l
• ! •
l ·
• • • • • • , < ~
• ! • -< , ~
-• I -j • • •
l Ju11' 1979
~, Il " ., H " ~!
" , Il • n -ì --• • -, .-.
• ,. • li • , -• -o ,-, .. ~
o • .. • g l , .
, ! i ~ , . , -,
• < • o
, , • , • , , -• ,
SECTION e W!':TGlfT .lo DALANCEI
EQUlPMENT 1.1ST
: , • <
••
SECTION 6 CESSNA
WEIGHT & BALANCE/ MODEL 152
EQUIPMENT LIST
WEIGHT AND BALANCE
The following information will enable you to operate your Cessna
within the prescribed weight and center of gravity limitations. To figure
weight and balance, use the Sample Problem, Loading Graph, and Center
of Gravity Moment Envelope as follows:
Take the basic empty weight and moment from appropriate weight and
balance records carried in your airplane, and enter them in the column
titled YOUR AIRPLANE on the Sample Loading Problem.
NOTE
In addition to the basic empty weight and moment noted on
these records, the C.G. arm (fuselage station) is also
shown, but need not be used on the Sample Loading
Problem. The moment which is shown must be divided by
1000 and this value used as the moment/1000 on the loading
problem.
Use the Loading Graph to determine the moment/1000 for each
additional item to be carried; then list these on the loading problem.
NOTE
Loading Graph information for the pilot, passengers and
baggage is based on seats positioned for average occu
pants and baggage loaded in the center of the baggage
areas as shown on the Loading Arrangements diagram.
For loadings which may differ from these, the Sample
Loading Problem lists fuselage stations for these items to
indicate their forward and aft C.G. range limitation (seat
travel and baggage area limitation). Additional moment
calculations, based on the actual weight and C.G. arm
(fuselage station) of the item being loaded, must be made if
the position of the load is different from that shown on the
Loading Graph.
Total the weights and moments/1000 and plot these values on the
Center of Gravity Moment Envelope to determine whether the point falls
within the envelope, and if the loading is acceptable.
"
6-6 1 July 1979
n
il
nFor Flight Training Reference Only
SECTION 6 WEIOHT '" IIA!.ANCE,;/ k:QU1PMENT UST
WEIGHT ANO BALANCE
CESSNA MODEL 152
1'he lollo ... hll InIOM .. tlO" .. m ... IObI" .vOl1 .0 ope .... "" ),OU. Ce ... "" .. i!.hl .. ,II .. preaeribed .. "lrM .. nd eenter 01 r .... vh.v IIml""lIolla. To Ilru.-e ' ... !ghl.nd l>&I.n"". u .. ilio S""'pl. f'rt>bl.m. !.<>Mlnr Onph. and c .... ...". 01 O .. "ity Mom.,,1 E"v.lope a. 1011_.:
T.ko !ho buIe omp'.v wollbllnd ..omf", lrom "pprop"at.wo'l!'ht IUld ballUlC'e reoord, curie<! In .vou •• Itp: ..... &Dd , .. Il". IIIcm lo !be colwna IiUIIICI YOUR AlRI'LANE OD !be S ..... ple Loadllli Probl,,1Il.
No'n:
lo addllion \O U.I b1aiclmpty ... II!'M and mnmenl nOled on u. ..... ....,.,rd •. l1Ie c.a. arm (fu .. l~ ltallonl l. al"" 1OI .. 'w .... bu, need noi 1M u_ on 1111 S.mple !.oadinl!' ProblclIl. Tlle mOm."" wh;ch" .hown mu.' boo d;vided by IOOOa.nd ,lIil vll..e uOlC'd •• u.o ~,om.ntlloooDn u.. loadiDK probl" ....
U ... Ihe !.oadlns G'"ph IO "-tum,nl th. mnmlnt/looo lo r .""h additi"nal ilom \O lM clrr,"": thln III: Ih ... on Ihe loading prnhl .. m.
NO'TE
LoAdlnr O •• ph Inlor", .. !!on for 'he pUOI. PassenllCrs and bariap l. baud on Hai. poshloned for .ver.ie oco,,· p~n", .. nd baH .... 10ad"" In 'he oenl4lr 01 III" baii~ ...... &11 U Il,,,_ on Ih. !.o""l~i Arra.nge",enl. dl", ... m. ~'or loadlngR wh lch m .. )' ~11I. r IMm .h •••. 'h. Slmple !.oadlng P",blom Ila'" 111.81.8'1 .'aUonl lor 'h ... i'eml '" lndl.,.lo u.." I"rw .. rd .nd alt c.a .... n8'" lim!""'!"n \ .... , travel a.nd baggag ....... Umilolion). Add!Ucno.l m"ment calculaUon •. bued on u.. IoOlual w.'ll:hl ond c.a ... nn (fu_I.". ola,i",,) 01 III. h.m bIIin" loadod. muollM made jl III, _h.lo" 01 !hl 10.<1 i. dlll~r~">llroLD IlI .. 1 thow<I Oli !hc Lo"di,.. Or."b.
TotallM welihlG IUld mome"IS/ IOOO a.nd ,,101 .hese v.lllM on Ih. ~n",r 01 Ornt1y Momecl Envelope IO del4lrml", wh.,M, 111. potol lall. wilhln Ih. """"lopa •• nd Il Ih. loadlnr l, a.eeep""bie
I Ju!y 1919
-
-
CESSNA
MODEL 152
SECTION 6
WEIGHT & BALANCE/
EQUIPMENT LIST
LOADING ARRANGEMENTS
NOTES:
*Pilot or passenger center of gravity on adjustable seats positioned for average occupant.
Numbers in parenthesis indicate forward and aft limits of occupant center of gravity range.
"Arms measured to the center of the areas shown.
1. The usable fuel C.G. arm for standard tanks is located at station 42.0; the C.G.
arm for usable fuel in long range tanks is station 39.5.
2. The aft baggage wall (approximate station 94} can be used as a convenient interior
reference point for determining the location of baggage area fuselage stations.
STATION
C.G. ARM)
•39
(33 TO 41)
"64
"84
94
JL
_ AREA
- AREA
JL
1
2
STATION
(C.G. ARM)
•39 —
(33 TO 41)
64 ■
**84-
94-
:hild seat
- AREA 2
STANDARD SEATING OPTIONAL SEATING
Figure 6-3. Loading Arrangements
BAGGAGE LOADING and TIE-DOWN
BAGGAGE AREA
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE LOADS
AREA ® = 120 POUNDS
AREA © = 40 POUNDS
AREAS Q + © =120 POUNDS
TIE-DOWN NET ATTACH POINTS
: A cargo tie-down net is provided to secure baggage in the baggage area.
The net attaches to six tie-down rings. Two rings are located on the floor
just aft of the seat backs and one ring is located two inches above the floor
on each cabin wall at the aft end of area (T) . Two additional rings arelocated at the top, aft end of area (2) . At least four rings should be usedto restrain the maximum baggage load of 120tf.
Figure 6-4. Baggage Loading and Tie-Down
1 July 1979 6-7
For Flight Training Reference Only
CESSN A MODEl.l~
SECT10N 8 WE1GHT " BALANC1=: /
EQU1PMENT 1.1ST
""'lO
I LOADING ARRANGEMENTS I ._ .. __ .. ........ _-_ ... _--. ..... • ---"'-'''--''--.... __ ..... --.... _-, .... _ ... e. ... _ .. _ ......... _ .. _"" ..... "". ....... - ..... __ ...... _.1-, "" .. ___ .. '"-_Nl ..... _ .. . __ ... -_ ......... .... _ .. _---su,"'" "'-I<. ... " .'" 1<.0 . .... '
".- - -Il. ". -Il. ""c." ,."0"1
"".- - A'" , • _~"o .. .,
"".-... ,., "".-..... , • •
., ........ 0 .... """ <TP1t<WA'_H""
l'',cu''' 8-'1. 1.O",,'ng ........ ng.mon ••
8AGGAGE LOADING A N D T I E-DOWN
lAG GAGI U l A MU ' MUM . "O W ABL< LO"ol
.. I ... <D • Ilo 'OU .. al
..... CD < <o .DU NOI
."01 0' CD • Ilo MU ND'
L J"ly 19'>9 .'
SECTION 6
WEIGHT & BALANCE/
EQUIPMENT LIST
CESSNA _
MODEL 152
CABIN HEIGHT MEASUREMENTS
FIREWALL^
-FACE OF INSTRUMENT PANEL 56°
DOOR OPENING DIMENSIONS
REAR WALL OF CABIN-
1
n
n
nWIDTH
(TOP)
31"
WIDTH
(BOTTOM)
33'/4"
HEIGHT
(FRONT)
31'/2"
HEIGHT
(REAR)
31"
WIDTH
• LWR WINDOW LINE
* CABIN FLOOR
CABIN WIDTH MEASUREMENTS
CABIN
STATIONS 0.0 10 20 30 40 50(C.G. ARMS) 560
TIE DOWN RINGS (6)
• 27'/2"
*24'/2"
60 70 80 9094
Figure 6-5. Internal Cabin Dimensions
6-81 July 1979
For Flight Training Reference Only
SECl'ION G WEIO HT ... SAl.ANCEI EQUlPMENT \..1ST
CES$NA MOOEL 1&
flU""An
C .... SIN HElGHT Me .... SUREMENTS
•
1i " ,.
.-----.. --_.'
."
--
...... --1 rACi O f H<lSIIUMIIII PAlln lUI "" ... n or CA 'III
DOO R OPENING DIMENSIONS
Il''
CAB1I< H AIIONS IC D AlMI)
..
I "" 101 11 II0nOM )
HIIGHI I fIOIlT )
111'0 "
1011 10111
I·' .... ) _ "" 101101 _
• ( Wl WIIIDO"" Il '''
* C .... III flOOI
CABIN WIDTH MEASUREMENTS
• /1'~1' DO""N tlNOS (. ,
•
I Jul)' 1m
-
-
SAMPLE
LOADINGPROBLEM
1.BasicEmpty
Weight
(Usethe
data
pertaining
toyour
airplane
as
itis
presently
equipped.
Includes
unusable
fueland
full
oil)
2.Usable
Fuel
(At
6Lbs./Gal.)
StandardTanks
(24.5
Gal.Maximum)
Long
RangeTanks
(37.5
Gal.Maximum)
Reduced
Fuel
(As
limitedbymaximum
weight)....
3.Pilotand
Passenqer
(Station33
to41)
4.*Baggage
-Area
1(O
rpassengeron
child's
seat)
(Station50
to
76,120
Lbs.
Max.)
5.*Baggage
-Area
2(Station
76
to94,40
Lbs.
Max.
)
6.RAMPWEIGHTANDMOMENT
7.Fuelallowance
forengine
start,
taxi,andrunup
8.TAKEOFFWEIGHTANDMOMENT
(SubtractStep
7from
Step
6)
SAMPLE
AIRPLANE
Weight
(lbs
.)
1136
147
340
52
1675
-5
1670
Moment
(Ib.
-ins.
/1000)
34.0
6.2
13.3
3.3
56.8
-.2
56.6
YOUR
AIRPLANE
Weight
(lbs
.)
Moment
(Ib.-ins.
/1000)
9.Locate
this
point
(1670
at
56.6)on
the
Center
of
GravityMoment
Envelope,
and
since
thispoint
fall
swithin
theenvelope,
the
loading
isacceptable.
*Themaximum
allowablecombined
weight
capa
city
forbaggage
area
s1and
2is
120
pounds.
§8 01to
h2
en
Figure
6-6.
SampleLoadingProblem
£> a H SI H r CO
WCM
>H
tr1O
n^
For Flight Training Reference Only
CESSNA MODF.I, 1M.
" Bg z < l'C -• • < • ,-, ., O ~->
" z
IH < " • • < w - j,"""' • • , ! < •
" "' -' al
w o -' '" "- "-" " <C z I)l -
D <C o -'
l Juty H/79
• " ~ •
• " ~ •
., !! • , ,. rl Il! ~u «
" .~ ! ~ • H i "li ~ ,
0-- , , n -<3 ~_
~ ., § j ~ l< ì!~ ~ ~ c! • .... .::! • -"SoL .. Ii ... " ! !." ~ ~ ... f.i: r' -. l
~~ ~ , • ,- • ''1 .... ~"ll r !l o:
, H. , oIl·- , , •• - • "
~ ;
" • , •
l • l •
l , • -. • • • •
Il , ,
• • , - o
'" • , • ., • ,- o • • --" - • js , • , ,
, , • ;.:
l! I ~ • O!§ • • , • • • •
SECTION 6 WI! IGHT '" BALANCEI
EQU IPMENT LlST
< • • , , -
• , -, l
• ~ ,-.. '. ! '. " ., , <c
t ,--~ì , - ,
l ~ii
" ., • •• • < ~ ,
" •
i ! , -• " l -, ,
l I
"I "
III ~·i .( ~ J ~ Q!' < li ! , 'I
<
!
" , • ;~ • l , ,
~€ , ~: ~ - -j!, : ~ ~ " r ' • • ". •
• • ~
,-o
LOADMOMENT/1000(KILOGRAM-MILLIMETERS)
50
75
100
125
400
-200
Ltt-
175
r-H-H--
150
7R
:-125
PILOT.PASSENGERAND
FUEL
ILONGRANGE
TANKS}
@6«/GAL.
[072KG/LITERI
FUEL(STANDARDTANKS!
816./GAL
[072KG/LITERI
BAGGAGE
INAREA®
1OR
PASSENGERON
CHILD'SSEAT)
120»MAX
[514KGMAXI
BAGGAGE
INAREA@
4CUMAX
118
1KGMAXI
37.5GAL.
(141
liters)
max:;;
(92.7LITERS)MAXLOADINGGRAPH
-100
-75
-50
-25
12
I3
14
I5
LOADMOMENT/1000
(POUND-INCHES)
NOTES:
Line
representing
adjustable
seatsshows
the
pilot
or
passenger
center
of
gravityon
adjustable
seatspositioned
foran
averageoccupant.
Refer
to
the
LoadingArrangements
Diagram
for
forwardand
aft
limits
ofoccupant
C.G.
range.
Figure
6-7.
LoadingGraph
S)cr
ID .■■ (Kl1-X <3
H 0 I(
H 1—I
H
0 H trJ
tr1
O M
m a o CD
8^
For Flight Training Reference Only
SEC'l'JON ~ WE1GHT" HALANCIi:/ EQUlf'MENT LIST
<"
CESSNA MODEL1~
, • •
• , • •
l July 1979
-
350
l
_1700
to
D Z O
400
i
LOADEDAIRPLANEMOMENT/1000(KILOGRAM-MILLIMETERS)
450
500
550
600
1600
CENTEROF
GRAVITY
MOMENTENVELOPE
1500
1400
Q UJ
Q < O
1300
1200
1100
1000
650
i
700
,I
30
35
40
45
50
55
LOADEDAIRPLANEMOMENT/1000
(POUND-INCHES)
60
r800
r775
SQ.
r750
725
^700
^675
r650
lu
E-625
600
-575
&■
^-550
r525
500
65
I
Figure
6-8.
Center
ofGravityMomentEnvelope
For Flight Training Reference Only
-
CESSNA MODEL l~
, • • • l , , • < • 8 • , I • > • • ! • l • • , o
!
l J~ly li79
SECTION 8 WEIOHT 40 BALANCEI
EQUIPMENT LIIIT
1!I'f\IW!lO'I~1 .I.tI~I", JNV'l.w,~ "."~Ql
, • ! • ,
>
l , > • , ~
• , •
I ,
• ,
; > • • • , o • • • • • , , ,
• , • < ; o • , • l ~
SECTION 6
WEIGHT & BALANCE/
EQUIPMENT LIST
CESSNA
MODEL 152
(SIAIVH9O1IX) 1HDI3M 3NVldHIV Q3QVOT
Ln
CM -
en
o
D
D
O j_Q
— r-. JH CO<j-
co
cr
5 o
=1 °°2
D
—i
dCJ
LU
*^-
LD
C
C
c
1
D
5o
f
■
LT (
i
i
■
Dn
11 <
s
r/2b
v
s
■
_
-
—
c_
cp»
))
1
ss
IS
r-
u:
I
:
\
i
_>
-
\
L
Cc
s
•> cM C3 t
d ir
D LT
C
L
L
"1—•"
v
3"i
1
■
]11
r475"""
f
1
oo
CO
oo
1HDI3M 3NV1dUIV
oo
CM
oo
n
n
6-12
LO
CO
ro
CO
CM
CO
an
1
a
LL
o
LL.
Ln
LU
X
o
-IN
H
dO
1
dd
LU
_J
0-
<
July
mita
a^~
o
h
5o
09
CD
«
1979
—
_
H
n
For Flight Training Reference Only
SI::CTION G WE!CHT" BALANCEI EQUIPMENT UST
!Sl'{YIIOO', ~ 1 !Htl'JM iNV101W'''' OUl"'O'
• • • • o < li
~ • o -e • • < • • " • , " • < 2 • < -~ • • • u • <
H • •
."
CESSNA MODEL 152
• o • • ~
~ , a J • > o • > • , < o • • -g o
• , ~ o
~ , ~ • • " , o o o
" • • • , • <
I July 1il7'9
-
-
CESSNA SECTION 6
MODEL 152 WEIGHT & BALANCE/
EQUIPMENT LIST
EQUIPMENT LIST
The following equipment list is a comprehensive list of all Cessna equipment
available for this airplane. A separate equipment list of items installed in your
specific airplane is provided in your aircraft file. The following list and the specific
list for your airplane have a similar order of listing.
This equipment list provides the following information:
An item number gives the identification number for the item. Each number is
prefixed with a letter which identifies the descriptive grouping (exam
ple: A. Powerplant & Accessories) under which it is listed. Suffix letters
identify the equipment as a required item, a standard item or an optional
item. Suffix letters are as follows:
-R = required items of equipment for FAA certification
-S = standard equipment items
-O = optional equipment items replacing required or standard
items
-A = optional equipment items which are in addition to
required or standard items
A reference drawing column provides the drawing number for the item.
NOTE
If additional equipment is to be installed, it must be done in
accordance with the reference drawing, accessory kit instruc
tions, or a separate FAA approval.
Columns showing weight (in pounds) and arm (in inches) provide the weight
and center of gravity location for the equipment.
NOTE
Unless otherwise indicated, true values (not net change
values) for the weight and arm are shown. Positive arms are
distances aft of the airplane datum; negative arms are distan
ces forward of the datum.
NOTE
Asterisks (*) after the item weight and arm indicate complete
assembly installations. Some major components of the assem
bly are listed on the lines immediately following. The summa
tion of these major components does not necessarily equal the
complete assembly installation.
1 July 1979 6-13
For Flight Training Reference Only
-
-
-
CEsaNA MODEL 11>2
8ECTION 6 WEIOHT a. 8ALANCEI
J!:QUIPMENT LlST
EQU IPMENT LlST
'ho Jo/IowIns oqu","",m h, ......... "' .......... Iioo 01 011 C-... ~ ..... ~ , ... rhil.if!>Io"". A_" . _,_, III 01 k .... '''' .. Ded ln_ ..,..cI1Ic"~ "P'_In_' ...... ~ Hio. , ... _n .... ,11<1 ,,,"<pOriIIc .... ""_ .. ~ ....... _00_,,1\10>' .. n... ""'~, ... ",ov;w. the IdIowInllnfomo.>lI<wo-
IUI -... ............ I_ .... _lic.'_"""""""",he~ lodo ......... .. !'"'lo-! ....... Id, .... hot/o ..... ,,~ .... .... ipoi.c ,,_ le .. .... pio; A. _pI,o ... " Actwoo<oeol ........ _ ....... od. s../r..: ""<n _il}' ..... ~, ... "",_od M .............. ,d ~ .... Of .n _ODN! ...... !ouIU .. lenm I<t!"_'
••• ~ k ..... 01 *'101_,.. I ... I AA ctmflCMion ·s • " ...... '" equIpoMnI ....... -O - op< ....... ~ ~"'" ,op/A<1""NfoI"Mlo< .. _.4
il ..... • 11 . "",..,.,..1 equ..,....... ....... ......." ... lo ><Idi • .,.. lO ,."",,«1 O< >I. n<!.I,d "emi
" ,.1#< .......... .....,. <OIu ... " ~,00'Id00 ,ho dt.~nl numlle< "" ,ho ;~m.
Non
Il ...w,h(>n'] f<lUI~''';' la be In".I~, k mu" be _In .«o,d,n," w,,), 'ho ,~Ic","'. d"",",. K< ....... , ~il "'",""" """'.01' "PO"'~ fM ."",g.,I.
Colu mn. ,""wl", ... ",hl (In P<u ..... jond .... (In ind,.,) pr <Mdo \ho ,.. " h' 1M <0"'.' 01 .""., .... .,1"" or ,1>0 .qul"",."",
l JuJy \limI
Un"'" ...... , .. , .. ,,,,,,,,.-..d, "Ole .. ,"'" l''''' _ th>n~ •• 1~110l tll(, _,h, ."j .'''' "e "-'" """"I.-e ....... e dr. .......... r, ol ,II(, ."pIo~ d."~,,,; ...... >1, ... ' ..... e dò" .... ... i", ... "d ol 'ho ... (~"'
NOIl
'ITEM
NO
AOl-R
A"-R
409-R
A17-R
A21-A
433-R
A4
1-R
Abl-A
A73-S
A73-A
BO1-R-1
BO1-R-?
EQUIPMENT
LIST
DESCRIPTION
A.
POWERPLANT
£ACCESSORIES
ENGINE,
LYCOMING
O-235-L2C
(INCLUDES
STARTER,
CARBJRETOR,
SPARK
PLJGS
AND
ALTERNATOR
BRACKETS)
FILTER,
CARBURETOR
AIR
^TFRNATOR,
60
AM',
?3
\I31T
(BELT
DRIVE)
'TIL
COOLER
INSTALLATION
TIL
COOLER
(STEWART
WARNER)
OIL
FILTFR
INSTALLATION
(SPIN-JN
ELEMENT)
JT
Mf-T
ru
AMrc
PROPELLER
INSTALLATION
"KDPELLER,
MCCAULEY
FIXED
3ITCH
1A103/TCM6958
SPINNER
INSTALLATION,
PROPELLER
SPINNER
DOME
AFT
BULKHEAD
(BACK
SIDE
OF
PRl)P)
FWO
BULKHEAD
(FWD
SIDE
OF
PROP)
VACUUM
SYSTEM,
ENGINE
iRIVEN
VACUUM
PU"P
OR
VACUUM
PUMP
VACJJM
RELIEF
VALVE
ENGINE
PRIMING
SYSTEM
VALVF,
ENGINE
OIL
QUIC<
DRAIN
(NET
CHANGE!
B.
LANDING
GEAR
£ACCESSORIES
WHFEL,
BRAKE
STIRE
ASSY,
6.00X6
MAIN
(2)
WHEEL
ASSEMBLY,
MCCAULEY
(FACH)
3RAKE
ASSEMBLY,
^CCAJLEY
(LEFT)
BRAKE
ASSEMBLY,
MCCAULtY
(RIGHT)
TIRE,
.+-PLY
BLACKWALL
(EACH)
TUflP
(EACH)
•IHEELi
3R4KE
iTint
ASSY,
6.00X6
MAIN
(2)
WHEEL
ASSY,
CLEVELAND
M-1I3
(EACH)
BRAKE
ASSY,
CLEVELAND
30-75A
(LEFT)
BRAKE
ASSY,
CLEVELAND
30-75A
(RIGHT)
TIRE,
4-PLY
BLACKWALL
(EACH)
TUBE
(EACH)
REFDRAWING
0450371
C294510-02Cl
3611503-0102
0453^71
3406J
OR
8406M
C450412
0450077
C161001-3501
0450377
C450073-1
0453372-1
'1450076-1
0413466
C431003-T101
C431003-01(H
C4B2001-0401
1701Olb
C163019-0201
C163006-3101
C163332-0111
C163032-0112
C262303-0101
C2S2023-D10Z
1241156-iO
C163001-310
1
C163033-01
11
C163033-31
12
C262003-0101
:262023-0102
WT
LBS
243.5
0.5
10.7
3.6
1.9
2.5
?8.2*
26.6
2.4*
0.3
1.1
0.3
2.8*
1.8
1.8
0.5
0.5
0.0
40.3*
7.4
1.7
1.7
8.5
1.8
37.6*
6.2
1.9
1.9
8.5
1.8
ARM
INS
-13.2
-16.3
-27.5
-24.0*
-27.4
-6.0
-36.5*
-36.5
-38.6*
-33.4
-38.3
-37.4
-5.2
-7.5
-7.
5
1.5
3.1
_—
46.8*
47.
1
43.7
43.7
47.
1
47.
146.8*
47.
1
43.7
43.7
47.
1
47.
1
tnt"
1
3S a oo
ro
For Flight Training Reference Only
SECTION B Wr.!GHT" 8ALANCEI EQUIPMENT !..IST
-• ~
z O ~ ~
~
Z>l ~ O
in ~
!Z ~
" ~ ~
5'1
o • • • •
6·)4
• • ; , " u •
• • u , • • • , •
• • ,
• • • •
• • • , O
s •
• , , • •
. . . . . ,,-"h~ ......... , , , ..
••• , " .. -, .. --.
· · • •
• , , -•
-•• -. •• "
-" , . " ..
• , • " ,
-........... ----. ... ...... ..._~~-~_. ..,_ ... , . , , , , ,
- . .. ... _...., ........... 0 ... .... .. . ""-" ... _-<>,, ...
. , . .. , ... -- <"-<" '" '" ... """"' ....... - ... --..... ~""..., -"..,......, .. "'<'" ... " ........ _-- "
"'-"'_.. <> ........... .,..,... .. "..,0. QU, .... _
• • , , , • • • •
• o o • u
-• • • ,
• • " -.. ••
• -· ~ • , u •
• • , " • , • • , •
CESSNA MODE!.. 1(12
- -.,-~--.. ---.. ......... . _ ...... ~~,,~ ......... -~## ................ #
· -"' ........ ....... "'''' ... ''' .. ............ ,---.. -.--.. -, . ___ N _ N _ .... _ ..
• "'_ .... ~, ~-<" • ... --_ ..... ,,-----......."' ...... _~ ~,.,...,.,.
J...:..!.:..l,.:.~.!. ... .',.:. .:. _ ........... "'-..,,-... , .. ~" ... """._ ........ n - ... -............ -.... ... "" " ......... ~ .... " .. --_ ...... --... .. ............................ , ... . • •
• ~--••• ""'-" w .... _ _
........... " "'-- ,",,' • • ........ w ... "'-........
.--... ~'-''''' .. -.--0'-,.-.,., .. -"""--~ % '" , ' ... . .. ",,,, .. ...........
.. ".,,, .... ,,= ... ~j;: ;: :::::~;: .. · .. '-"H .......... "
.. """ :-; .':';."i:~ .. . .. , .......... =:::0: =':::~.; ~ .. '" -
"' >:~~"-"' " ... ::: _ ..... .,- ~ .... -.. _ ............ -.. .... .",,,,,,,, , ............ , .. " .................... ... • •• ......... . ~_ .... . ..:::n'~ ":::~t:;' .'''' ._-, ... T,. ...... '' '" .... --......... --, , · ; · .. , , • • , , , · , • • •
l JUly 1m
-
-
CESSNA
MODEL 152
SECTION 6
WEIGHT & BALANCE/
EQUIPMENT LIST
CO
SE
oe
CO
CD
►—
CO
1 i 1
o
Q_
_ _
COUJ
o
—J
1—
UJ
Q_
Z3
LLJ
o
sLU
* * *
COCOcOCOODCOaOCCrOirtlALn
ooooot-
1 1 1 1 1 1
# *r--*ar\lt—i-
corn j-—:a>rr
COCO.—iryp-t^-1 r\
OOOOtNJ —
1 1 1 1 1 1
OOOO—I—
r-i—*r\)(\J<Nt\
OU( H 1^ —
lu lup-
oo oor^
Q o 1
vt"
LT\ LT
X _l XC
OLU< O<
<O >
•O<t ••UJ
>-t_) _J >- 1
ooSIcq o0c_
OO (/>
<I -V < •
1 1
OlMO—I(T>-O
r\i—t
oo
i—t*-t
oo
1 1
mnmfnN
OOMOMN
CvJ f\J Lf^ LA l/^ >J"
( H.JOOOO
LJ
■-• "^
< LL (_!
LJ >->- i-i —«3 LUo; c^
_j !/:»-•»—'oo
m ■■-»■< <O
LLU_2"
>- OO »—"
U'OOQ, LUoOQ. 2LULUI—'
a.oo r£oo
1— |—
_J ■■ _J
111 <y cc lL
U-" UJX X
^ "3:
1 1a. a.
i i
<■ ^"
o oCO CO
1 »-tUJUJ<I
»J- r£XXU-
- < " LU
^'tE^Lo — «Mr5_Jn<fY
LU
-
<
1
e_
a:
1/]
LLj
)—
CO
>-
_l
uUJ
1
LU
Lninin o»
rnunn 1-*
1 1 1
in0m0 f"— fN
-tf-
^n in r\j ro ro ^1
cr^opinin
£££££
■»
LTvtNJ--tPsJrO
mino rvoocOHOoociON
cc
a
OOOO1^^^
0000
1 1 1 1
cooo?
Uj
0
<r
t—
_IO
CDUJ
> X
k- LU
=) XO
h- w-)—
O"3 T li-LJ
ccn o_)
«"5Oa.1 uj _JUJ
UOX 1 OC1QLU
-J_ji—<
OOZ LU
.^ ^ I—^>
fvjr\ifi;i an
CUUJ
- •'t—UJl/J
lulu ctiac:^
I— Wh- C^<t _J cC
dJCO< O
o£Oc£ •<
til 1■—j,—1 ^- r*-
ore 0
CNJf\J f*-f\l
C:C5 OO
r-J 1—tf~
\ 1 i
rsj^r^r^or\
n
r-i|i
CO S!
M J ^
XLU O
f>X <
_1 CC
1
-iO X
~Z)~ LU<
<2l-Jfl.
0.O 2*LL >-(_)I5>—(-
LUX O»-
^ 1 c^^ ~z.
(_ a_c —
ono. »—
>~<3:c<i
CC (JC-l-
LUt/l <J
h-i— X -1—
>- UO_JJ~U_
CDh~ X CE1— LO (_} CL C.D
CLCL5" 7" _t
<t«a <r <i<£
1 I 1 1 1sOO-JLH 00 rn
000 oouooo
p~* -J^t
O —IOO
1 III
in 1 000
ljoooo
LL
a
UJ —
Z fMt—
O LU
C 3 il. LO
•—' UJ
<r ccy—m
\— CZiUCL
►- I——t—
LL L/l
< az
i-« k- 00
ouu
IjIGZ1-'00
on
LLJ LLJ l— 1— ^J
a. _j»—q.-^ <r _i
UJh-OOLUIJJ
Xuo^cax
-JLUh-k-_J—
|
<»-
U
COO)
1 1
oco
On
00
_j
3cDCD |
LUGO
•J
<_5—)
—5<yio
11 •
□ i-
_j
<rx
h- CD
2-J
x<
22
w"
Z7
«J_J
1 1
1 1
z
LLJ
QC
zMM
•
a
-0
0
0
01
■J-
0
0
■0
0
Q
LU
LU
a
00
EC
Q-
O
h—
LJ
O
2!
•—
Cm
1
O
1 July 1979 6-15
For Flight Training Reference Only
CESSNA MODEt. L~
• •
•
Z 52 le ~ U ~ ~ C
t;; ~
o • • -=
• • • .,._ ..... -· ... ... .... . <>0"""""_"<> - ---_ ...... " " " "
... .. ....... ....... _ ...... -.... ...,
, .. • .. • •• • , • • • ~" .' • ... ,. ~ -. 0_' " .... .. ~: ... ••• .. ... ~. -. ... ... ~ , , ... ... •• ..
o" _. o' ... ... -..
l July l imi
• • , -• • • • • w • -w • • • w
SECTION 6 WEIO HT ... IIAt.ANCE/
EQUIPMENT WST
-' ~ • • _. ... . -----
• • .. _ ........ .. ...,.... ... .. .. .. ... - -.".,. "...-.. ... ._",,,,,"- ---• • -_ ... - ....... -. . . . . . . . . . . .
..."O<:'~o...., ..
•• ... --- --':?'i''i' I .. ~<;' ;'i'<;' ~~~~~"_N ...... ~O~~_NO~~~~' """<"---.. ... .. ", <,.. !!_~ .. ~:~::;~ ~~~ .. ........ .. .. 4~ .. 4. ..,..........,<>0"""0 ..............
• , .. • •
.. • • --• • •• • · -
-'" --• • -• • -•• • -• •• •• ---t • •• •• -•• .-• à •• .. .. • • •• .-
• , _ • -• • • • o
• •
• "
• • o • , • , w
• • • • • • • • • -•
...
ITEM
NO
Til-0
f)rj—p
0T7-G-1
D07-H-2
016-A-l
D16-A-2
D16-A-3
D19-R
D25-A-1
O25-A-2
028-P.
D37-R
037-n
040-R
049-A
D59-A
D64-A
067-A
082-A
085-R
038-A-l
08S-A-?
D9
1-A
E05-R
E05-0
EQUIPMENT
LIST
DESCRIPTION
INDICATOR,
TRUE
AIRSPE€O
(0513279)
ALTIMETER,
SENSITIVE
ALTIMETER,
SENSITIVE
(20
FT
MARKINGS)
(FEET
A«0
MILLIBARS)
ALTIMETER,
SENSITIVE
(50
FT.
MARKINGS)
(FEET
ANO
MILLIBARSI
ENCODING
ALTIMETER
(INCLUDES
RELOCATION
OF
CONVENTIONAL
ALTIMETER)
ENCO
iDI)
JGALTI
MjE
T'ER
,-r
ffi|Tr,&
r^N
\7EN
tI^N
AIALTIMETER)
ALTITUDE
ENCODER
(BLIND,
DOES
NOT
REQUIRE
PANEL
MOUNTING)
AMMETER
CLOCK
INSTALLATION
CLOCK,
ELECTRIC
CLOCK
INSTALLATION,
DIGITAL
READOUT
CLOCK-TIMER,
DIGITAL
COMPASS
INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER
(LH
FJEL
£RH
FUEL)
INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER
(LH
£RH
FUEL)
(USED
WITH
G92-O,
LONG
RANGE
WINGS
ONLY)
INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER
(OIL
PRES.
£OIL
TEMP.)
ECONCMY
MIXTURE
INDICATOR
(EGTI
INDICATOR,
'G'
METER
GYRO
INSTALLATION
(REQUIRES
ITEM
A61-A)
DIRECTIONAL
INDICATOR
ATTITUDE
INDICATOR
RECORDER,
ENGINE
HOUR
METER
OUTSIOEAH
TEMPERATURE
INDICATOR
TACHOMETER
INSTALLATION,
ENGINE
RECORDING
TACH
INDICATOR
INDICATOR,
TURN
COORDINATOR
(24
VOLT
ONLY)
INDICATOR,
TURN
COORDINATOR
(10-30
V3LT)
INDICATOR,
VERTICAL
SPEED
E.
CABIN
ACCOMMODATIONS
SEAT,
PILOT
INDIVIDUAL
SLIDING
SEAT,
VERTICALLY
ADJUSTABLE,
PILOT
REFDRAWING
C661065-0105
C661071-0101
C661025-0102
C661071-01G2
0401013
0401013
0401019
S-1320-5
0400341
C664508-0102
0470426-1
C664511-0101
C660501-0102
C669537~01C4
C669537-0105
C669535-0101
0401028-1
0400335
0413466-1
C661075
C661076
0401017
C668507-
0400500
C668020-0120
C661003-0505
C661003-0506
C661080-0101
0414084
0414085
WT
LBS
0.7
0.7
0.7
0.7
2.9
2.9
1.5
0.5
0.4*
0.3
0.4*
0.3
0.5
8:4-
0.4
0.7
0.7
6.3*
2.5
2.2
0.6
0.1
1.0*
0.6
1.3
1.3
1.0
11.1
17.0
ARM
INS
17.3
17.6
17.6
17.6
17.0
17.0
2.0
18.0
14.4*
18.1
14.4*
18.
1
20.0
18.6
18.0
18.0
9.0
17.4
13.0*
14.7
15.3
5.2
22.0
12.5*
17.0
17.2
17.2
18.0
45.2
45.2
CD
Z^
O5
>CD
a
I)
For Flight Training Reference Only
SECTION ft WEIOHT .. BAl.ANCEI EQUlPMENT LlST
• • • • - n •• • • • • .... -.. - _ .. n " , ''''''''"NO - · .. · · • • · ... .... .......... .. . --- --- • ............. -_ _ "" .. n ...........
• - n - • --- - - -- ---• • • • • • - -- -• • • ..................... .. ................ _"'co - · · · · · · .. .. .. .. · ....... .....
• - • • • • • oQ( -00000 00.,,, ... =0 __
" - • • -- - 0 ...... -
" _.
O • .- O
_. • · -- • _ .. • ~ • ._-.-- """,,,, , , , , • , , , , , , , , , , , , , , • - · • • • ,--- ........... _ ...... • _. - · • - " ....... 0- _ ........ .....,..."""'. O - • • • • ----..... ....,.". """ ..... o<"co"O<>Oo"'" - - - • - .. " .......... - ........... _._-• '" • • • • ,,:~UU ~~:;:~~:::: • • • ,
"~ • • n -~- .......,."'.~
- -• · -• • .n O • • O - .. - • • • _. • " - • - • - , •
Z • O n -• .> n -> " • • .. • , ~ . • • O - • - , - • .- • " -- • ~ - O ~ , - -• , • - • • •• • • ,
~ • • • -, • - -• -. •• n • • • - • ,. - .. .. ~ - O -- • • - ~ - .- --ii • · .. ~ • - ~ • --.- , • ~- • :~3 - • • C" ....... • -, -W - . n -••• O -- .. ...... 0 ~ • • • ... · - -. • -. • . ....... , "'_ ... _ u _ _ , ". ,.,.!i~ 6;: .. ,,. .... ,,~"' - .. "' ............ -. .,,---.. ~ • • ~- ... -- . -._~ ........ .,_ "> nn ... ...... "'''' .. -.. • -" -;;:!~à'::!:~~ .... ~ ",.,. .. ,. .. - • ~ ----,. .......... -- ," .... ,"- ... ", .. %_ o .. ""'" "" ... - .. _-_ ...... .. ..., •• .-= =-'i'.5!.::!.. .. ~3 ... ~ z .. :;;;:;;=:;;=:!~ •• -.- ............ ",. ..... ,,>:-O' ---W ",.", .. ,."'_7a "'_ ......... ,,= .= .. . ...... ,,_ .... a ...
'" :::::e:.,:J: .,=:: =...;SS -- ......... "~ .... -... ,, ~"'~ ....... ~ .............. . ""/= :> -~ .. ~ . "..r~_ .. ~'" <",",- "' " .. _~:> ~
.... ................. -.. --- ... - <> -_. .. • -, O ~.;..!..,,~ . .3~ ......... " ..... Wl:'.~~::;.= ..... ~~~;; W ;:::;z::-.:!"~~;~-o;-g:::~::O:~~ ::;!~:;';';
~!!!~~~·;:;:::~~:~~~re-;~-Q~~ .. -- " .. -'o O ,~ ""' .... -, • M
!:;;:; • • , , .. • ,.. ..... ~ .-. n. • • • ' u u ~ -~ .~ --
o - o - • • • - -. , , , , , , , , , • 'ì,.'i' , • • • •• • ... ...... ••• • •• • , , , , , , , " , ... .:..:. , , , , " • -- - • • • •• , .- --... = o .. • .. - - ~ .. ~ ...
"'" ~,g~ 0- • , o • o, o 0= .... ...
CEsaNA MODEL 152
-· · -•• -· · --
.. --•• -•• ..
n
" • - • • - -- • • , -n.
" •• O -• -• -• ., O
'" • .. - > • - , • " • .. .. O · .. • ---o> .. .. •• --
o • , , -" -I Jul,. \979
-
-
--
ITEM
NO
ev-7-s
Fn
~?—n
E09-A
E15-R
E15-S
El9-0
F23-S
E34-U
E39-A
C55-A
E57-O
E65-S
E35-A
E89-0
E93-R
F'M-P
F'U-0-1
f-.m-o-?
F04-»
F16-R
G?7-A
G13-A
EQUIPMENT
LIST
DESCRIPTION
SFAT,
CO-PILOT
INDIVIDUAL
SLIDING
SEAT,
VERTICALLY
ADJUSTABLE,
CJ-PILOT
SFAT
INSTALLATION,
AUXILIARY
UPPER
BACK
REST
CUSHION
LOWER
SEAT
CUSHION
ASSEMBLY
LAP
BELT
ASSEMBLY
Bt-LT
ASSY,
PILOT
LAP
SHTULDER
HARNESS
ASSY,
PILOT
SHOULDER
HARNESS
INERTIA
INSTL.,
PILOT
&CO-PILOT
(NET
CHANGE)
HFLT
LSHOULDER
HARNESS
ASSY,
CO-PILOT
INTERIOR,
DELUXE
(NET
CHANGE)
.JJNmwS,
OVERHEAD
CABIN
TOP
(MET
INCREASE)
SUN
VISOKS
(SET
OF
2)
WINDOWS,
TINTEO,
CABIN
(NET
CHANGE)
BAGGAGE
NET
DUAL
CONTROLS
(WHEEL,
PEDALS
&THE
BRAKES)
ALL
PURPOSE
CONTROL
WHEEL
(RQD
WITH
C25-A)
(KT-NET
CHANGF)
HEATING
SYSTEM,
CABIN
(INCLUDES
ENGINE
EXHAUST
SYSTEM)
F.
PLACARDS,
WARNINGS
6MANUALS
OPERATIONAL
LIMITATIONS
PLACARD
VFR-UAY
OPERATIONAL
LIMITATIONS
PLACARD
VF^-DAY
■NIGHT
OPERATIONAL
LIMITATIONS
PLACARD
IFR-DAY
kI1f
IT
\|I'in
1
STALL
WARNING
HORN,
PNFJMATIC,
AUDIBLE
PILOT'S
OPERATING
HANDBOOK
AND
FAA
APPROVED
AIRPLANE
FLIGHT
MANUAL
G.
AUXILIARY
EQUIPMENT
HOISTING
RINGS,
AIRCRAFT
CAbIN
TOP
(NOT
FACTORY
INSTALLED)
CORROSION
PROOFING,
INTERNAL
REFDRAWING
0414084
0414085
3400134-1
0711030-1
0400136-9
S-1746-2
S-2275-104
S-2275-202
0401012-1
S-2275-4
0415020
0413492
0514166
0400324-1
2015009-2
0460118-2
0450071
040
5068-1
04C5068-2
0405068-3
0413029
D1170-13PH
0541115
0400027-2
WT
LBS
11.1
17.0
10.5*
1.3
6.4
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.3
2.0
1.5
0.5
l.C
0.0
0.5
4.1
NEGL
14.0
NEGL
NEGL
NEGL
0.5
0.5
2.0
4.5
ARM
INS
45.2
45.2
66.5*
72.9
64.5
66.0
39.0
39.0
71.1
39.0
40.C
49.0
27.0
84.0
12.1
-22.0
23.0
23.0
23.C
21.5
42.0
68.0
to
(3d>
For Flight Training Reference Only-
CKSSNA MODIlI.. I~
-• • • •
• •
o • • -"
• -...,,,,,,.. . . . . . . . .. "'~"' ..... ~.... _~ .. ""' .. • _ .. rno~ ... .. .. .. __ "_4 ___ _
• .. • •
.,.,"'" . .,- , .. ~O~~, .. N, ........ N "'_ • • ,
""'~""'"'-- ,., .. ." ..... O_"""i! ..
-.. . .. , .............. ""' .. 0"""_ "0 .. _""'_ -... .. .-.<__ -<>_·0 , ., ....... .,< ..... ....,,-.. n
C'7 .. .. .. • • O
• • • • ~ :: il~
• .. .. - . ,- . ..
_. , " ... ~-:'7 -:''i''7~7-:'~'i' ~
~ .... --~ .......... ~ • ,,< -- -- .... " ...... .... .. _w ~~~~ ...... _~ "
Iluty 111711
• • .. •
SEC'TION 8 WEIOHT .. BAL.I<Nçlll
EQQIPMBNT I..IST
-" " " ,
-· . -• • • • •• ."" O •
~i -•• -••
" " •• • •• • • -.. •• " .-••
• , , •• , , , ,. .. •
•• , , .. .. ..
, o o • • •
o. ..
;
• -, , • • • .. ..
."
ITEM
NO
G16-A
G19-A
G22-A
G25-S
331-A
G34-A
G49-H
G55-A
G58-A
G67-A
G88-A
G9?-A
HH-A
H07-A
H38-A-1
EQUIPMENT
LIST
DESCRIPTION
STATIC
DISCHARGERS
(SET
OK
10)
STABILIZER
A3RAS10N
SOOTS
TOW
3A*,
AIRCRAFT
NOSE
WHEEL
(STOWED)
PAINT,
OVERALL
EXTERIOR
OVERALL
<USE
WHITE
COLUK
STRIPE
CARt.FS,
CORROSION
RESISTANT
CONTROL
(NET
fjAMI'C
ILnA
\ljC
I
LIGHTER,
CIGARETTE
WING
TIPS,
MODIFIED
CONICAL
(NET
CHANGE)
FIRE
EXTINGUISHER,
HAND
TYPt
STEPS
SHANDLES,
REFUELING
ASSIST
3EOAL
EXTENSIONS,
RUDDER,
REMOVABLE
-SET
OF
2(STOWABLE
-INSTALLED
\R*
SHOWN)
AVAILABLE
FROM
DEALERS
ONLY
WINTERIZATION
KIT
INSTALLATION,
ENGINE
COVER
PLATES,
FWO
COWL
(SET
OF
2INSTALLED)
COVER
PLATES,
FORWARD
COWL
(STOWED)
CRAVIKCASE
I3RFATHER
TUBE
INSULATION
WINGS
WITH
39
GALLON
CAPACITY,
EXTENDED
RANGE
FUEL
TANKS,
(NET
CHANGE)
H.
AVIONICS
£AUTOPILOTS
CESSNA
300
ADF
RECEIVER
WITH
BFO
(K-546E)
INDICATOR
UN-346A1
ANTENNA
INSTALLATION
LOOP
ANTENNA
INSTALLATION
CABLE
INSTALLATION
MISC.
INSTALLATION
COMPONENTS
CESSNA
400
GLIDESLOPE
WITH
ILS
INDICATOR
EXCHANGED
FOR
LOC
INDICATOR
RECEIVER
(R-443B)
MOUNTING,
RIGID
ANTENNA
AUTO
RAOIAI
CENTERING
INDICATOR
ARC/LOC
EXCHANGE
FOR
VOR/LOCIN
ITE^S
H22-A
AND
H?5-A
REFDRAWING
0401015
0500341
D501019-1
0404034
0400027
0401023
0523565
04010C1
0413456
0701048
0401024
—_
—_
0401018
3919159-11
41240-0001
40980-1001
0473400-62
1
3950104-14
3910157-13
42100-0000
36450-3CD0
1200098-2
46860-1203
WT
LBS
0.4
2.5
1.6
9.4*
8.7
0.3
0.0
0.1
2.5
3.0
2.
12.3
0.5*
0.1
0.1
0.2
5.9
8.2*
3.3
0.9
0.2
1.4
1.8
0.6
4.1*
2.1
0.3
0.2
0.2
ARM
INS
117.6
179.4
84.0
80.3*
79.0
115.1
13.0
41.0
9.
5
9.9
8.0
-20.9*
-33.0
84.0
-12.0
37.3
17.4*
13.5
15.5
96.5
24.2
12.3
14.4
78.9*
105.3
105.3
22.0
15.5
CO 5
Q a 2
I
For Flight Training Reference Only
SECTION" Wf;ICHT", BALANCEI EQUIPMENT L1ST
-• ; .. " ,.
• • • .. ii
z O
:;: ~
ii] O
t;; ~ -Z ~ ,. ~
~
= ~
• > .. -...
• .. .. O"'.,~, . . . . , . ~bo .. O .. "" _ ... ~ ~ - - .. --... -.
• .0 •• -" • --... .. .... ... , . .. .
0..._ ....... O ......... '" --. ,
"'."' .. -~"-.. • • • .... "n
~ ... '3 ~' "~ "c.~O
• O
-, -• • , •
0 -.. .~ ~
;. ...;;; :; .. .... _il .. .:: ..
, •
_ _ _ ...... r
... .. "' -,... . ;: - B :: ~;;,,~~: - ~ ~<~~~-~ '" ....... -><l _ _
t .. ~ S 0!~.; .. ~~ . - -~- ..... '" ~w~ .. ~i~~~~ .... ,~-..... " .. ..,~_ ....
",, _ .. % .. " ,,' ..... z~w_ .. c w.,"_~
.. " _r ..... . '" ~ ::;;::::;::'" ?; :;:~ .... ""J: . ~ .. .. ~_ ~_:r~~~~ ..
• 0'0 o • '-0 .--... -.......... -.., ., ... ... ,. ,.. .. ~--: • - o 0-«o" ..... ,-..
0-
'" .. , . O » ... -... " '0. " .. ~<i: .. ~ .. ~ .. ~.. ~~~e .. ~ ~ WG
~~~;,;~ ~;~6~~...r;o; ... ~~ <, -O' _" _ " .. " __ ...... ... .. ." .............. <..- .... ,. .. ~ .... _~.,.I~.,: .. ~ ~ ...... ~ .. -r _ _ ....... u-...... -c .. ~ > ... _ ........ ,,<."'_ ..
_ H ""'"'''_ . ''_'' ___ ''''''' ......... ·w ....... ~_~ .. . ,. .. ,.~,. ::;";;.~~;;:, .... ':~~~~!s:z,: .. _~_ ~ ""' __ 0" .. _ _ r " .. ____ _ _ ..... _.. u ~ .• _ .. ~.. ..
........ , , , , ----._~ .. "e"'" , "'" - ~,,-~ .... ,n.,
" "''''''h>
• , • , • ,
• ,
o O
• -• • •
, > •
•
• • .. ... ,,"'..-.. .. · ...... . ~~ ........... .. -~ .. ~-• •
CESSNA MODEL 152
-....... ~ --.. ........ .. _OC_..,... ..C'O<>
--- . -"'. -'"0' , ~- . :::';'1'~ ............ n o:::'!~':; t ....... '" ...
• , ,
, -• O
j .-
• , --
o • ,. o • " ,-.•• •• O ' -o 0 -0-, .. .-
, -, • , • ,
I J\lly 197'9
I
e-i
P CD ■5 CD 03
CO
ITEM
NO
H08-A-2
H13-A
H16-A-1
H16-A-2
H22-A
H?5-A
H28-A-1
H28-A-2
H34-A
H37-A
EQUIPMENT
LIST
DESCRIPTION
AUTO
RADIAL
CENTERING
INDICATOR,
ARC/ILS
EXCHANGE
FOR
VOR/ILS
INDICATOR
IN
ITEM
H17-A
ONLY
CESSNA
40C
MARKER
BEACON
RECEIVER
(R-402A)
ANTENNA,
LSHAPED
RJD
CESSNA
300
TRANSPONOER
TRANSCEIVER
(RT-359A)
ANTENNA
CFSSNA
400
TRANSPONDER
(EXPORT
USE)
TRANSCEIVER
(RT-459A)
ANTENNA
CESSNA
3?T
NAV/COM,
720
CH
COM
1ST
UNIT
(REQUIRES
H34-A
TO
BE
OPERATIONAL)
RECEIVER-TRANSCEIVER
(RT-385A)
VOR/LQC
INDICATOR
(IN-385A)
MOUNT,
WIRING
&MISC
ITEMS
CESSNA
300
NAV/CQM,
720
CH
COM
2N0
UNIT
(REQUIRES
H37-A
TO
BE
OPERATIONAL)
RECEIVER-TRANSCEIVER
(RT-385A)
VOR/LOC
INDICATOR
(IN-385A)
MOUNT,
WIRING
£MISC
ITEMS
EMERGENCY
LOCATOR
TRANSMITTER
TRANSMITTER
(0
SM
DMELT-6-1)
ANTENNA
EMERGENCY
LOCATOR
TRANSMITTER
(USED
IN
ra
hiana
tLANAJAI
TRANSMITTER
<0
&M
DMELT-6-1C)
ANTENNA
3ASIC
AVIONICS
KII
(USED
rfITH
1ST
UNIT
NAV/COM
FACTORY
INSTALLATION)
RAOIO
COOLING
NOISE
FILTER
(AU0I0K0N
ALTERNATOR)
LH
COM
ANTENNA
CABLE
OMNI
ANTENNA
CABLE
OMMI
ANTENNA
INSTALLATION
VHF
L.H.
COM
ANTENNA
MICROPHONE
INSTALLATION
AUOIO
CONTROL
CABIN
SPEAKFR
INSTL
HEADPHONE
INSTALLATION
COM
ANTENNA
£OMNI
COUPLER
KIT
(AVAILABLE
REFDRAWING
46860-2200
——
42410-5128
0770681-1
3910127-1
41420-0028
42943-0030
3910128-20
41470-1028
42940-0000
3913183
46660-100T
46860-1003
3910183
46660-1000
46860-1000
C470419-1
C589511-0117
C589511-0109
0470419-2
C589511-0113
C589511-0109
3910186
3930208
3940148-1
3950104-3
3950104-4
3960132-9
3960113-1
3970117-1
3970145
3970123-6
3970125-1
WT
LBS
0.2
2.2*
0.8
0.6
3.6*
2.7
0.1
3.6*
2.8
0.1
8.1*
5.5
1.6
1.0
8.1*
5.5
1.6
1.3
3.5*
3.3
0.1
3.5*
3.3
0.1
5.3*
1.0
0.1
0.4
0.9
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.4
1.1
0.2
1.0*
ARM
INS
15.5
35.4*
11.7
86.0
18.6*
13.0
67.0
18.6*
13.0
67.0
13.9*
13.6
15.5
12.9
13.9*
13.6
15.5
12.9
102.5*
102.6
131.3
102.5*
102.6
101.3
60.2*
15.6
-25.0
20.2
105.0
223.9
55.9
18.2
14.0
51.1
17.2
30.6*
go cn
For Flight Training Reference Only
L
-
-
CESSNA MODEL 1&2
• !
, , , , • , •
z Q -~ ~
'" -Q
t;; ~ -z -~ '" Q Q -• • • •
1 July
• •
•
• • • • , • • • •
., , • , • , ,m
• • • • ~~", .. ~ .. oO~ · . . . . . . . , . _ .... - ., .... ~ .. _~~._-• • • • ~"' .. _-.... _-........ .. .. "0 ... ....., ... "".
• , , • • • • , , , ,
• • • • • • , ,
._. ' ... _ .
• . _ . . , .. ---•• •• -- • , , • -•• • .. •• • •• •
• , • • •
• • ~,,~"'~~'" ....... ....... _-.. _~ ....... n" ----
• • ........... -....... ...--.......
----, , -•• •• •• ..
• , , • • , , • • " • , •
• _. , " .-
• , • •
• ...,""""' .. ....,~~ .. .. ....... .. ...... " ........ .... ~~" --:''''~--~''
• .,.. .... "' .. ,...-..., .. ....... .. -<><>000<><0_"'_
• , • •
."
N o
c-i
CD
ITEM
NO
H"55-A
H56-A
JO1-A
J04-A
EQUIPMENT
LIST
DESCRIPTION
ON
?ND
UNIT
NAV/COM
FACTURY
INSTL
ONLY)
RH
COM
ANTENNA
INSTALLATION
RH
COM
ANTENNA
CABLE
OMNI
COUPLER
(SIGNAL
SPLITTER)
&CABLE
HtMlSET-MICRUPHONE,
RQS
ALL'PURPOSE
roMTfjni
uijcr
iO
"-'N
1rsLJL
"diCLt
PADDED
HEADPHONE-MIKE
ASSY,
REQUIRES
ALL-
PURPOSE
CONTROL
WHEEL
J.
SPECIAL
OPTION
PACKAGES
152-11
PACKAGE
EQUIPMENT
A61-A
VACUUM
SYSTFM
(FOR
3YRDS)
C43-A
OMNI
FLASHING
BFAC3N
C49-A-1
LANDING
LIGHT
SINGLE
BJLB
064-A
GYRH
INSTALLATION
D82-A
OUTSIDE
AIR
TEMPERATURE
IND
088-A
TURN
COORDINATOR
D91-A
RATE
OF
CLIMB
IND.
E55-A
SUN
VISORS
G05-A
DUAL
CONTROLS
G34-A
CIGARETTE
LIGHTER
H22-A
CESSNA
300
MAV/CQM
RT-385A
H34-A
B4SIC
AVIONICS
KIT
152
II
NAV-PAC
EQUIPMENT
H16-A-1
CESSNA
301
TRANSPONDER
3T-3S9A
H25-A
RT-385A
?ND
UNIT
H^7-A
COM
ANTENNA
E,COUPLER
KIT
REFDRAWING
S-2086-1
C596530-0101
C596531-0101
0413466-2
0406003-1
0401022
0413466
C663507-n01
C661003-0505
C661080-0101
0514166
0460118-2
040102
33910183
3910127
3910183
WT
LBS
0.4
0.4
0.?
0.2
1.1
32.1*
2.8
1.3
1.0
6.3
0.1
1.3
0.7
1.0
4.1
0.
1
8.
1
5.3
12.7*
3.6
8.1
1.0
ARM
INS
55.9
20.2
1.0
17.2
26
1*
-5.2
193.7
-28.3
13.0
22.0
17.2
17.3
27.0
12.1
18.0
13.9
60.2
16.5*
18.6
13.9
30.6
H<
Cfi
cii-
iO
Ho_
-^Z&
«»ha o
I
For Flight Training Reference Only
SECTION e WE! OHT .. BALANCEI EQUlPMENT L18T
" • ~":~ o
• .0_ o ., ---" ~':~ -• o • -- -•
• • - • o • --~ ' 0 o .. o
" · - - • , - • •• • - •• • ,. • - • -• • , • • • • • • , • • • Z • •
Q , -. • • - • ~ • -. - • ~ - ~. • " • ~ " c, • •
" -. • • U - • ~ -- .. o • ~ .. •• • C '. • • • • •• •• • .. -•• -lo; ~- ..... '" • -
5-;~S'" .. • ~ • o ... -'-'- . -=< .. .. ~ f !! • ~ • z "'~~ .. ~~: -
~ • '" --- ~ • --. ,,: • ~ ~;:~~~~" • ~ O "" ......... ~ o "'0- ... te: -~ "'"""'i:;:,,~ !"" .. ~ .... ., .... ;:;~~
" . , • -• • • • , , - • • = , • ,
o o ~-ce~~-c~~~~~ ......... .. ...... ~~m~~~N~~O '.~n ~'~~_N ___ ~ __ ~
_o
o o _~~o~~~o ___ ~~~-o .. ..... .. ... ... .. ~ __ ~-o_~c.~~~_
• -_. c''''''' --.- co. • o , , , , , ...... ~~ ... ~..,~ .. '"'- -. _ ... c"" .. ~-." •• .... " ...... 0<- _ .-.,_ -... ~--_ ...... '" -_0-" .... - ::1- .-.... .... ........ ,.. ... '" •• O<:"o-vv"",~ ... --• • o -• • • , - • - • - -• - • • -c • - • • • , • • • , - • • ";;3 - • , • • • o" o o .- o • 0"_"" Q co_ e; .. .!l .... ... c ..... ,. 'o. -. - .. ,.., - -- 't _ ... _.- .,. .. .... ",- .. -. ., ............. .... " ...
,.~ ,.." ... •• --.. -:;> .. _ _ 1> ."' __ c • •• .. ~ .... :_ ...... _""r "e" ......
~ ~"'_ ..... U"'_~ ... _6'· .... .. _. • • ""- .. ,.-.. • .... ~"'""" .. "'c .. "' .-~~ .. -"uc_~ .. u .. ~"
~~ _ - ,. ~"""~Z.'" :>_Q"',",ZW _.- .-~~~~;~~!g~~~~! .. ,.C~==-~~ ~c~u.",
• o
• - .. • , ., ~""""~""""'"'''''''''' "", .. "." '" _ .. ~--........ -.. ,..... _ ~~"~Dm~~~~~~~
, ......... "'<>CC ......... ,,::- .-, • • • • - -• • , , - • o , -
CESSNA MODE L I~
I July 1979
CESSNA SECTION 7
MODEL 152 AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
SECTION 7
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS
DESCRIPTIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTSPage
Introduction 7-3
Airframe 7-3
Flight Controls 7-8
Trim System 7-8
Instrument Panel 7-8
Ground Control 7-9
Wing Flap System 7-10
Landing Gear System 7-10
Baggage Compartment 7-10
Seats 7-11
Seat Belts And Shoulder Harnesses 7-13
Seat Belts 7-13
Shoulder Harnesses 7-13
Integrated Seat Belt/Shoulder Harnesses With Inertia Reels 7-14
Entrance Doors And Cabin Windows 7-14
Control Locks 7-15
Engine 7-15
Engine Controls 7-15
Engine Instruments 7-16
New Engine Break-In And Operation 7-17
Engine Oil System 7-17
Ignition-Starter System 7-18
Air Induction System 7-18
Exhaust System 7-18
Carburetor And Priming System 7-18
Cooling System 7-19
Propeller 7-19
Fuel System 7-19
Brake System 7-22
Electrical System 7-22
Master Switch 7-22
Ammeter 7-24
1 July 1979 7-1
For Flight Training Reference Only
--
-
-
CEsaNA MODEL 1112
SECTtON7 AIRPLANS '" 8YSTEMS D"SCItIPTIONS
SECTION 7 AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS
DESCRIPTIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
'"U'Od"eUoa .. Airframe Pllehl Controis
Tl'lm SyslOm I,,,"rumenl Pallel Grntlnd Conlro! Wlng f'lap 5yBlam !.andlng o ... , Syx'-m Bal(lI">I Comp .. nmlnt s.. .. l~ ••• Se", BellSl And Shoulde< H.rn~ ......
S"I\I scn.. . ... ShOllld ... Hames".. . . . . .. .. 1"1""410<1 SUI n"UIShoulder H •• nnee, Wllb lnerlia R.,.,la
I;ntranee Doof1l And CAbl" Windows Conlml 1..0<:1.. • • • • . E"Kj,,~ . . . . •. . .. .
ERilnn C"nlmla ... . Enlfino 'nSlrUmOnls. • . N ..... En&1ne Bl'Hk In A!Id OperatlOl> l':nl:lne 011 Sysu-m Ign!\lon-Starter SyslOm Alt IndueUon 5ys"'m ExhRu~' Sy."'''' Carbura"" An" ".,mlnl Sy."'", Coo11n1l' Sy ... ...
Propeller ... . Pue' Sy.Ie'" B~e Sy."'m ELec.rlc.J Syalem
M-..lOr S_lIel! Ammollir
1 July 18?9
•
•
'" '" ,. ,. ,-, " 7-10
' · 10 7_10 ~-H
7·13 7·13 7·13 ' ·14 7- H 7 15 7·1 ~
7·1~
7·16 ' _17 7_17 7_111 7_111 7_ 111 n, 7-19 7-19 7- 19 ,-~
,-~
,-~
,-~
~SECTION 7 CESSNA _
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS MODEL 152
TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued)Page
Alternator Control Unit And Low-Voltage Warning Light . . 7-24
Circuit Breakers And Fuses 7-25
Ground Service Plug Receptacle 7-25
Lighting Systems 7-25
Exterior Lighting 7-25
Interior Lighting 7-26
Cabin Heating, Ventilating And Defrosting System 7-27
Pitot-Static System And Instruments 7-27
Airspeed Indicator 7-29
Vertical Speed Indicator 7-29
Altimeter 7-29
Vacuum System And Instruments 7-29
Attitude Indicator 7-31
Directional Indicator 7-31
Suction Gage 7-31
Stall Warning System 7-31
Avionics Support Equipment 7-32
Audio Control Panel . 7-32
Transmitter Selector Switch 7-32
Audio Selector Switches 7-34
Com Auto Audio Selector Switch 7-34
Coin Both Audio Selector Switch 7-35
Annunciator Lights Brightness And Test Switch 7-35
Sidetone Operation 7-35
Microphone-Headset Installations 7-36
Static Dischargers 7-36
n
7-2 . 1 July 1979
n
n
n
For Flight Training Reference Only
SECTION 7 AIRPLANE lo 8YSTEMS OESCRIPTIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued)
CESSNA MODEI. llll!
.... AIt.rn"lOr eonll'Ol VIII. And Low.Volta..,. Waml ... 1.1eto. Cll'<'ull BrNk.rs And P'Us ....
7·24 '.~ ,.~
,.~
,.~
,.~
,.~
7·27 ,.~
'·W ,,, ,,, 7·3 ,
'" ,~,
Oround SlrvI.,. Ptug lWc:.pt~l.
WltnlDl S)'I",ml ... . EX\&rlOT Lll11l1nl ..... . In~.lOT Ll,h!!n, ..... .
Cabin H .. .,ng. Vlntllating An d o..fro.llng S)'.I.m 1'1,,,,,S'.lle Syo'a'" And In. t.uroon'.
Al .. ""e<lln<llcalOr . Von1eoJ SI>ee<llndic .. lOr AI,lmete. . ....•..•
Va.euum Syllem And InltfUmen'Atthudt' IndlcalO. OI . .... UOft.1 1 .... ' .... 10. Suc'lo .. O~
SL&ll WanU"1 SyMem Avlo .. lc. SUppoR t:qulpment Au<llo Conl ..... 1 "'IoIMI ....
T ..... mll ... Selecw. Swltch AudIo SelKlOr S .. ltch •• Cl>m AulO Audil> BaI..:IO. SWltch Com BoUl Audio 8,,1..,10. S .. itch • An"""CI .. IO. 1.lghll 8rillll,neaa An" Tnt Bwitch SldolOno Opc> ... Uon . . . .
MI~rophone·II_H,I"8t&Il.Uons
SI"!!C Oloroh.'lers ..
,.,
•
,~,
,.~
,.~
,.~
,.~
,.~
,~
,.~
,.~
,." ,."
I July 11119
-
CESSNA
SECTION
7
MODEL
152
AIRPLANE&SYSTEMSDESCRIPTIONS
INTRODUCTION
Thissectionprovidesdescriptionandoperationoftheairplaneandits
systems.Some
equipment
describedherein
isoptionalandmay
notbe
installedinthe
airplane.RefertoSection
9,Supplements,
fordetailsof
otheroptionalsystemsandequipment.
AIRFRAME
The
airplane
isan
all-metal,
two-place,
high-wing,
single-engine
airplaneequippedwith
tricyclelandinggearanddesigned
forgeneral
utilitypurposes.
Theconstructionofthefuselageisaconventionalformedsheetmetal
bulkhead,
stringer,andskindesignreferredtoassemimonocoque.Major
itemsofstructurearethefrontandrearcarry-throughsparstowhichthe
wings
are
attached,
abulkhead
and
forgings
formain
landing
gear
attachmentatthebaseofthereardoorposts,andabulkheadwithattaching
plates
atthebaseoftheforwarddoorpostsforthelowerattachmentofthe
wing
struts.Fourenginemount
stringersarealsoattachedtotheforward
doorpostsandextendforward
tothefirewall.
Theexternallybracedwings,containingthefueltanks,areconstruct
ed
ofa
frontand
rearsparwithformed
sheetmetal
ribs,doublers,and
stringers.The
entirestructure
iscoveredwithaluminum
skin.The
front
spars
areequippedwithwing-to-fuselageand
wing-to-strutattach
fit
tings.The
aftsparsareequippedwithwing-to-fuselageattachfittings,and
arepartial-spanspars.Conventionalhinged
aileronsand
single-slotted
flaps
are
attached
tothe
trailingedge
ofthewings.The
ailerons
are
constructedofaforwardsparcontaining
balanceweights,formedsheet
metal
ribsand"V"typecorrugatedaluminumskinjoinedtogether
atthe
trailingedge.Theflapsareconstructedbasicallythesameastheailerons,
withtheexceptionofthebalanceweightsandtheadditionofaformedsheet
metalleadingedge
section.
Theempennage
(tailassembly)
consists
ofaconventional
vertical
stabilizer,rudder,horizontalstabilizer,andelevator.Theverticalstabiliz
erconsistsofaspar,formedsheetmetalribsandreinforcements,awrap
aroundskinpanel,formedleadingedgeskinandadorsal.Therudder
is
constructedofaformedleadingedgeskincontaininghingehalves,awrap
aroundskinpaneland
ribs,andaformedtrailingedgeskinwithaground
adjustabletrimtabatitsbase.Thetopoftherudderincorporatesaleading
edgeextensionwhichcontainsabalanceweight.Thehorizontalstabilizei
isconstructed
ofaforward
spar,main
spar,formed
sheetmetal
ribsanc
stiffeners,awrap-aroundskinpanel,andformedleadingedgeskins.The
1July
1979
7-;
For F
light
Tra
inin
g R
efer
ence
Onl
y
~e !~1!~5] ~]~~]1~i~~i 1·1l.~"-~"~l!-" ;.:: '0 ~n = _ ~.s.!! .~ .. "1S.! ~~ ~I~ ~~l ~ ._~~~.i~ei "E:;; 00 ,,, =. ,,~ ~·~~"·"i~~i o •
E~ · " l'' i';:;;~~i8 ~.i _E.!l? i ~ ., -~ "'''''6'' .<> ,,- .... E !i ~8~ lf.2 ife,,~.c= ;"~-~~iio o 01 -e." .2 ~l 1 ~~t~g .~~~I~ .. ~g=~ ;;~! . ~c"c1-i ·'e" .,,~~]_o o .hi .... o"";; • .., ... .!I-5 ~ ~~ ~.; oE"E·~ ~1:"". o -., i - ~lCi, :Il;~ - ·!!"~a;~ '" , " 0 ."" ~- - -!a o e" .. ~ ~ 0°- ~] J ~.2J~~ I~aii~i~~= ." _., ., i5==!:,":5;; "_"".2;; i"~-! .' > ." 1! ii~~~H~ ~Hit}~ihi o
&.!! .. • • • •• c.~ Q81-ff ~i! .!! t lf _ · .' l ~""1i:l ~i :";l!" h.., 3Bh1 ;;B~ .:. 1': ~ 11 01 E !I-~"iI-' H'" ~ - - ~ ~~ ~ " .. o 825 3 <>_
;j- j~hlH; ~~.!f;":;B""H; • "5.1: g 0!!-
H jlU~]~] n~rlr;a~l!j. - 1:~~r , ~ -3'; ; -O:"
.. !i 5iiJ~~~~ lig~r~5i!5H ." . ~ z • • •
",,!l~a ~!.! "E"St~p~; ~~·.5iS! l!.H o 1'- .~ o," i c -"ttl ,;!o ; e-, - o." '!lo> ,,- 5-1°' ,,1:0 ~.c ~ .,- _> ~ ,- . w ~I~ ~'~§5!~= ~iio!!-c.51",a!i · " u " O> _ -
""" c- D"" ~".c. 13] c. .. ~ 2S:;. :E p~ ;Ep~ • .;~ ~;; i'ii';~ U.!! e~-·i--"-· ! o i,g.!!§ ,,- - .... ~ . • et ;;i" ~i;ei:;p .. g.5~3e !in "f;1:h:;f:;;~ = ,- o ··li a: . "CI. c 13"~;";\~ c"a l-t;:.;'';.!! ... ;..,~..,,, t;" • %~ ~=§O ,,\il s~ , ." ~ ~ 8", o ~ ~!~ ~~Ej~i~~ ~13E5i II~~~~ ., ~ ... ; - , .0 ~ ,!t ~L ~l?-;;" _'1l -tl§ z .. ,
et ."S i~J";lai~ "li. i.,;"" s!:)a i;'.!! "5
J 1 , .J
SECTION 7
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONSCESSNA
MODEL 152
AILERON CONTROL SYSTEM
RUDDER CONTROL SYSTEM
Figure 7-1. Flight Control and Trim Systems (Sheet 1 of 2)
n
n
n
n
r
n
n
n
.7-4 1 July 1979
n
nFor Flight Training Reference Only
SEC'l'ION 7 AlRPLANE .. SYSTII:MS DSSCtm'TIONS
AlJ..BRON CONTROL 8Y8TEM
RUDDER CONTROL SYSTE'"
CESSNA MOOELIGl!
P'1eure 7_1. F1.IlIhl Coa U'OI ..... Trtm S)'.~"" (Sb ... , 1 ora)
1 J" ly 197\1 -
u
CESSNA
MODEL 152SECTION 7
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
ELEVATOR CONTROL SYSTEM
ELEVATOR TRIM CONTROL SYSTEM
Figure 7-1. Flight Control and Trim Systems (Sheet 2 of 2)
1 July 1979 7-
For Flight Training Reference Only
-
-
(;!;Sl!NA MODE!.. III
8t:CTION 1 AIRPLANII. 8Y~ Or:sCFUrnONI
6U1VATOR CONTROL SYSTIUII
ELEVA TOll Tll.Df CONTJI.OL SYSTIIM
l Jyly lt7'l 7·
nSECTION 7
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONSCESSNA
MODEL 152
Figure 7-2. Instrument Panel (Sheet 1 of 2)
n
n
7-6 1 July 1979
n
n
n
n
n
nFor Flight Training Reference Only
SECTlON7 AffiPLANE • 8YSTEM8 DESCHlf"TIONS
"i.,.. .. 7·2. In.tnlmenl PMel (8b,,",t I 01 11)
,.,
CESSNA MOD&L 1112
I
CD
CD1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
Turn Coordinator
Airspeed Indicator
Suction Gage
Directional Indicator
Attitude Indicator
Airplane Registration Number
Vertical Speed Indicator
Altimeter
Digital Clock
Course Deviation and ILS Glide
Slope Indicator
Transponder
ADF Radio
Marker Beacon Indicator Lights
and Switches
Nav/Com Radio
Audio Control Panel
Flight Hour Recorder
Tachometer
Economy Mixture Indicator (EGT)
ADF Bearing Indicator
Additional Instrument Space
Low-Voltage Warning Light
Ammeter
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.
36.
37.
38.
39.
40.
41.
42.
Map Compartment
Cabin Heat Control
Cabin Air Control
Circuit Breakers
Wing Flap Switch and Position
Indicator
Mixture Control
Throttle (With Friction Lock)
Microphone
Elevator Trim Control Wheel
and Position Indicator
Carburetor Heat Control
Electrical Switches
Oil Pressure Gage
Oil Temperature Gage
Cigar Lighter
Instrument Panel and Radio
Dial Lights Rheostat
Left and Right Fuel
Quantity Indicators
Ignition Switch
Master Switch
Primer
Parking Brake Control
>I—I
a
t-<
zK
EP
w
ra
HM
Cfi
O
w
-.1
CD -J
For Flight Training Reference O
nly
( , ( L , r
- <o - o· ~ o· "oo ~ ~~ ,. Turn CoordlnalOr " M.p Comp~rlment , , Alra.peed l"dl<>a\Ot " C .. bin Hu&< eon.ro] , , Suc:Uon Gag. ~. C .. bl" Alt Control • •• DI,,,,,Uonal Indic .. 'or .. Clreult Bre&lr.ers , ,. AIUlude lndic"lOt " Wlng f'lo.p Swtlcll and PoIII!!on • < •• Alrplane Regi.t'Mion Number lndk .. tor • ,. Ve,Ife .. ] Speed Indle ... or .. Mialu .... Com.w
• Allimeter " 'l'hrotlle (WlIh Frle!!on l.<x:k) • , DigitaI Clock " M icrophone
i " Cou .... Devi"';on and ILS Olido " ElevAtor 1'rim Control Wh ... t > , Slope lndlc&tor end Po.ltion Indle ... or , • " 'l'nnspon<ler ,. Cuburetor HUI Conlrol , ,
" AOP !\adIo n Eloctrlcal SW;Whu ~ > ,
" Marlte, Be"""n Indicato. Llgh\a ". 011 P, ... "u .... GAgo Z • • Rnd SwiLche8 " Dii Tempo,a..u", G~ • , ". Nav/Com Ro.dlo " Clga. Liglt\n • -. " Audio Control Panel " In.\cume"l Pan.l .00 !\adIo • • " l'Hg)>! Hour Recorder 01 .. 1 Lij:h18 Rheolll.' < • • , ". l'8.<)hom."" " LoIf1 .. nd ftight J'ul>l " " ". Eoonomy Mb:lu .... Indiea lor (EOT) QuanU1y Indlct.lors • < a " ADI" Bea""g IndlealOr " Ignillon Swllcll • " 00. Addillo n.l InBlmmaDI Spa.ce ". M"" ... r S ... Uch ~ ". L<>w.voll&g<l W. rnlng Llghi " Prlmer
~. Ammeter ., ParklDI Br.lle Conlrol • a. '. ~~ 88
~ ZZ "<
n
SECTION 7 CESSNA
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS MODEL 152
horizontal stabilizer also contains the elevator trim tab actuator. Con
struction of the elevator consists of a main spar and bellcrank, left and
right wrap-around skin panels, and a formed trailing edge skin on the left
half of the elevator; the entire trailing edge of the right half is hinged and
forms the elevator trim tab. The leading edge of both left and right elevator
tips incorporate extensions which contain balance weights. "
FLIGHT CONTROLS
The airplane's flight control system (see figure 7-1) consists of
conventional aileron, rudder, and elevator control surfaces. The control
surfaces are manually operated through mechanical linkage using a
control wheel for the ailerons and elevator, and rudder/brake pedals for
the rudder.
Extensions are available for the rudder/brake pedals. They consist of a
rudder pedal face, two spacers and two spring clips. To install an exten
sion, place the clip on the bottom of the extension under the bottom of the
rudder pedal and snap the top clip over the top of the rudder pedal. Check
that the extension is firmly in place. To remove the extensions, reverse the
above procedures.
TRIM SYSTEM _
A manually-operated elevator trim tab is provided. Elevator trimming
is accomplished through the elevator trim tab by utilizing the vertically
mounted trim control wheel. Forward rotation of the trim wheel will trim
nose-down; conversely, aft rotation will trim nose-up.
INSTRUMENT PANEL
The instrument panel (see figure 7-2) is designed to place the primary
flight instruments directly in front of the pilot. The gyro-operated flight
instruments are arranged one above the other, slightly to the left of the
control column. To the left of these instruments are the airspeed indicator,
turn coordinator, and suction gage. The clock, altimeter, vertical speed
indicator, and navigation instruments are above and/or to the right of the
control column. Avionics equipment is stacked approximately on the
centerline of the panel, with space for additional equipment on the lower
right side of the instrument panel. The right side of the panel also contains
the tachometer, ammeter, low-voltage light, economy mixture indicator
(EGT) and additional instruments such as a flight hour recorder. The left
switch and control panel, under the primary instrument panel, contains
7-8 1 July 1979
For Flight Training Reference Only
SECTION 7 AIItP!.ANI!: '" 8YST&MS D~SCRIPTIONS
CESSNA MOD!.:!. 1~
M.I'M"'I .'Ohll\U1' o,.., "".lOlno 1M .Iovotor trlm 'oh oetuoto,_ Con· .'",ctlo<! 01 1M ol.v"'o, con . "'-" 01 o m o!n 1p.t.' .M I>oUe.....,k. lenond n&bt .... p-around .kln pon.l •. orni . 10""0<I .... lIIn."" ••• kln on 'h. 10ft ba!! al "'" .I.v.",,, ..... ntl ... 'nllinll odll. al .b. nlbl h.lI io blnllod oDd IQ""" 'b •• Inato' trlm IOb. Th.l.adlol"""" 01 bolill.noDd n .... ' elevo,"", Ilpo Uto<>rpor." u"n,loDo wblch con.aID 1>al .... oo w.lllb ••.
FUGHT CONTROLS
TIte al!"l'lon.·' ili .... ""'''t'OI ';r."'" 1_ 1l1JU'" 7.1l """"101.0 01 ç"''''o.tlonol .1l0t'Oo. rudd., ...... d .'.volOr 0<> .. ",1 ,urI",,". TIto con.",I ouri",," or. "'",,0011..- "!M'n"'" "'",uRb _ .... 10.1 Ilnk""" ua,., • ",,"Uol wb .. llor <bo oll.,..,.o Ond . Iovotor. &Dd ru_,/1>r<e pedalo lor Iho ruddot.
Exto""IQDO ueovo,loblolor<bo ruddorlbn.llo pedalo. TbOYOODObl 010 >"U01<! ... po<I'" fooo. two 'p_n .M t",o OprtDg ollp • . To 'n"." .., ex," •• olon. plOOO 1It. dlp OD 'bo boIlOm <>I 'ho u,"noioD wtd., .b. bo''''''' 01 <bo rudder ~al ..,d .D.p 'bo top clip OV" iii. IOp 0111>. tu_. l'OdoJ. Cbr<:k \ho, 1It. o~te""loa lo rInnly la pl~. Ta.-.mave <ho o" te"ol""o. rovo,... .bo _bovo proc«lur ...
TRIM SYSTEM
INSTRUM ENT PANEL
TlHt In",,,,mo .. ' panol (000 llgu .. 7_2) IO do"gnO<l to pl_ .ho p",,,ary flip. inotn>monta d''''''Uy In f1o<>.t o' 'ho pii",. TI>o lfYJ"O-<>""rate~ Uillhl I .. "",,,,,n,-" a ....... ...,..., ono _bovo lIto alltor. ,UlhtlY to "'" 1.11 al Uto oOnl"'l oolumn. To!ho I.n QllIt ••• I ... """"'nta .... "'" .InI~ IMltator. lu,n """"U"ator •• nd ."",tIan i'S", no clook. "'U"","',. '.rtloal .~ Indico"' •. ond uavlgoUan IDolrllrn.D,-" ~ _bov. andio, IO "'" righI ol<ho 00",,..,1 calamo. Avlo"l .. oqulpmon, I •• ....,kod a pprnx lmAtoly GO \ho ""n,.,rUne 01 <ho panol ... ,'" opaee lar addltlonal .q'Hp",on. on Ilt. lo ... , n .. h •• ,do 01 .bo Instrumont pano' . Tho ngM .Id. 0111>0 1"'-"01 0.100 "",,"'mo <h • ....,""m ... '. omm ... ,. 1O .. ·vollO," Il .. b~ oooo_y ml" uro Indlc._ (EOT) 'nd addi.lao.1 in.'''' ..... '' .. o"cb .. o fllibt ba", RICOrdo,. TlHt 1.11 ''''lOh Ond con«<>' i>'"ol. und., <ho p,lmary In.trum.", po"ol. ""n •• lno
,., 'Ju'y'''''''
CESSNA
SECTION
7
MODEL
152
AIRPLANE&SYSTEMSDESCRIPTIONS
the
fuelquantity
indicators,cigarlighter,andengineinstrumentsposi
tionedbelowthepilot'scontrolwheel.The
electricalswitches,paneland
radio
light
rheostat
knob,
ignitionand
master
switches,
primer,
and
parkingbrakecontrolarelocatedaroundtheseinstruments.Theengine
controls,wingflapswitch,andcabinairandheatcontrolknobsaretothe
rightofthe
pilot,
atthecenter
oftheswitchandcontrolpanel.Directly
below
these
controls
are
theelevatortrim
controlwheel,trimposition
indicator,microphone,andcircuitbreakers.Amapcompartment
isonthe
extremerightsideoftheswitchandcontrolpanel.
Fordetailsconcerningtheinstruments,switches,circuitbreakers,and
controlsonthispanel,referinthissectiontothedescriptionofthesystems
towhichtheseitemsarerelated.
GROUNDCONTROL
Effectivegroundcontrolwhiletaxiing
isaccomplishedthroughnose
wheelsteeringbyusingtherudderpedals;leftrudderpedaltosteerleftand
rightrudder
pedal
to
steer
right.When
arudderpedal
isdepressed,
a
spring-loadedsteeringbungee(which
isconnectedtothenosegearandto
therudderbars)willturnthenosewheelthroughanarcofapproximately
8.5°eachsideofcenter.Byapplyingeitherleftorrightbrake,thedegreeof
turnmay
beincreasedup
to30°each
sideofcenter.
>>>
Figure
7-3.WingFlapSystem
1July
1979
7-9
For F
light
Tra
inin
g R
efer
ence
Onl
y
-. .;ni~~H '! s ... ·gJ;o'O /\ ~ ZZ o'i"~ 92 i'i' 3~::~ " "= 5" §~ ~i~·5i:il.!: ' . f,.!: ~ ~ E ~ ." • ]Jj . ~ " ,"'! etaf-<p.H H .I <lo:r. ~ ·0 ~ .. -lI ~ g;'s. • e.., .l!]p~ .0 i 3 ,!!" .. ':;: ~ ~!I"" ..: ·0
:!-~ ,,--." ,~i 'l"" • ;tJ:!gH",~ ::: r; f!: , O-l ""~8 " "'M !l"f." E "e .. .a g g~ a.-' H I-lIH h3 ,
c_~ -l .~ • _li! .. cS" ,. "ti "'~.
, > ih!.!I..,8<3. •• e"~"Oll " • " .!:ie~eh • • ."a:!l'SSl! "'il " • ~.. .- ~ "-::" 8:10: .. l ; sj:"" ~..: ~- 'o " ~g!l·--"2 • o 9.!!i!.-5':2 ,,-' ~.~ ... il
-"",-I .. • =:" " g~" l!:.:a..aOl", ""0 - .. ..,. - h,,~ ,
~·"'l'\l<l>'::· ';~,;S~I.!3 ~ - ~ .!!~" .1 _~ '-0 >,
~ ,,;t Et .... ~ .. ~ ~ .,} " ) 'I:!c;;. o - .. 1""9 • .. = l!: e,,§e_" •
.!li!? " -,::; ~e"'''" ~ ~ • .. .., <Il ~
e..: .. z 8t:3"i!~1 , . . l;ii=i-o , , o 8 "'~ "
~>. J~ f ~.., "l- g .' ! .... " 0_
g-~i~~il:!> ., o ~~ =l~h , h-s z (/ ~ t ,. "j11", ",,' -!''' ....
-; ::: .. .!! 'Ii:!l Il E . .- ~ ] ~·d.::: ~ z· ,n~ •
~! 21.!3:H.:;~~~ o 10i i.;; l' 2 ~ E ~ .0 .. ~a·"-'.!- 00 " ... ,,;;.,, :, E -o, :; 8d_= " " ~i:,,':!ii.,a
l , l l J J 1
SECTION 7 CESSNA
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS MODEL 152
Moving the airplane by hand is most easily accomplished by attaching
a tow bar to the nose gear strut. If a tow bar is not available, or pushing is
required, use the wing struts as push points. Do not use the vertical or
horizontal surfaces to move the airplane. If the airplane is to be towed by
vehicle, never turn the nose wheel more than 30° either side of center or
structural damage to the nose gear could result.
LANDING GEAR SYSTEM
The landing gear is of the tricycle type with a steerable nose wheel and
two main wheels. The landing gear may be equipped with wheel fairings.
Shock absorption is provided by the tubular spring-steel main landing
gear struts and the air/ oil nose gear shock strut. Each main gear wheel is
equipped with a hydraulically actuated disc-type brake on the inboard side
of each wheel. When wheel fairings are installed an aerodynamic fairing
covers each brake.
BAGGAGE COMPARTMENT
The baggage compartment consists of the area from the back of the
pilot and passenger's seats to the aft cabin bulkhead. Access to the baggage
n
nThe minimum turning radius of the airplane, using differential
braking and nose wheel steering during taxi, is approximately 24 feet 8
inches. To obtain a minimum radius turn during ground handling, the
airplane may be rotated around either main landing gear by pressing down
on the tailcone just forward of the vertical stabilizer to raise the nose wheel
off the ground.
WING FLAP SYSTEM
nThe wing flaps are of the single-slot type with a maximum deflection of
30° (see figure 7-3). They are extended or retracted by positioning the wing
flap switch lever on the instrument panel to the desired flap deflection
position. The switch lever is moved up or down in a slot in the instrument
panel that provides mechanical stops at the 10° and 20° positions. For flap
settings greater than 10°, move the switch lever to the right to clear the stop
and position it as desired. A scale and pointer on the left side of the switch
lever indicates flap travel in degrees. The wing flap system circuit is
protected by a 15-ampere circuit breaker, labeled FLAP, on the right side of
the instrument panel.
"
n
7-10 1 July 1979
For Flight Training Reference Only
$ECTION 7 Cl!;$SN .... AIRPLANE • SYSTEM$ DESCR IPTIONS MODEL 1~
Mo"I'" llIe urpl.ne by Il,,,,d l, moaleuily aooompUlIlIed by Mlacl>lnr • IO'" b...- IO tbe nOM eee. $l.NL II .. 1ft-. bl.r t. no' .. val1able. or puolline I. roqulred. UM Ula .. 1"1' . ' N'" .. pu_h potnlL DD not u .. llIe ve"l,,""l o r horl.ontal.urf..,.. '" ",ove u. •• Irpl ...... Il UI •• Irpl"". 1.10 bo IOwed by v.llld •• I1.v.r luru Ibo ........ h"1 more UI .... 30" .lIh~r .ide or ",,,,I<>, Or ~INC1.Ural do.map \O Ihe..- get.. oould .... uIL
n, minlmum .urulnl ..... 11 ... 01 III •• Irplan •. _h'l dilr ... "ua.l bralnns- and n<>Q wh"1 _leerlnr d .. r lnll" taxi. ia &pp",,,h"a"'ly Z4 1_ B iDeb.,.. To obla.l" a mln.l",,,,,, tsd.I".. I ...... d",inII" IrolUld 1Ir.mllin,. !be .apI""" may be roI.I.ted uou"delUl' ..... 1n IaDdln"urby preMi", do .... OD .b. ""lIoo".Jul\lo ...... ..., oflhe vertleal nablllzer IO raI..,lh, n ..... wll .... ] alt Ihe ero" ......
WING FLAP SYSTEM
ne '" Ine nap. a r. o, lha sin (fl ••• lOl type wlth e m e~ m 11m deneello" 01 lO" (_ ngu .. 7,3), They e,. ..... ndltd o, nolraet.<! by po.lllonine III, .. In, n.p .,..ll<:h la",r on UI, 1""Nm."1 p"".l '" Ula <1 .. 1.-..1 nap d,n""u"n poai.lon. Th. a ... ll<:h levar le moved up o . down In e .101 In \he Ine'N", .. n' pana] Utal provida. mMehenlcal ."'p. al III. III" end 20" po.lllona. l'o. n.p HItWIl"" II"",QIIt. lh&n. IO', mO"tU.a,w!WIl lo,,, •• '" 111M .Ight IOdn.llla ."'p .nd poaitlou Il .. d~~lrod, A sul~ a"<1 poi"IC:. 011 !lIQ I.rl old. 0.1111. "wllcll leve. Indl"""'a nap Iravel In deVflctI. The ",Inll: flllp Iyww", circuiI Lo prol«l1.e<l by .. I~ .• mpe,. Clroull b."keT.]~beIO<l PLAP, on Ille d,hl sldc 01 111e tnslrom .. n1 pane!.
LANDING GEAR SYSTEM
Tb, tandin" " .... I. al u.. 1,lcycl. typa Wllh ......... bi. nu •• wb ... land IwO mai" .. h.al., Th,I&n.IlliIIIU' ",ay t.t equ lppood wUh wll ... 1 f&irIDg:a. Shock oboorplIDn Il pl'O>,ldod by Iho lub"la. Iprllll·ot.WIIIl&ID la<l<ll"lI" re&/" 9Iru ...... <1 Ihe .. 1'/011 nOMlnrshock SI'''\' Ea.ch m"ln IJM' ... be&11fI equlpped wlUl a bydraulleal1y &Clu ....... dl_type b.al<. on 'helnbo .. rd .\de or .. eh wh.,l. Wban "'ha,l f.,r,ng:a e,. ;n ... IlOKl,." aen>dyoamlc lelrlne cova •• a"",1l b . alca,
BAGGAGECOMPARTMENT
Thc t>a.Kk"ll' oo."p&J'\lllenl conll,n 01 III ... re .. lrom III. back DI th. pll<M .... d p.aseop."H&lIlO the &.Ile .. blll b .. lkhcll4. ACC9'~ '" Ih~ ~
7·10 I July \979
CESSNA SECTION 7
MODEL 152 AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
compartment is gained from within the airplane cabin. A baggage net with
six tie-down straps is provided for securing baggage and is attached by
tying the straps to tie-down rings provided in the airplane. When loading
the airplane, children should not be placed or permitted in the baggage
compartment, unless a child's seat is installed, and any material that
might be hazardous to the airplane or occupants should not be placed
anywhere in the airplane. For baggage area dimensions, refer to Section 6.
SEATS
The seating arrangement consists of two separate adjustable seats for
the pilot and passenger and, if installed, a child's seat in the rear cabin
area. The pilot's and passenger's seats are available in two designs: four-
way and six-way adjustable.
Four-way seats may be moved forward or aft, and the seat back angle
changed. To position either seat, lift the lever under the inboard corner of
the seat, slide the seat into position, release the lever, and check that the
seat is locked in place. To adjust the seat back, pull forward on the knob
under the center of the seat and apply pressure to the back. To return the
seat back to the upright position, pull forward on the exposed portion of the
seat back frame. Both seat backs will also fold full forward.
The six-way seats may be moved forward or aft, adjusted for height,
and the seat back angle changed. Position either seat by lifting the tubular
handle under the inboard front corner of the seat bottom and slide the seat
to the desired position. Release the lever and check that the seat is locked in
place. To raise or lower the seat, rotate the crank located under the
outboard corner of each seat. Seat back angle is adjustable by rotating a
lever on the rear inboard corner of each seat. To adjust either seat back,
rotate the lever aft and apply pressure against the back until it stops
moving; then release the lever. The seat back may be returned to the
upright position by pulling forward on the exposed portion of the lower
seat back frame. Check that the release lever has returned to its vertical
position. Both seat backs will fold full forward.
A child's seat is available for installation in the rear of the cabin. The
seat back is secured to the cabin sidewalls, and the seat bottom is attached
to brackets on the floor. This seat is non-adjustable.
1 July 1979 7-11
For Flight Training Reference Only
-
-
CESSNA MODEL 11>2
SECTlON7 AIRPLANB .. 8Y8TEM8 DE8CRIPTtONS
<:<nnpUl.lnenlll .... IliO<! lrom ....tllllllille .. Irplaneoabln. A ..... rraee nel .. ilh sil< <le·down s!r .. pe I. provldO<! fo • ...,.,rlnr b .... sa«e and I •• tlAe~ed by ,ylna: III. str .. p. '" Ila-do .. n . Ingo p ....... l"ed In tbl .Irpl..., • . Wb.., laa.dlng Ihe .. Irpl.n • . "III I" ... n 1II0uld nOI bi pliICed Or po-nnll\ed l .. tbl ba.gg"l!" eompanrn.n .. unl .. 1 • ~IIUd·. _, Il Inl\alle<l. and lUlY m"\eri&! 1II.1 mlllli bi Il,,,,anlQu. IO tbe &!.rp1Nl' o. -"p""'l8 ~uld nOI be plr.oed a.nywbere In ~ .Irpl.n .. For b&&I,.... • .-.&dlm .... lon •. r.t.r"'Sect.ion II.
SEATS Tl>e .... Ilnl ....... nnm.nl C<>"8ill8 01 110'0 M~1e adlu$\able _1.8 tor 'h. pllo •• nd pal .. npr I0Il<1. U 1n""UO<! ... ~1I1ld.·. _I m !be rea' eabIn
.... L T~ pdOl·. and p-u ....... er. ".18 ....... vaUtoble In ",""deslpc: !ou ... way &noi li,,·way adjuslable.
FOO.· ... , .... 18 m .. , bi mo""" to ..... 1""11 Dr alt. Ind u.. ... 1 b&ek .ngle cll.nge<!. To poRlllon olth ........ 11111110 lov.. undo. 1M 1nb<>,,1""11 come.ol Ih ....... olld, tho ••• , In'" po.llion .... 1 .... the lenr. and "beck th.111uI .... 1 i. IDCk"" in piace. To o.dJ"lil IhO .00' back. p"U lorwanl o .. Ihe Itnob ""dc. Ihe """ter .. 1 Iho "'"1 .. ,,01 Ippl, prell"ure \O the baok. To rolurn tho "" .. I back \O Iha up.l,hl posilion. pull !orw .. r<t on Ihe ""po""" \XI"lon 01 the ..,al back Ir.mo. BOlli seal bMb wll! .. 180 10101 full !orw~rd.
Thl .Ix_w"l" ." .. " mal' bi movod lorwlrd or .. ft. a4jUltod to. bela:h~ .,,01 thl ..... 1 b&ek Inile cb&nied. POlilion ellber lui by IIftlnr \he lubul..,. b .... dle undor !be IIIhc>J.rd front {)Orne' 01 Ih. se.t bol"'m .nd 81\"" \h ........ \O \.bo de sl.-.cl \XI,ltI 011. ne!_ th. 1 tver &noi ~b""k Ih.t th. "".11. locked In plll<le. To r.lse O. lO"" Ihe ... " .. rot.te th. c.ank loc.ted un ... \ho OUll)o.ard {)Om.r 01 .... h ..... S .. I b""k anSi. 1.lldju.labl. by ",talinA" " le" .. on \h. ",LI" IlIbQ,o.rd oome. or ,,,,,b ..,&1. To adJulI\ " Ither ""'.1 b&<:k. rotate \h . I.vo •• n IDd Ipply pre .. uro .... linf\!be b&<:k untU II ,,,,,,,, movlnlr. \hell rel ... e \he lever. The ""I baIok m.y bo returnecl lo \he upria"bl _ilioll by pulUn .. Icnoilord OD th •• ~_ portlOD 01 llul lo .... ... , b...::k "&1IIe. Check th.I!b, ... 1_ Ilv •• Il ...... 1"",111 '" I .. v.";cu P'Nlllon. 80th .... 1 b&ek ... 111 101" full lo .... rd.
A cbilel·, ..... 1 ilo Iv&IJabl, lo. 1II..u.u.1I011 In !be teer 01 !be .,&bln. Tbe _I b&c:k b .""".-.cI "'!b" Q&bln ~_&lJI. IDd !be _t beltolA ".tleChed \O b.....,ke .. cn u.. noor. T:b..I, ""II, 1I01I-&dJlUllable.
I Ju ly lt'l'11 7-11
SECTION 7
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
STANDARD SHOULDER
HARNESS
NARROW RELEASE ST
(Pull up when lengthi
harness)
FREE END OF HARNESS
(Pull down to tighten!
SHOULDER HARNESS
CONNECTING LINK
(Snap onto retaining st
SEAT BELT LINK HALF
\ND SHOULDER HARNE
DETAINING STUD
FREE END OF SEAT BELT
(Pull to tighten)
CESSNA
MODEL 152
(PILOT'SSEATSHOWN)
SEAT BELT/SHOULDER
HARNESS WITH INERTIA
REEL
SEAT BELT BUCKLE
(Non adjustable)
SEAT BELT/SHOULDER HARNESS
ADJUSTABLE LINK
(Position link just below shoulder
level; pull link and harness down
ward to connect to seat belt buckle)
Figure 7-4. Seat Belts and Shoulder Harnesses
7-12 1 July 1979
n
n
-
-
-
r
r
n
nFor Flight Training Reference Only
SEC'TION 7 AIRf'I..ANE .k SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
"ONO". '""", ... " .. "'"
....... _---------- ...... _--_~_M __ .....
CESSNA MOOEL 1:.2
l'''OT"' " ... , '''OW,, )
" .. "" /'"""'0 11 .UN'" """ '.10" • .. "
r lgu .. 7 ..... So., Bol .. o.n<I Srn,uJdo, Ho .... __
CESSNA SECTION 7
MODEL 152 AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
SEAT BELTS AND SHOULDER HARNESSES
All seat positions are equipped with seat belts (see figure 7-4). The
pilot's and passenger's seats are also equipped with separate shoulder
harnesses. Integrated seat belt/shoulder harnesses with inertia reels can
be furnished for the pilot's and passenger's seat positions if desired.
SEAT BELTS
The seat belts used with the pilot's seat, passenger's seat, and the
child's seat (if installed) are attached to fittings on the floorboard. The
buckle half of the seat belt is inboard of each seat and has a fixed length; the
link half of the belt is outboard and is the adjustable part of the belt.
To use the seat belts for the pilot's and passenger's seats, position the
seat as desired, and then lengthen the link half of the belt as needed by-
grasping the sides of the link and pulling against the belt. Insert and lock
the belt link into the buckle. Tighten the belt to a snug fit by pulling the free
end of the belt. The seat belt for the child's seat (if installed) is used in the
same manner as the belts for the pilot's and passenger's seats. To release
the seat belts, grasp the top of the buckle opposite the link and pull upward.
SHOULDER HARNESSES
Each shoulder harness is attached to a rear doorpost above the window
line and is stowed behind a stowage sheath above the cabin door. To stow
the harness, fold it and place it behind the sheath. No harness is available
for the child's seat.
The shoulder harnesses are used by fastening and adjusting the seat
belt first. Then, lengthen the harness as required by pulling on the
connecting link on the end of the harness and the narrow release strap.
Snap the connecting link firmly onto the retaining stud on the seat belt link
half. Then adjust to length. Removing the harness is accomplished by
pulling upward on the narrow release strap and removing the harness
connecting link from the stud on the seat belt link. In an emergency, the
shoulder harness may be removed by releasing the seat belt first and
allowing the harness, still attached to the link half of the seat belt, to drop to
the side of the seat.
Adjustment of the shoulder harness is important. A properly adjusted
harness will permit the occupant to lean forward enough to sit completely
erect, but prevent excessive forward movement and contact with objects
during sudden deceleration. Also, the pilot will want the freedom to reach
all controls easily.
1 July 1979 7-l£
For Flight Training Reference Only
-
-
-
-
CESSNA MODEL !~
SECTION7 AIRPI.ANE & SYSTEMS DESCRWl10NS
SEAT BELTS ANO SHOULOER HARNESSES
AH .... , POOIUOD' .... oqUip~ ",'b _, bol .. ( ... Ii"" ... ?-i), Th. pilO\', .... " _age"o ......... ùoo oqulppo<l .. i'h "p ....... ""oul<lll, ham ....... lnl<tsrated .. o, bolli """ul<lll, lu.rn . ..... w]t~ la.nla .... 1. ca.. bo lumlobo<! lor Iba pllo", &od pUHOp'·O ... , _"1000 \f 400h.:'.
SEAT 8ElTS
Th ... o.' bollO "ood .. 11b Ibo pil"", _~ P .... OIl"· ..... ,. IUId Ibo ohlld· • ..,., (H 1 ..... lIod) .re .. _Md to fiUlng. 011 Ib. noo..-rd The buo~" haJ. o ' 'ho ........ ",. In""a"" ol • ..,h ........ d bu .. I,nd longlh: lhII llnk hall 01 .h. boli l. O<>'_rd 0JId I. lhII adj,,",""l. po.rt 01 ilio .... l~
To u .. \ho .... bol .. lo, \h. pilo'·. aod po ... oSO,· ...... , "".]t;.,,, \he .. a ... doaltod ..... ,d lIIon lonll""o UI. Ilnk haJ! 01 Ib. bol ... D_by Il ..... plog 'ho o,de. 01 IhIIllok .od pulUng agaln •• 'be boli. In .. " and I""k 'he boli Unk Into "'O buOklo_ T!gb"'n IO. bo" to U,.ug tttby pu'''ngtno' .... • nd Of Ih. boli. Tho ... , boell lo, III. ohild· ...... (II In,"'l4od) I. "Nel In 'ho ""'0 ......",..r u Ib. boel .. lor Ib. 1',1",' ..... d p ..... o"." .... tt_ To "'l . . .. \h. on' bol ... STuP "'" top o!th.bucklooppo.l1<tIb.Unkaod pulJ upwonL
SHQULDER HARNESSES
Eaen o~""'d" Hm .... I •• "ae~t<I to ..... 'dOOrpOt'''''''v. u. ... 1~dOw n~. Uld i. t<O"'o<! bohiod •• "''' ..... b • .,h abov ..... COl>lo doo<, To .lO" "'. bo.m .... lold li r.nd ,,1_ il bohi.o.d lhII oltooth. No hom ... i. ovol!ab" lo, .b. oblld '. H.L
The ohould., h""'oSS<lo ..... uxd by I •• "'o,ng .od ad)u •• ing <ho~" boli IIn, Th.n. '.oll'lhoo lhII bom ..... ,oqulrod by pulUnS 00 Ihe <",,,,,,,,Un~ Jmk 00 ili • • nd of "'. b.,ne ... od.bo Darrow ... 1 .... alnp-8nap Iheconn""Uolllnk nO'ntlyonlO <b. ", .. l~!n~~'"don 'hO .... boli Ilnk hol!, Th.n adj"o' to I.nlr'h. fl<tmoving th. ham .... i. oocompH.hed by p""!nll' upwan:l <>11 Ib. n.l'TOw ... loUII .. rap r.nd .... """'Ing "'o home .. ""nno,,"og Un~ 'rom!h. "U<! OD Ih ..... bolO IInk. I .. "" ."'. 'gonoy. 'M .Muld.." h .... n ••• Inay bo ... ",.,...o<! by ... 1 ... 101 "'o .... boH li", ..... d .110,.. !t>. "'. ba ....... , •• dl .,....,hO<l IO III. llnk hall QI!ho .. al bo U. IO d'QP to 'h • • id, ot th. Ha'.
I\dj"~'m.nl Qf ,h. oho.1d. , hm .... I. ImponanL Il pro"""y adJ".tod ham" .. ..,lll l'''rnI'' "'O """"pan< to le"" !.,.,...rd on..ugh IO.H ""mpletoly .~', bUI p,,"von, .. ., ••• Ivo lo""ord mOvOmOn' r.nd con...., ... I.h Ob}K1O du,inl .uddeo <1«01 ..... <100. Alto. u.o l'Ilo' .. III """I ",.I .. O<Iom IO .. .ch aU wolrol •• uUy.
I Ju'y 177\1 ?U
To open the doors from outside the airplane, utilize the recessed door
handle near the aft edge of each door. Grasp the forward edge of the handle
and pull out. To close or open the doors from inside the airplane, use the
recessed door handle and arm rest. Both cabin doors should be checked for
security prior to flight, and should not be opened intentionally during
flight.
NOTE
Accidental opening of a cabin door in flight due to
improper closing does not constitute a need to land the
airplane. The best procedure is to set up the airplane in a
trimmed condition at approximately 65 KIAS, momentar
ily shove the door outward slightly, and forcefully close
the door.
Exit from the airplane is accomplished by grasping the forward edge
of the door handle and pulling. To lock the airplane, lock the right cabin
door from the inside by lifting up on the lever near the aft edge of the door,
close the left cabin door, and using the ignition key, lock the door.
7-14 1 July 1979
"SECTION 7 CESSNA
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS MODEL 152
"INTEGRATED SEAT BELT/SHOULDER HARNESSES WITH
INERTIA REELS
Integrated seat belt/ shoulder harnesses with inertia reels are availa
ble for the pilot and front seat passenger. The seat belt/ shoulder harnesses
extend from inertia reels located in the upper cabin sidewall just aft of each
cabin door to attach points outboard of the front seats. A separate seat belt
half and buckle is located inboard of the seats. Inertia reels allow complete
freedom of body movement. However, in the event of a sudden deceleration,
they will lock automatically to protect the occupants.
To use the seat belt/shoulder harness, position the adjustable metal
link on the harness at about shoulder level, pull the link and harness
downward, and insert the link in the seat belt buckle. Adjust belt tension
across the lap by pulling upward on the shoulder harness. Removal is
accomplished by releasing the seat belt buckle, which will allow the
inertia reel to pull the harness outboard of the seat.
ENTRANCE DOORS AND CABIN WINDOWS
Entry to, and exit from the airplane is accomplished through either of
two entry doors, one on each side of the cabin (refer to Section 6 for cabin
and cabin door dimensions). The doors incorporate a recessed exterior and
interior door handle, a key-operated door lock (left door only), a door stop
mechanism, and an openable window.
"
n
For Flight Training Reference Only
SECTION 7 AIRPLANE '" SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
CESSNA MODEL 152
lNTEGRATED SEAT 8ELTl SHOU LDER HARNES SES WlTH INERTI A REElS
In'ft~ .. 1ed ..... bell/abnulM' h .. m .... 1 .. III> In.rtlo. ... 1. "no a""I1 ... bi. (o. the p,l'" ... d lronl",ll p ...... IlIrt'. Th ....... 1o.1l1.huulda, ba"' ....... cxleBd from IAertl" ..... '-l_!ed ID'bl uppercabiJIaide .. IlIJ ... t o.tloloa.cb Cablll door IO attacb poln .. OIItbo&rd of lIIe lTon l seale. A sepa.ace se'" belI half u.d 00""111. 10()&!ed InlMl.rd of 1II", ... te. Inlrtlo. .... ballo .. oompl_ rr-tom of~ m.,.,.m.nl. HO,""I'. ,nlll •• ".n,m o. ."_'1 LleceII".llon. 1II&,. ... m 1",,1l .. ulomo.'i""U,. IO prollC' III. """"p ......
To ..... lIIe ... , boitllllhov.lder h&nIItH. pOlillon I.lw adi .. ""'bil .... 1&1. linll. "" UL<r b.rne ... , .t>ou' IlLoulde, leve!' pull tbe liJllI. a&Ld banHIalo down .... n! .... d iJI..,n Ihe UMln III .... , bel'_le. AdJ ... , btl'lens"''' acron \be l.p by pul1hll upwal"d OD obe aboulde. h.me .... Remo"", b acoom pllshod by releulnl ili. HaI bel. bucll:le. whleh .. m .Uow \be lnenl ...... 1 IO plill \bI h.,.,. ... oulbo&", 01 lIIe .... 1.
ENTRANCE DOORS ANO CABIN WINDOWS
.:nll)' lo .... d uil from \b" .l.planl l. """"mpll.h.,d Ihrolllh IllIIe. or 'wo Inll)' dom'" ono on .. cb .ido 0 1 Il .. cab,n ( .. fl' lo Sectlon 810 . cabln &nd ~.bi" doo,dimen.iO..-). Tbt doo .. !ncorpo ....... <:tII_ oxl.eno. and Interio, don, b&JIdle .• 1lo)"Op\l,"11/d don . lnek Olh doo. un1y) ... doo •• Iop ",echa.uJ"",. a.nd ,"o openahlo wl"dOw.
TO opan ULe doo •• from oulllide lhe.lrplano. IIlil1ao Ibe reoouc<l door h"odle neM Ibe ~ft odle Ol ...... h don •. G, .... p 'he fOrwMd .,dre oIlhe hand!e .. nd pllii Olll TO olose O' open Che doors fTom Inslde 'he alrplane. use Ihe .... ce •• od doo. handle and arm ..... C. Uot~. ubln don ••• hollld be che<;kod for """". ICy l'Mo . '" nlrhl .• nd should noi be openod Incenllonal1y durlnl flIlM.
N'''' Aeeldlnca.! oponln, of a cabln d"". In l!I .. hC dUI '" lmp""", ' cl ... lnl' do .. nOI ""n,U' ..... noed lo l""d ti". &1rplan •. Th. _ I prllOlCl ..... tllO MI up u.. airpl .. ". In" "',mmld "" .. d,"<> ... 1 a pprod ...... ly 8a KIAS. momeot&l'· !Il' Ilio". Ibe door oulwud. ,U,btly. &1,d fo,"""fully d" .. Uli don •.
Edl frwn \be o.lrpl&JIetl o.ooompltohed by ,.upln, lIIe lorwud..,dre of!be doo. handll and pulllIlC. To lock \bI .lrplane. l""k lIIe tip, c.aJ>ln door Il'Om Ih. In.IM h)' llfUIIC IIp on Ih. l,,, •• n"'T \b. att Id", of lIIe don • . dOA'h, Iin .,.,bin don •• and ... inS Ib, Isn,lloll kll'. lIx:k \he dooT.
7·14 1 JIII)' 11179
-
CESSNA SECTION 7
MODEL 152 AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
Both cabin doors are equipped with openable windows. The windows
are held in the closed position by a detent equipped latch on the lower edge
of the window frame. To open either window, rotate the latch upward. The
windows are equipped with a spring-loaded retaining arm which will help
rotate the window outward, and hold it there. If required, the windows may
be opened at any speed up to 149 KIAS. All other cabin windows are of the
fixed type and cannot be opened. Two additional fixed windows may be
installed in the cabin top.
CONTROL LOCKS
A control lock is provided to lock the aileron and elevator control
surfaces to prevent damage to these systems by wind buffeting while the
airplane is parked. The lock consists of a shaped steel rod with a red metal
flag attached to it. The flag is labeled CONTROL LOCK, REMOVE
BEFORE STARTING ENGINE. To install the control lock, align the hole
in the top of the pilot's control wheel shaft with the hole in the top of the
shaft collar on the instrument panel and insert the rod into the aligned
holes. Installation of the lock will secure the ailerons in a neutral position
and the elevators in a slightly trailing edge down position. Proper
installation of the lock will place the red flag over the ignition switch. In
areas where high or gusty winds occur, a control surface lock should be
installed over the vertical stabilizer and rudder. The control lock and any
other type of locking device should be removed prior to starting the engine.
ENGINE
The airplane is powered by a horizontally-opposed, four-cylinder,
overhead-valve, air-cooled, carbureted engine with a wet sump oil system.
The engine is a Lycoming Model O-235-L2C and is rated at 110 horsepower
at 2550 RPM. Major engine accessories (mounted on the front of the engine)
include a starter, a belt-driven alternator, and an oil cooler. Dual magnetos
are mounted on an accessory drive pad on the rear of the engine. Provi
sions are also made for a vacuum pump and full flow oil filter.
ENGINE CONTROLS
Engine power is controlled by a throttle located on the lower center
portion of the instrument panel. The throttle operates in a conventional
manner; in the full forward position, the throttle is open, and in the full aft
position, it is closed. A friction lock, which is a round knurled disk, is
located at the base of the throttle and is operated by rotating the lock
clockwise to increase friction or counterclockwise to decrease it.
1 July 1979 7-15
For Flight Training Reference Only
CESSNA MOOI':L .:\2
CONTROl LOCKS
SECTI0N7 AIRI'LANE .lo SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
" iD<k &:Id ony
otbu L,ypoo cl Io<kIng "-vi"" .hould bo l'<lmovO<l prtor IO . 1.Utlog lhe .nIrln •.
ENGINE
ENGINE CONTROLS
• JulJ' .979 7· 1~
SECTION 7 CESSNA
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS MODEL 152
The mixture control, mounted above the right corner of the control
pedestal, is a red knob with raised points around the circumference and is
equipped ■with a lock button in the end of the knob. The rich position is full
forward, and full aft is the idle cut-off position. For small adjustments, the
control may be moved forward by rotating the knob clockwise, and aft by
rotating the knob counterclockwise. For rapid or large adjustments, the
knob may be moved forward or aft by depressing the lock button in the end
of the control, and then positioning the control as desired.
ENGINE INSTRUMENTS
Engine operation is monitored by the following instruments: oil
pressure gage, oil temperature gage, and a tachometer. An economy
mixture (EGT) indicator is also available.
The oil pressure gage, located on the left switch and control panel, is
operated by oil pressure. A direct pressure oil line from the engine delivers
oil at engine operating pressure to the oil pressure gage. Gage markings
indicate that minimum idling pressure is 25 PSI (red line), the normal
operating range is 60 to 90 PSI (green arc), and maximum pressure is 115
PSI (red line). —
Oil temperature is indicated by a gage located on the left switch and
control panel. The gage is operated by an electrical-resistance type
temperature sensor which receives power from the airplane electrical
system. Oil temperature limitations are the normal operating range (green —
arc) which is 100°F (38°C) to 245°F (118°C), and the maximum (red line)
which is 245°F(118°C).
The engine-driven mechanical tachometer is located near the upper —.
center portion of the instrument panel. The instrument is calibrated in
increments of 100 RPM and indicates both engine and propeller speed. An
hour meter below the center of the tachometer dial records elapsed engine
time in hours and tenths. Instrument markings include a normal operating
range (green arc) of 1900 to 2550 RPM, and a maximum (red line) of 2550
RPM. The upper end of the green arc is "stepped" to indicate approximate
RPM for 75% engine power at sea level (2350 RPM), at 4000 feet (2450 RPM),
and at 8000 feet (2550 RPM).
An economy mixture (EGT) indicator is available for the airplane and
is located on the right side of the instrument panel. A thermocouple probe
in the muffler tailpipe measures exhaust gas temperature and transmits it
to the indicator. The indicator serves as a visual aid to the pilot in adjusting
cruise mixture. Exhaust gas temperature varies with fuel-to-air ratio,
power, and RPM. However, the difference between the peak EGT and the
EGT at the cruise mixture setting is essentially constant and this provides
a useful leaning aid. The indicator is equipped with a manually positioned
reference pointer.
7-16 1 July 1979
For Flight Training Reference Only
SECTION' AIRPLANE '" SYSTEMS OESCR1PTIONS
TII4 ml ~,",o 000''''''. m~"n"" .. t>ovo ,. ,
ENGINE INSTRUMENTS
CEseNA MODEL La:!
••
E .. ,,"~ 01>* .... 110" I. mon'","'" by ,~. followl .. g I .. o.rumo .... , 011 p ...... ",. iati .. cII .... "'per.''' .... 110-110 ... "~ .. _bomo"',. An """DOrny mb,,, .. (EOT) In~lo .. "'r I . .. I.., _nn_bio.
Tho DII p ...... u .... g~ •. L",,""" on 1"0"'11 .wll<:h .... d 00010""(>1 p.Q"I,lo opera .... ~yOII p_.u ..... A dI""" p .... " .. oillino lrom ULeongUwdellve .. 0,1 . , oOlllno opentlng pro"",o IO 'ho oLI ~ro .. u ... Ii""t<". O,..... m .... kln p ""ho.Le IhL mlQ;muro IdlLnl< ~, ... ou,o I. 'I:f l'SI (re<! IIn.l. Lho norm..J o~e<aùog rango io !IO IO BO PSI (,,,_n &/"01. and mnlm"m p .... ,,'" l. II~ l'Sllrod lino),
011 "'mpe""u" ,. indl .... od by a golf1' l"" .. ,"" OD Iholon OWII<!t."" control 1' ..... 1. n. 11080 lo opor .... d by "" ol.ctrl.o.I·reoio"'noo Lypo "''''p'tra'" .... noo. which .-.Ivoo "" .... ,"'''' the ~Irplane ol .. trl.al BY8"'m. Ol! ",mpera,,, .. II,,,U",o •• U1I Lho ""rmoJ o""'a'I"' .... h~ (,,"" a rei whlob I. 100'1' (38· 0) '" 14~' " (118'C) .... d Llto m .. lm"m (r<>d lino) whlOh I. 2.,' r (118'0)
TIt. ~ngtn ... dt1v ... m..,nonl •• l ... nome"" I. j""."d nu, .no ~ppe, -a".' PDrll"n o, 'hO lu,,,,",,,", pan.l. Tn. Ino'",m.nt lo oallb ...... In i"o",mon," of '00 RPM &nd Indio."'. ""'b 'OgID' and p",,,,,1)", opoed, A.D hDar mole' bolo .. \.ho con",."f 'ho "",hom."', dio! """,,,,," .Iopa«! OD"'" ,,"'. in Mu .. &Dd "'D'ho. l Do<rumOD' m ot1<in,o IDOI ude a "" rm.l ."", .. "ng ...... go ("Nn ."'1 of 1Il00 '" 2f>OO RPM , oM. rnulmum ( ..... "n.)~,l!MO IU'M. TM ap",", """ of LIt. ~D &/"O lo " ... ppfo<I •. '" Indi .... ap"""Kima .. Rf'M ,,,, ~ ""lPnollOw., ", ... lovol (~RPMl, .\'1000 rOe\(UW RPM). alUlo' 1000 , ... (~RP:>I).
l July 1m
CESSNA SECTION 7
MODEL 152 AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
NEW ENGINE BREAK-IN AND OPERATION
The engine underwent a run-in at the factory and is ready for the full
range of use. It is, however, suggested that cruising be accomplished at a
minimum of 75% power until a total of 25 hours has accumulated or oil
consumption has stabilized. This will ensure proper seating of the rings.
The airplane is delivered from the factory with corrosion preventive
oil in the engine. If, during the first 25 hours, oil must be added, use only
aviation grade straight mineral oil conforming to Specification No. MIL-
L-6082.
ENGINE OIL SYSTEM
Oil for engine lubrication is supplied from a sump on the bottom of the
engine. The capacity of the engine sump is six quarts (one additional quart
is required if a full flow oil filter is installed). Oil is drawn from the sump
through an oil suction strainer screen into the engine-driven oil pump.
From the pump, oil is routed directly to the oil cooler and returns to the
engine where it passes through the pressure screen, if the engine does not
incorporate a full flow oil filter. If the engine is equipped with a full flow oil
filter, oil passes from the pump to a thermostatically controlled bypass
valve. If the oil is cold, the bypass valve allows the oil to bypass the oil
cooler and flow directly to the filter. If the oil is hot, the bypass valve routes
the oil from the accessory case forward through a flexible hose to the
engine oil cooler mounted on the left forward side of the engine. Returning
to the accessory case, the oil passes through the filter. The filtered oil then
enters a pressure relief valve which regulates engine oil pressure by
allowing excessive oil to return to the sump, while the balance of the
pressure oil is circulated to various engine parts for lubrication. Residual
oil returns to the sump by gravity flow.
An oil filler cap/oil dipstick is located at the rear of the engine on the
right side. The filler cap/dipstick is accessible through an access door in
the engine cowling. The engine should not be operated on less than four
quarts of oil. To minimize loss of oil through the breather, fill to five quarts
for normal flights of less than three hours. For extended flight, fill to six
quarts (dipstick indication only). For engine oil grade and specifications,
refer to Section 8 of this handbook.
An oil quick-drain valve is available to replace the drain plug in the oil
sump drain port, and provides quicker, cleaner draining of the engine oil.
To drain the oil with this valve installed, slip a hose over the end of the
valve and push upward on the end of the valve until it snaps into the open
position. Spring clips will hold the valve open. After draining, use a
suitable tool to snap the valve into the extended (closed) position and
remove the drain hose.
1 July 1979 7-17
For Flight Training Reference Only
CESSNA MODEL 1~
"'ECT10N 7 "'''/'LANE '' !>YS'l'EM6 D&60"IPl'lONS
NEW ENGI NE BAEAK·IN ANO OPEAATION
~ Tbo O",''"'' ""do"".'" a ..... "·'n al 1II01..,1o<)'...,d lo roody 'or ilio /un <U.~ o, "'0. 1\ io. howover. o"gg .. IocIIb., crulai.l>g J. ...,.,.,mpll~hod ., • rnlDlmu ... 01 ~ powor UDW. Iota.! 01:M houro b ... ..,.,umuloled or 011 co"ou,npllon b ....... b11l""" Tb/o .. \11 eno ..... propor "".Un, <>I tho rtngo.
Tbo oJrpl .... e I. d.lIvo ..... l rom 111. loeIo'Y ,,'III corroo_ prevo"Uve 011 In 111. en~n .. Il. dUrlng th. hrs1 "" """r o. 011 mti", bO ""<kId. ti ... Qn!y ov'.Uo" ,r""o .""gM m'no'OI 011 conlorml" .. '" S_lIIeoHop No. MIL_
" ~
u
ENGINE Oll SYSTEM
Ali oiI UIlOr co.ploll dlpo.'l<:k lo Io<:o'od a, 111 ....... 01 'hoonllno <>Il 1bo nght oid •. Tho flUO( eopl<l!po\1Ok 'o ..,,,,,o"blo 1II""",b &ti """" •• door in 'he '''ilno 0010 11"11. Tb. ODjjiDO .ho"ld ,,'" J. oJ>O"'tod O" I ... \h..., lo"r qu ..... ot 011. To mlolmlzo 10 .. aI 011 'hrouih U.obro.\IIor.1II1 IO Il'''''1''0'''' lor ·ormal fiI .. b •• 0/1 .... III .... III .... bou",. 'or . " 0"<1<0<1 nl,h' . 1111 '" .I l< quo'" (dlpotlcl< indloallo" only). For e"iflno oll ,nod. and opocifloa,lono.. """"0 "'"""on 5 of 'ilio nondl><><>k.
AD oU qwok ·dnln voJvoi. avo1lobi. '" ropIOQO'bodnl. plu, [fi ""'011 ""mp drolD port. IUId provI"'" 'Iulckor. 01.&1> .. drol"'"jj" 0/\110 ."g;". 011. To d .... ln ,bo <>11 wltb 'bi. voJvoln,'oJlod.. ollp o hOH over 'h ond 01 'no voJv. Md pu"," upw~rd "" ,bo end c/ ,bo volvo untlllt &<l.poln'" 'b. opcn po."lon. Sprl"ll <llp, wlll bold .bo voJve """n. Ahor d .... i"ln,. u .... • ul .. ~I. \001 'o an"p 'be vOlve ln'o 'ne _endO<! «10_) po.llion and '"",""vo Ih. dralo hOH.
I July 1l17li
H
SECTION 7 CESSNA
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS MODEL 152
IGNITION-STARTER SYSTEM
Engine ignition is provided by two engine-driven magnetos, and two
spark plugs in each cylinder. The right magneto fires the lower right and
the upper left spark plugs, and the left magneto fires the lower left and
upper right spark plugs. Normal operation is conducted with both magne
tos due to the more complete burning of the fuel-air mixture with dual
ignition.
Ignition and starter operation is controlled by a rotary type switch
located on the left switch and control panel. The switch is labeled clock
wise, OFF, R, L, BOTH, and START. The engine should be operated on both
magnetos (BOTH position) except for magneto checks. The R and L
positions are for checking purposes and emergency use only. When the
switch is rotated to the spring-loaded START position, (with the master
switch in the ON position), the starter contactor is energized and the
starter will crank the engine. When the switch is released, it will automati
cally return to the BOTH position.
AIR INDUCTION SYSTEM
The engine air induction system receives ram air through an intake in
the lower portion of the engine cowling. The intake is covered by an air
filter which removes dust and other foreign matter from the induction air.
Airflow passing through the filter enters an airbox. After passing through
the airbox, induction air enters the inlet in the carburetor which is under
the engine, and is then ducted to the engine cylinders through intake
manifold tubes. In the event carburetor ice is encountered or the intake
filter becomes blocked, alternate heated air can be obtained from a shroud
around an exhaust riser through a duct to a valve, in the airbox, operated
by the carburetor heat control on the instrument panel. Heated air from the
shroud is obtained from an unfiltered outside source. Use of full carburetor
heat at full throttle will result in a loss of approximately 150 RPM.
EXHAUST SYSTEM
Exhaust gas from each cylinder passes through riser assemblies to a
muffler and tailpipe on the underside of the engine. The muffler is
constructed with a shroud around the outside which forms a heating
chamber for carburetor heat and cabin heater air.
CARBURETOR AND PRIMING SYSTEM n
The engine is equipped with an up-draft, float-type, fixed jet carburetor
mounted on the bottom of the engine. The carburetor is equipped with an
enclosed accelerator pump, an idle cut-off mechanism, and a manual
mixture control. Fuel is delivered to the carburetor by gravity flow from
7-18 1 July 1979
"For Flight Training Reference Only
SECT10N 7 AIRPI. ... m" SY8TEM8 OESCRIPTIO;<lS
JGN ITION · STARTER SYSTEM
CESSNA MODEI. IO!
EnglM Ign"'QtI. I. pro01dod by " "oenlflne·d'I".n m~ .. o ...... d 1_ apH~ plug. In "en eyllno .... 'filo <Igh! "''''''''0 Il .... 'hO 10 .... <rl" hI ond Ulo uppo ' ,~ft .pu~ plugr.,.no "'o l.ft "'.""10 Il ... ,n. 10"0' 101, """ upPfl" "gM opot'lt plugo. Nonnl-I opo.allon l. OODdu< .... .. ,U. bo\h",. gu •. ..,.. duo IO ,n. rnor. compI . ... ~W"Dlo. 01 Ulo ruol·"I, mi~!ut. wlUl dual 1..,1lI0D.
llf'liliOD .... d OIarlot opoto.<lon lo C(I.Il'roIlod by O <91OrY 1.1' .... ",Ik:h 1"".1«1 on lI!o 10ft . .. hob .... d canlml panel. Th • .... il<:h J. lobelod eloolr· wl". O"". R. L., BOTH. &Dd ST ART_ Tbo_lli"o ."""Id beopetaledon 110'" mat;n ..... (60TH pOOI"QtI.) '~C01" '0. mago"", ehock._ 'fii. R """ L pO.ltion • ..,.. lo. ohecklng pur-pON-t "nd o", •••• ncy UN only. When li, • • wlld. l. ro ... o..\ IO th. oprlo.·loaded STAR! p<).iUoo. (wlll! "'" _.<et .wll<h In \h. ON p<>.moo). !b •• t ...... t ooot.olO' lO' onennMd .... d lile .... rte. wlU orOZlll !be . " !lino. WII.o Ib .... Ik:1I I. ",leued. Il ,,, illnlOm.U· co.llr .... ,uro IO "'. 50TH poomon.
AIR INDUCT10N SYSTEM
EXHAUST SYSTEM
f:xhuot~ .. ltom • .ch oyllod •• p ...... ,-"",ullh tI .... a .. ombllH IO • mulne. and ",lIplpO On \h. ~nd"",ld. or Ih •• n~i .... Th. mulfl •• I. "" .... truo'od wiUl a .hroud &r<>Und llIe oulOide whlch fo.mo .. hoa""1\" eham"", lor oul>ul'et(l, h ... , • .ca <"h!n b .. t •• al._
CARBURETOR ANO PRIM ING SYSTEM
Tn •• nllin. luqu! pp04 ... \ln an U p.d,.<. n(lO."'YpO. I!~ ... l.' < .. bU "'0< moun,od Oh 'b. bottom ". llIe .nline. Th. <uburolO. lo *,!ulppod wUh an ondQoe<! &<oel.,olO. pUlllp. "" Idi. cu'·QIf mocl",ni .. n ..... d • manuo.l mlxtu .. oooltol. ~"u.1 i. doll~._ 'o Ib. cubu .. IO, by g.nlty now fr<Im
--
7-18 I July '97'iI ..,
CESSNA SECTION 7
MODEL 152 AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
the fuel system. In the carburetor, fuel is atomized, proportionally mixed
with intake air, and delivered to the cylinders through intake manifold
tubes. The proportion of atomized fuel to air is controlled, within limits, by
the mixture control on the instrument panel.
For starting, the engine is equipped with a manual priming system.
The primer is actually a small pump which draws fuel from the fuel
strainer when the plunger is pulled out, and injects it into the cylinder
intake ports when the plunger is pushed back in. The plunger knob, on the
instrument panel, is equipped with a lock and, after being pushed full in,
must be rotated either left or right until the knob cannot be pulled out.
COOLING SYSTEM
Ram air for engine cooling enters through two intake openings in the
front of the engine cowling. The cooling air is directed around the cylinders
and other areas of the engine by baffling, and is then exhausted through an
opening at the bottom aft edge of the cowling. No manual cooling system
control is provided.
A winterization kit is available for the airplane. Details of this kit are
presented in Section 9, Supplements.
PROPELLER
The airplane is equipped with a two-bladed, fixed-pitch, one-piece
forged aluminum alloy propeller which is anodized to retard corrosion.
The propeller is 69 inches in diameter.
FUEL SYSTEM
The airplane may be equipped with either a standard fuel system or
long range system (see figure 7-6). Both systems consist of two vented fuel
tanks (one in each wing), a fuel shutoff valve, fuel strainer, manual primer,
and carburetor. Refer to figure 7-5 for fuel quantity data for both systems.
Fuel flows by gravity from the two wing tanks to a fuel shutoff valve.
With the valve in the ON position, fuel flows through a strainer to the
carburetor. From the carburetor, mixed fuel and air flows to the cylinders
through intake manifold tubes. The manual primer draws its fuel from the
fuel strainer and injects it into the cylinder intake ports.
Fuel system venting is essential to system operation. Blockage of the
venting system will result in a decreasing fuel flow and eventual engine
stoppage. Venting is accomplished by an interconnecting line from the
right fuel tank to the left tank. The left tank is vented overboard through a
vent line which is equipped with a check valve, and protrudes from the
1 July 1979 7-19
For Flight Training Reference Only
CESS:>!A MODEL l~
SECTIONl AIRPLANE iii SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
Ib& fuol oy."'m. In th& Cl.rbtll"&to •• fu.' 'o aIO"" ..... PTOp<>n!ODolly "" ~,,, .,Ib ", ... Ile a". and d.""._ IO "'. "Yllnd." "'''''uslt ," ... b "'",,;101<1 tubo .. Tho pn>pan'oD "I atom'_ 'bo'IO.,.I. """t""" .... .. Ilbln hml ... by Ib. mlS'b"" eont",,1 on u.. lnonu",.'" 1>&".1.
"'''' oto.nlnl. ,n. "lino I. 6QUIPP"" .. IUt. "'''D .... I p'lml""oy."''''. The l'n"",. lo o.otu&lly a omall P\I"'P .. h"'~ <in ... I ... , tn>m Ibo fu. I 01<""'.< .. ho" Uto P'''''P< \.o puU'" o"l and '''lodo Il ',,"'!ho c)'ILodo. IntAk. pa .... wbon "'" pl""p"o p"oh'" "-Il In. Tho pIan .... kn<>l>. <>II tho InOlrumsn. 1'..,.,1. lo ooqulpped wl!h • lock ""~. alte. bolnl' "".hflll tullin. muO' bo roto.l6d ."h .. 10ft '" "eh' uolll Ibe uob <:ann<>t bo puJ!fIII obl
COOUNG S YSTEM
" A wlnlM'lzatlo" Il'' ,. anllohl. lo, U.O 01'1"0 ••. Do"'"ool !hlo klloce
pr ... ,,"'" In So<UOD 9. 6"PI>I.m."lo.
- PROPELLER
-
l'ho .1."1",,. I. 6Q\I'Pp6<I ... 1"'. noo-blad .... IIx ... ·pllch, "" .. p'_ 10'1<'" &I"ml ."m olio)' p""""ne< .. biellio ... odi .... '" .... lanl oolTOoIon. ne propeUo, lo 89 Incb ... l .. <11"",01 ...
FUEL 5YSTEM
l'h. o.Irpl...,e m>.y bo equlPP"" wi\b e,'he,. """".nll".' oyo'.'" 0' "'mg '''''p .y ... m ( ... IIi'!'" 7·S). 90th "Y .. emo ""Dal ... 01 twovent'" fuol W>k. (ORO li, M<:h wl "l'). o lu o, .h ulolh alvo. f".1 o<n.1 no •. mM ual prlm ••. ""d .,.,..,,,"''''. Ref •• '" Il,,, ... 7·~ lo. fu., qoontlty d .... for bQ.h .y-... ..
ruOI oy.tom v .. """' l' ..... "".1 '" OY".'" o~ .... uon. 9IOCk.,. or!h. ... v.nUni' OYOIo". .. ;U ","ull In , d""",uin, luo' no," ""d evtnluol O"!I;no
,"'pp.go. V.nU"8 lo """"",pllobod by "" Inlort»",,<I<lllng l!.n. Irom tb. r1Jh< lu.l .anlt. IO Oh. l.n ""le n o len tonk I. v."to<! ovorl>o&n:l throuih .. von' !In. whlch lo "'Iull>peo:I wlth' elIO<k valvo. and pl'OIrudo. lrom!ho -l Jul)' ,l17li 7'18
"SECTION 7
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
CESSNA
MODEL 152
FUEL QUANTITY DATA (U. S. GALLONS)
TANKS
STANDARD
(13 Gal. Each)
LONG RANGE
(19.5 Gal. Each)
TOTAL
USABLE FUEL
ALL FLIGHT
CONDITIONS
24.5
37.5
TOTAL
UNUSABLE
FUEL
1.5
1.5
TOTAL
FUEL
VOLUME
26.0
39.0
Figure 7-5. Fuel Quantity Data
bottom surface of the left wing near the wing strut attach point. The right
fuel tank filler cap is also vented.
Fuel quantity is measured by two float-type fuel quantity transmitters
(one in each tank) and indicated by two electrically-operated fuel quantity
indicators on the lower left portion of the instrument panel. An empty tank
is indicated by a red line and the letter E. When an indicator shows an
empty tank, approximately .75 gallon remains in either a standard or long
range tank as unusable fuel. The indicators cannot be relied upon for
accurate readings during skids, slips, or unusual attitudes.
The amount of unusable fuel is relatively small due to the dual outlets
at each tank. The maximum unusable fuel quantity, as determined from the
most critical flight condition, is about 1.5 gallons total. This quantity was
not exceeded by any other reasonable flight condition, including pro
longed 30 second full-rudder sideslips in the landing configuration.
Takeoffs have not been demonstrated with less than 2 gallons total fuel (1
gallon per tank).
The fuel system is equipped with drain valves to provide a means for
the examination of fuel in the system for contamination and grade. The
system should be examined before the first flight of every day and after
each refueling, by using the sampler cup provided to drain fuel from the
wing tank sumps, and by utilizing the fuel strainer drain under an access
■ panel on the right side of the engine cowling. The fuel tanks should be filled
after each flight to prevent condensation.
When the airplane is equipped with long range tanks, it may be
serviced to a reduced fuel capacity to permit heavier cabin loadings. This
is accomplished by filling each tank to the bottom of the indicator on the
fuel filler neck. When filled to this level, the tank contains 13 gallons (12.25
usable in all flight conditions).
"
~
'
7-20 1 July 1979
"For Flight Training Reference Only
SECTION 7 AIRPLANE" I:iYSTEM8 DESCRlPTlONS
fUll OUNll1TY [lATA CU. I . " ... llONSl
mTAl TOTAL
T"'NKS USAlLt fl/EL UNUSAlll ALL (LIC..,.
FUH CQHOITI0N5
STNlD"'~O " .• , .. Il) G", h"h)
LONCi RANCi& 31.5 , .. ilU Gol, E"""I
"Ip", 7·~. Fu"C Quanmy Dala
CESSNA MODEL IlII!
TOl.o,L fUlL
V(lLU"'[
". ~,
boM,.. .urf .... DI "'a 1.11 wlng ne'" tbe wi". Il,,,,1 .. ttaçh poiOlI. Tllo <lalll lu.l lank fiLI •• co.p \. al ... v ... ted.
P\lel qu.ntlt)' ~ ...... urwd by 1_ no .. L-IJ'PI' (\I.lqu .... LI\J' tnLaMnI""'''' (ODe In ...::11 l&JIk) &nd jnclicatood by l''''' alecuiclilly-opec.aled fucol quUltlly Indlea.lO ... on tM 10 __ lalt portion 01 11M ina=enl ~"l""'emply u.nlt lo. Ind\eo.ted by .. ....t lino. and tha !.tI .. E. Wb ....... lMloalo, obowa..., empI)' tank. approxtm-"'ly .'75 pllo.oI rem ..... in tlth ..... !.aDdan! or IO!!.1" ........ !.ank ...... ",.0.1>1. CuorL The iDdlo.tono 0UlD01 be reUed upon for &<:curala ... dill,. durill&' oIdda .• UpI. Or ""WI\I&\ anlwd ••.
ne o.mounl 01 un".ab1" fuall.l'1Ilatlva ly .m&ll duo. 1.0 lhe dual. DuLleta a' .. ..,h lanl<. The m&xlmum unu .. bl. (ual quantlly, ... dal.4lnolned lrom Lbot mOlli critte'" fUl'hl ""n'UIlDn, I . .. boll i 1.5j{"'lcnM 1.Olal. 11>111 qUL<lllly w .... nDt uc.-ded by r.ny cUl . ........ ooable !lillbl condlUoo. locludlnil" pro-longed 30 ...,.,nd IIIU_rudder ,Ideallp. In tbe la.ndlo, oonfl,,"n\.lon. T ..... ..,I!. b"vt nOI _" deIllODIII ... 1ed ... 11b le .. Ibr.n t ""uon, tei'" roel (1 " .... 1011 PC' I&nk).
1"he fu .. 1 .yll.." I. Mjwpped .. l\b dmll vlllv •• 1.0 provlde .. me .... lor Ihe .. aznlnallon et Ilid iII Ibe IlYstem ID' _' .... In .. lon ..,d "n.<k!. TM -'l'n .... aII""ld be .,.I<ni ..... belore Ibe n.1II mlbl 01 ev'ry day..,d ..ne. ucl> mutli .... by ualca Ibl ..... p!e. cup prov1<1ed to dn.lll ro,1 lrom. Ilio! w;"8" L&nk Mump •. end hy 1I11It:.IIlC Ibe lod ",""'"eI" dr .. lll .. ncle. aD &eOI'IM pallel ca Ibe riChl ddo oflhe ~",,(lOWUn, . Th"roel L&nkt should !>e/1lI'" alle. c~ flIibl to pAVeIIl oondan .... loa .
Wlwo lbe .. l.pl~ I. oqnlpped wllb lon" ,.."p ta.nk .. Il may bo INIrvlcod te .. rocl.uced fuel ea.po.cll)' to poInnl! ""avlt. c .. bln 10a<Llnp. 1"1". I. acoompllahed by /1IlIn, .&ch ta.nk te the boltom cl lhe IlIdlc .. to. on l lul fuel fiU .. neck. When l!lIed to thle level. Ihe1.&nk conia In. 13 goUono (12.25 .. ,..,hl, In .. 11 n1lht oondlllon_J.
I July 11179
-
CESSNA
MODEL 152
SECTION 7
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
FUEL QUANTITY INDICATORS
FUEL
QUANTITY
TRANSMITTER
FUEL
QUANTITY
TRANSMITTER
TO ENGINE
CONDITION:
SYSTEM SHOWN WITH
FUELSHUTOFF VALVE
IN ON POSITION
CODE
LZZ]
LZZD
"*—
FUEL SUPPLY
VENT
MECHANICAL
LINKAGE
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTION
TO ENGINE
Due to crossfeeding between fuel
tanks, the tanks should be re-
topped after each refueling to
assure maximum capacity-
Figure 7-6. Fuel System (Standard and Long Range)
1 July 1979 7-21
For Flight Training Reference Only
-
-
CESSNA MODEL 1111
,.. , -'''''''
. "'.-
çDO~
c::::J w.t
''''IO'''' _.~
l Sul~ III'i'Il
SEC'TI0N7 AIRPLANE .. SYSTEMS OESCRTP1'lDr<8
, ... ,,.....,.,,.'-."""
"""'''''''''' ......
Il
------0 '.' .' ....... -_.-n_,,,. _.-
r--'-'---, __ ----O _ ..... ' ..
7 · 21
-SECTION
7CESSNA
AIRPLANE&SYSTEMSDESCRIPTIONS
MODEL
152
BRAKESYSTEM
Theairplanehas
asingle-disc,hydraulically-actuatedbrakeoneach
mainlandinggearwheel.Eachbrake
isconnected,byahydraulicline,toa
mastercylinderattached
toeach
ofthe
pilot'srudderpedals.Thebrakes
areoperatedbyapplyingpressuretothetop
ofeitherthe
left(pilot's)or
right
(copilot's)
setofrudderpedals,whichareinterconnected.When
the
airplane
isparked,bothmainwheelbrakesmay
be
setby
utilizingthe
parkingbrakewhich
isoperatedby
aknobonthelower
leftside
ofthe
instrumentpanel.
Formaximumbrake
life,keepthebrakesystemproperlymaintained,
andminimizebrakeusageduringtaxioperationsandlandings.
Some
of
thesymptoms
ofimpending
brake
failure
are:
gradual
decrease
inbraking
action
afterbrake
application,noisy
ordragging
brakes,
softorspongy
pedals,and
excessive
travelandweak
braking
action.
Ifany
ofthesesymptoms
appear,thebrakesystem
isinneed
of
immediate
attention.
If,during
taxi
orlanding
roll,braking
actionde
creases,
letupon
thepedalsandthen
re-applythebrakeswithheavy
pressure.
Ifthebrakesbecomespongyorpedaltravelincreases,pumping
thepedalsshouldbuildbrakingpressure.
Ifonebrakebecomesweak
or
fails,
use
the
other
brake
sparingly
while
using
opposite
rudder,
as
required,
tooffsetthegoodbrake.
ELECTRICALSYSTEM
The
airplane
isequipped
with
a28-volt,
direct-current
electrical
system
(seefigure
7-7).Thissystemusesa24-voltbatterymountedonthe
rightforwardsideofthefirewallasthesource
ofelectricalenergyanda
belt-driven60-amp
alternator
tomaintain
the
battery's
stateofcharge.
Power
issupplied
toabus
bar,andamasterswitchcontrolsthispower
to
all
circuits,
except
theengine
ignitionsystem,
clock,and
flighthour
recorder
(ifinstalled).The
flighthourrecorderreceivespowerthrough
activationofanoilpressureswitchwhenevertheengine
isoperating,and
theclock
issuppliedwithcurrent
at
alltimes.Allavionicsequipment
shouldbeturnedoffpriortostartingtheengineorusinganexternalpower
—
source
topreventharmfultransientvoltagesfromdamagingthetransis
torsinthisequipment.
MASTERSWITCH
Themasterswitch
isasplit-rockertypeswitchlabeledMASTER,and
isON
intheuppositionandOFF
inthedownposition.Therighthalfofthe
switch,labeledBAT,
controls
allelectricalpower
totheairplane.The
left
_
half,labeledALT,
controlsthealternator.
7-22
1July
1979
~
For F
light
Tra
inin
g R
efer
ence
Onl
y
I I I
<, 1P!,sH ; ·n'll~~:r~= 'H· ,S '"-:l-''' " '. ! ,. " ~'" ".- ,L "~~'''i'''6 • ~--l "-1 "jjg~~;~e~H1 "" ''''"t ~. <> "
., ' ". al o"'~~. '." ~ "o g~!~"h • _,,~~~5~:~ 11 b'-'8.":-55,;;;!> • i;]. "o "0""",;'; __ ... , , i::: .... - -:;;· '. 5al.!! .. ii ell ~ g ~;~2"=P'H <;:;~ . ~ -,..~~'" '. .... lE5: .. g_ fEjh]lo2:" ~,~e.
<. ,. !! ." li '" -: E 1: §. ~r:- "g !la,, ';;' i •• t; ~OaD~. ... S·· ,, 1 .. - ... -', ':ii ~_ ~". <>.!l ":l- i! ~c :'''>''Ii !'"'.g -, .". -.-~ _;hHr~;~~ - g g l- DOtl2Q ... ! il;.:; ~a:: ~; "'=-J~' "<~e jj~= s~ =~i1(~~~5~~,g I8.t -~"-a"'lo 0:; ",,".Il ..
• ;;;:;'=lIi'li·~ • • .. g;0i~ .. ::::,; :. ~ ."'~ .... " u .. ~ . , ;'i" 8 "H,. Ii'" iii "i.!:!· t-" .. , ~ 8c.1ld~ <o i ~=" ,,~ .. Jt i':'i; u <>
~ ~!!!-''''. "- "i .. l·"<>~~ .. 1.s e.g"l ,'!:o . -j'
" .... o .... ~ -, . ",.-2 ... -", a..,..,:t== .. ~ .. ,,-. :> ;;->
rrt'6f;;~'" 5E=Ii·~oJ_ .. _ '-.' ~!!'i~ ,- -"-'"'-l' - 1 ",,,,,,,,o ".o~~i~l : '~
lll-g _-Sf_D .:. .. 'ii • ~ '!I~oòE .. i .... i ~ " . .. ,,_ r .. -1 Do:>." ,. .-S"""je-. l;;- S -"~.!' ~ ~'C
.. , • - Dft .. t
~i .. .. '" -.: ... w "egJ .. "'~e,,~ <io .. ..,
o : .. S "' .. E '" ~jl[~_ U};~~ ~ - --.!!'/:'" il" ~~ 5.s S ':: -.,,~~
• - '1100" " "' .. ~n • ~ "1 cf"'" > r . ~ -",2 ,- <>. i:ì ~ ~ ." .. . s ... " ~ ~ " .~ a 8 v
" W ;i1~d~ • • S 1-.":::;"". "' ~~. -.gi~'" ~~<i ~:?J":8 " ~
., 1ò':8~g;~iI~'; .!!""",s- "'~--E! • • """5<>.'1:;; . '1 ~ O ~ "il..: . > "' ,," ". - ._c..g_ ~" " '"
~ ~ f-3 ~11 3~'6nò:!: '" § .. g.0l!:i • > ~~ .... -i!~; " "1 D_;:0-";I"5_ ~_ ._ c.~ =_ OO~ ... " " " , . .g 0.0""'_0 ~
" .... _~ .. = ~ = "'11": • "' e-~~i~:~~ • • ... o .. "~..ai"O -e-= 11 $ ~".5.!! il .. ~: 1;i~-i ". , . --~"-" • ".5_ ;:= .. -3 ~ -;; i l ~ ~i:::'~.!I;!~.!I
__ l
gj W .il iò':.l 8--" ~ e -~ - ,- ,- r . ~ , e.s~j ~ .dti-i~~ q .-.!! .. ~ q .-o .>.!!~~Og.!lg:!1 •
~EI " :; " .!!..c " ~ " ;~is~ _ /:§~!~a1!~ç:!l~~ (.!:>: !l-.
"~ ... =;o __ ~
<Il ~i 2 E"" ""'" ~ W ~ ;" .. -:i,e- li • ~ ~"j~-~"ilD~i" • °i';i ~ .- E E :; 1: ;j c>..!! , 11;Ht[n~ > .< m W .;; "iii ~.g. li ~ ~ "
CESSNA
MODEL 152
SECTION 7
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
LOW-VOLTAGE
WARNING LIGHT
rtI ALTERNATOR— CONTROL
UNIT
ALTERNATOR
FIELD
CIRCUIT
BREAKER
TO STROBE LTS.
CIRCUIT BREAKER
(DIGITAL CLOCK ONLY) i|
OIL PRESSURE
SWITCH
FLIGHT HOUR
RECORDER
CIRCUIT BREAKER (AUTO-RESET)
CIRCUIT BREAKER [PUSH-TO-RESET)
-})- CAPACITOR INOISE FILTER)
FUSE -|4« DIODE JVW RESISTOR
CIRCUIT BREAKER
(PULL-OFF, PUSH-TO-RESET)
TO FUEL QUANTITY INDICATORS
TO FLASHING BEACON
TO PITOT HEAT
TO DIGITAL CLOCK
TO STROBE LIGHTS
TO CIGAR LIGHTER (WITH FUSE
AND CIRCUIT BREAKER)
TO LANDING AND TAXI LIGHTS
TO IGNITION SWITCH
TO WING FLAP SYSTEM
— TO RED DOORPOST MAPLIGHT
— TO LOW-VOLTAGE WARNING LIGHT
TO INSTRUMENT, RADIO, COMPASS
AND POST LIGHTS
— TO OIL TEMPERATURE GAGE
— TO TURN COORDINATOR
— TO WHITE DOORPOST MAPLIGHT
-TO AUDIO MUTING RELAY
— TO CONTROL WHEEL MAP LIGHT
— TO NAVIGATION LIGHTS
— TO DOME LIGHT
TO RADIO OR TRANSPONDER
AND ENCODING ALTIMETER
Figure 7-7. Electrical System
1 July 1979 7-23
For Flight Training Reference Only
--
CE8SSA MODEL ur.a
IECTlON7 "'''PLANI: Il SYIfl'EMI DEIC"IPTIOm;
SECTION 7 CESSNA
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS MODEL 152
Normally, both sides of the master switch should be used simultane
ously; however, the BAT side of the switch could be turned ON separately
to check equipment while on the ground. The ALT side of the switch, when
placed in the OFF position, removes the alternator from the electrical
system. With this switch in the OFF position, the entire electrical load is
placed on the battery. Continued operation with the alternator switch in the
OFF position will reduce battery power low enough to open the battery
contactor, remove power from the alternator field, and prevent alternator
restart.
nAMMETER
The ammeter, located on the upper right side of the instrument panel,
indicates the amount of current, in amperes, from the alternator to the
battery or from the battery to the airplane electrical system. When the
engine is operating and the master switch is turned on, the ammeter
indicates the charging rate applied to the battery. In the event the
alternator is not functioning or the electrical load exceeds the output of the
alternator, the ammeter indicates the battery discharge rate.
ALTERNATOR CONTROL UNIT AND LOW-VOLTAGE WARNING
LIGHT n
The airplane is equipped with a combination alternator regulator
high-low voltage control unit mounted on the engine side of the firewall
and a red warning light, labeled LOW VOLTAGE, under the ammeter on the
instrument panel.
In the event an over-voltage condition occurs, the alternator control
unit automatically removes alternator field current which shuts down the
alternator. The battery will then supply system current as shown by a
discharge rate on the ammeter. Under these conditions, depending on
electrical system load, the low-voltage warning light will illuminate when
system voltage drops below normal. The alternator control unit may be
reset by turning the master switch off and back on again. If the warning
light does not illuminate, normal alternator charging has resumed;
however, if the light does illuminate again, a malfunction has occurred,
and the flight should be terminated as soon as practicable.
NOTE
Illumination of the low-voltage light and ammeter dis
charge indications may occur during low RPM conditions
with an electrical load on the system, such as during a low
RPM taxi. Under these conditions, the light will go out at
higher RPM. The master switch need not be recycled since
an over-voltage condition has not occurred to de-activate
"7-24 1 July 1979
For Flight Training Reference Only
SF;C'TION 7 CESSNA MOOEL " .. " AIRPLI<NI!:" SYSTI>MS OESCRIPTIONS
AMMETER
TM .."mo"',. ,,,,, .. <><I OD u.. U,,"", nll"h! ai<kl 01 !b. lD.lnImonl p~~'. lDdlc"''' u.. a",oun' 01 cUITon'. ID 0"'1"''''0. IT<Im .no .".m • ..,. le tM b'U.y O, lrom In. bO'''r)' IO , .... o'.plan. o..,.,tri<:al oy . .. m. Who .. tM e"K'''' ,. OPO."'OO( and tbo m ..... owitcn lo ' u,nod ono 'bo a",,,, ... , Indlc .... u.. cb ..... ri,,~ .... &ppUod IO III. hl"'ry. In Ih. ev.o' III. &J"rna'<" la IlO' luncÙ<>ll.log or llMt .leclricallo&doxcndollleou'p",oltM ol ... ma"' •.• no amme"', lodl.,._ u.. ba'U')' dlocn"'lI. roU.
Al TERNATOR CONTROL UNIT ANO LOW· VOtTAGE WARNING UGHT
Th .... ..,,1 ...... I .... ulppod "'li" o cOnlbln.'ioo 0.1"'0010' '0""'.'0' nlSb.Low voJlap conl",1 uDII ... o"o!ed "" .b •• "i'0' .Ido 01"'" Il,.w.U ...,d. re<! warnloll","'.labo' od LOW VOL T AGE. Under!bo .","' .... '0" !b. In.'rum.n' "a"ol .
In 'IlO w.n,.n <",o.·vo"op coMltlon 0«\0,... •• ho olum&\o, con'ro) uni' au\<l",.,jcally ffm"" ... 'urno"" 1I 0id cU,""'" whlcn .hu\.O oown III • • '10"'010'. Tno ba.lO.,. ..-Ili ,ho" aupply oyo'.", <uno,,' u alwwn by a dlsobarllo , a '" OD !bo ""'m.' .... Uod., 'h ... coDdlUoDO. o'p*"dlnll O" ol"",,-let.! .~a .. ", 10&<1. tIIalow_voU"",wa."lnll",h< wl1ll1l""'I"'" ",ho" ')'lI""" voll"", drop. "'10" oorm.l. "l"he .'lOmolo, oon,rol unII moy bo """'" by 'umlnl!" ,Ite mali"" ""'Ucb 011 ,nd I>&<k 00 ap.ID. JI "'" .. amlDII" lIlI"M <1"". no' III"m! ... "'. nonnal altorn.'o, <harglnl!" .... , .. umM: "o,"ovo •• Il , ... IIln, <10 .. UI"m'n,,,, &galn .• ", •• rune"o" b. oo<:urrod. ~"d ,,,. n!O(ht ,hQuld bo "'rm!na!ed .. ...,n .. pnell •• bl •.
,.>
NOTE
Illumin.'lo" 01 ,ho I" .. ·yo'tap \l,h' 0<10 ammo", di.· .narp '",:l1caUono mo.y "".u ' durlnl!" low RPM oond!tion. "'''' On ol"",c&lload On ono .~."''''. o"e" ... du.ln, .'0 .. RP)! 'u;. Uodo< ,n ... condlt1on •• "'. Il'hl .. ,1) I:oou, .' nlllho, RPM. Tb. "' ..... owllo" ..-DO' bo , .. yclod alnotl '"" "".r·vol..." ""ndllLo" h .. no' oo<:u,.,. .... IO o .. ..."lv ...
I Jul~ ,Q7;
CESSNA SECTION 7
MODEL 152 AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
the alternator system.
The warning light may be tested by turning on the landing lights and
momentarily turning off the ALT portion of the master switch while
leaving the BAT portion turned on.
CIRCUIT BREAKERS AND FUSES
Most of the electrical circuits in the airplane are protected by "push-to-
reset" type circuit breakers mounted under the engine controls on the
instrument panel. However, alternator output is protected by a "pull-off"
type circuit breaker. The cigar lighter is equipped with a manually-reset
type circuit breaker located on the back of the lighter and a fuse behind the
instrument panel. The control wheel map light (if installed) is protected by
the NAV/DOME circuit breaker, and a fuse behind the instrument panel.
Electrical circuits which are not protected by circuit breakers are the
battery contactor closing (external power) circuit, clock circuit, and flight
hour recorder circuit. These circuits are protected by fuses mounted
adjacent to the battery.
GROUND SERVICE PLUG RECEPTACLE
A ground service plug receptacle may be installed to permit the use of
an external power source for cold weather starting and during lengthy
maintenance work on the electrical and electronic equipment. Details of
the ground service plug receptacle are presented in Section 9, Supplements.
LIGHTING SYSTEMS
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
Conventional navigation lights are located on the wing tips and top of
the rudder. Additional lighting is available and includes a single or dual
landing/taxi light mounted in the cowling nose cap, a flashing beacon
located on top of the vertical fin, and a strobe light installed on each wing
tip. Details of the strobe light system are presented in Section 9, Supple
ments.
All exterior lights are controlled by rocker switches on the left switch
and control panel. The switches are ON in the up position and OFF in the
down position.
The flashing beacon should not be used when flying through clouds or
overcast; the flashing light reflected from water droplets or particles in the
atmosphere, particularly at night, can produce vertigo and loss of orienta
tion.
1 July 1979 7-25
For Flight Training Reference Only
SECTION ? CESSN A MODEL I~ AIRPLANE & 6 YSTEMS DESCRIP'I'IONS
!.ho o.I'uu.I<I. "" .. om.
'l'h . ... aml ft (l" !l,h' .... )' bo *'-<1 by ,~ ... i.ll Oft Ohol...,d'nllllghlll """ momoft"'rily .umlng olI Ib . ALT pon lon 01 .ho m .......... 1_ .. OU. loavlng Oho 8A T ""n loo . umlNl 00.
CIRCUir 8REAI(ERS ANO FUSES
M.,., o, tb. ele<lrJool d«:" 1111 lo !.he a 'rpl.,.. are pro_III<! by· 'p""h-to....... 1)'"" clreuL' bruko ... mouoted undor Oho onfloo 000 .... 1. O" <ho 1"""''''0''' pan.l. Howov&r. al",,,,,ol<l' C\L'P'" I. pro\eG1.O<l by o ··p uli·olr· type ol",ul. b ... lto r. '!'be nlp, [(,,"b .. , I. oqul pp<><l ... iOh • manually_'o ... type ..... ml' b~alre, l"" ... d on .bo ba< k 01 .ho lISb .. ,."d o ''''' .... o'Od rIMI In .. ",m..,' p .... ,. T'" .,.," .... ' .. n .. ' m.p "S"' (U 'o . .. ""') !O prole<to<ll>y "'. NAVI DOME oL",ullb .. "ko< ..... d a ru .. boh'r>d. tho in."",,, .. ,,t p a.el El.-eh'co.l OUO\l'" .. hlcl> a .. DO' ProlOe'-<l by 0("'\111 o ........ are tho 00'1or;!' 0<>.',",,10. olooh.~ {ule,ul t><>_ rldr<luit. olock dr<uit. and m,h! tLou. """'NO' cl«:u1t. 'l'h .... i",ul .. &M prolOe'''' by ru .... """, ,,le<! ad!"",,"' '" 'he ba'lery.
GROUNO SER VICE PLUG RECEPTAClE
A ço"od ...... .,. plug _eJ><o<:I . may bo 100""'''' lo permit ti,. u .... o, OD oxternal p<I .... , .. u .... 'or cold ..... 11> •• olarlwg OIId durini I.n~y m.' " teUn'" .. ori< 00 Oh • • 1..,lrloo.l ... d .1""",,010 &qulp",e"t. Dotalla 01 'h. ""uod .. ,.,,10. l'lUi< rweop. ocl. a .. p .... ole<! In S..,Iloo 9. Supple. m.n ...
lIGHTlNG SYSTEMS
EXTERIQR LIG HTING
Convenllonal navl, .. lon 11ghla .,..1""01<1<1 on Uto "'nll" "l'O and "'p 01 Ut. ruIldor. Add'''"oo.lli1l:bIL0ll' is avo.ll.bl. and Incl ....... ,ng'. or du" l londlngl tAXi Ilg>t' mount.e(! lo ,ne ..,..iing no .. "ap • • n .... hin' bO"':"n loeuod OZI toP or tho vonioo.l Itn. aod • ""'" Ii,b' inotaUO<I o~ "cb WLOg III'. o.tan. 01 11> ••• ,..,bo Uglu .y ••• ", ... p...-ntod In Secllon t. Supple_
-"~
An .~ .. rio, IIgh'. a .. oon.",l1<><1 by "",k ..... i"''''''' 00 .ho !eh awU,," . nd oon.",1 pane!. Tb .... '<ohM ..... ON' •• no up pc.lUen . nd OPI' ,n'ILe down po.,,,cn.
'!'be nMhin, bo...,.,n . n""ld nOI bo"""" wh. n n~I", Ih",u~h oIn""" or ov.,."...., "'. n •• hlns IISh' ",n""t.e<l1 rom w . 10' droplt!13 o. J>&nlel ... I n .h. atmespM' • . pan'eulOtiy " . n'ghl. O ... p_llee vertlgo ond lo .. 01 o".n'" IlOn.
I Julf I~ ,.
■SECTION 7 CESSNA
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS MODEL 152
INTERIOR LIGHTING
Instrument and control panel lighting is provided by flood lighting,
integral lighting, and post lighting (if installed). Two concentric rheostat
control knobs on the left switch and control panel, labeled PANEL LT and
RADIO LT, control intensity of the instrument and control panel lighting.
A slide-type switch (if installed) on the overhead console, labeled PANEL
LIGHTS, is used to select flood lighting in the FLOOD position, post
lighting in the POST position, or a combination of post and flood lighting
in the BOTH position.
Instrument and control panel flood lighting consists of a single red
flood light in the forward part of the overhead console. To use the flood
lighting, rotate the PANEL LT rheostat control knob clockwise to the
desired intensity.
The instrument panel may be equipped with post lights which are
mounted at the edge of each instrument and provide direct lighting. The
lights are operated by placing the PANELLIGHTS selector switch, located
in the overhead console, in the POST position and adjusting light intensity
with the PANEL LT rheostat control knob. By placing the PANEL LIGHTS
selector switch in the BOTH position, the post lights can be used in
combination with the standard flood lighting.
The engine instrument cluster (if post lighting is installed), radio
equipment, and magnetic compass have integral lighting and operate
independently of post or flood lighting. Light intensity of the radio lighting
is controlled by the RADIO LT rheostat control knob. The integral compass
and engine instrument cluster light intensity is controlled by the PANEL
LT rheostat control knob.
A cabin dome light, in the overhead console, is operated by a switch on
the left switch and control panel. To turn the light on, move the switch to
the ON position.
A control wheel map light is available and is mounted on the bottom of
the pilot's control wheel. The light illuminates the lower portion of the
cabin just forward of the pilot and is helpful when checking maps and other
flight data during night operations. To operate the light, first turn on the
NAV LT switch; then adjust the map light's intensity with the rheostat
control knob located at the bottom of the control wheel.
A doorpost map light is available, and is located on the left forward
doorpost. It contains both red and white bulbs and may be positioned to
illuminate any area desired by the pilot. The light is controlled by a switch,
above the light, which is labeled RED, OFF, and WHITE. Placing the switch
in the top position will provide a red light. In the bottom position, standard
7-26 1 July 1979
~For Flight Training Reference Only
SECTION? AlRPt.AN'E " SYSTEMS OESCRIPTION8
tNTEAIOR Ll GHTtNG
C";SSNA 1oI00EL l$il
[n.I .... "'.'U .... d conlZ'ol p ..... 1 lilJhUng il pro~i_ b)' nood lilfhling. l.alolgr&l lia;hUnl. &<><i potIllI&"hIiD&" (II Inl\ll.llod). Two ooneeDI.nC , heost.1 COlIlrol kDobs OD \h. loh ... ltoh .... d CODlrol p ..... I. labeled PANEL L T .... d RADIO l. T . oon trol In'."all)' 01 th.lu<rument .... tI ""ntrol pane' I1gMlng A .lIde.\ype .wHellllf I" .WI"") OD. \.b8 "" ... II,ad ""n""I •. lebeled l'ANElo L1GHTS. il ulMld IO ",Ie<:t fiooci U,bUlI1I In 1111 F't.OOD )X>1,1L(Ul. pOlli
liahllnlllD !.he POBT poslUolI. Or • comb'n.\lon 01 posllUld nOO<! IlgllUnll' In Ihe 80TH poettlo... -
In"troment.."d conlrol pAne! nO<><! I1gM!"1 conlll". 01 ~ olnll. r1Id nood ItroM l" III, !orwar<l pe" ollhe Dve,lIead conllOl •. To u .. III. non<! Itghlinl". ,o\et. Ih. l'AN~L l.T ,h..,.lal ""DI,ol knab clock"', .. IO the du'twd l"te""i\y.
Tbl 1.1111"""."1 p .... el may be eqllipplld .. I!.h poti Ilgl:tl8 ",hich &ft
l:IlO\lutod a ,!.he qe 01 e..,h 111&lrumeDI .... d pro"lde dl~ IlI"ti"l. Tht IlrohlS ..... openled b)' pl..,lnl!.he PANELLlOHTS Hlectonwlt.tb. \()Ca"'" In lIIe ovetbea.d 00" .. 1 .. I" the POST pooUlon ancI adjUO.IDgllp.I" ..... hy .. 1111 Ihe PANEL L T 1'1\ ... _' con.rol knob. 8y placlnl the " AN!':L LIGlfTS _J.o::I<l, ... ;t.eb In lIt, 80TH posi" ...... Ib. p01Il U,bl8 ç .... be .. _ i.n combinali ..... w,th Ihe .ta.nd&rd fiooci liglnh,&.
Tbv I lIlJhlt "'attulllODl dusler (I! POSI lirhUnr le Inlu.l\ed). radio "'Iuipu,cllt. lUld marllo.lc oom pa.ss lIave Inlerral lIeMlnr &1Id opo r .. '" w de)X'nde otl)' DI poli Or nood !lp Il n e . LI rhl I n ",n.' Iy or UI. fa,Un 11 gMing l. eDlltro!led bylhl nAOIO L T rh ..... u.I conlrol knob. The lnlllg ... 1 "" ... pae. "nd enrlne lnlt",m.n l elultef lightlntenlity I. """I,,,Il.d b)' Ih. PANEL LT r~eoo ... 1 oonlrol kn ol>.
A CAbin domi 1IrM. l '' Ihl overhN.tl consol., lo oporaled by .. Iwlt<lll Oh !he lef, ",,"ueh snd conlrol p.nel. To lurn thl UeMon. "'OVO Ih.lwlt<lh IO th.ON poillion.
lo c"nlro! wb"1 m.p !labIle Iv&ilabl. end Il D>Ounted On tbl bonomar lite pllo.' .. co,,"ol .. bO<lL Tbc liahl Wumina"'. liti lowwr pOrtio .. of lhIt cabm JIIS' fo""ard oftbepllOi &Dd ls holpllli whtll ~klIIr n.apa .... d oth~r melll d&u. dur1IIe III,h. operatlolll. To ape,"" tbe lIell<. Il, .. ili." 00 \be NA'" LT , .. 1",11. tbell adjuM ilio m.p Urll'·s 1111.",11)' wltb Lbo rlI ..... t.1 OOlIll'Ollmob Ioc&ted altbe bouom cf III. oontrol .. boel
A "oorpo" ",sp 111M Il .vAllable ..... d t. loca"" on ,hl 1.lIlorw ..... <1 d<)<Jrpoe" II conlAin. b<>.h twd ,,"d .. 111'" bulb ..... <1 "'ay 1>1 pol,Uonl<l IO ,lluminl'" any I ... a d .. irad by lite pilcL ThelllJhll. ""n lrollld b)' .IWilch • • bo". thl\l",hL whicb ,ollboll<l REO. OFr ..... <1 WHI TE. Pl""",g litI . w itch '" tbo "'p pOliUolI .. ili provl<1e 1 red \l,III. IlIlh o bol",m pOlilion. Ol.lnd .. rd
7·28 l July lll'lll
CESSNA SECTION 7
MODEL 152 AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
white lighting is provided. In the center position, the map light is turned
off. Light intensity of the red light is controlled by the PANEL LT rheostat
control knob.
The most probable cause of a light failure is a burned out bulb;
however, in the event any of the lighting systems fail to illuminate when
turned on, check the appropriate circuit breaker. If the circuit breaker has
opened (white button popped out), and there is no obvious indication of a
short circuit (smoke or odor), turn off the light switch of the affected lights,
reset the breaker, and turn the switch on again. If the breaker opens again,
do not reset it.
CABIN HEATING, VENTILATING AND
DEFROSTING SYSTEM
The temperature and volume of airflow into the cabin can be regulated
by manipulation of the push-pull CABIN HT and CABIN AIR control
knobs (see figure 7-8).
Heated fresh air and outside air are blended in a cabin manifold just aft
of the firewall by adjustment of the heat and air controls; this air is then
vented into the cabin from outlets in the cabin manifold near the pilot's and
passenger's feet. Windshield defrost air is also supplied by a duct leading
from the manifold to a pair of outlets below the windshield.
For cabin ventilation, pull the CABIN AIR knob out. To raise the air
temperature, pull the CABIN HT knob out approximately 1/4 to 1/2 inch
for a small amount of cabin heat. Additional heat is available by pulling
the knob out farther; maximum heat is available with the CABIN HT knob
pulled out and the CABIN AIR knob pushed full in. When no heat is desired
in the cabin, the CABIN HT knob is pushed full in.
Additional ventilation air may be obtained by opening the adjustable
ventilators near the upper left and right corners of the windshield.
PITOT-STATIC SYSTEM AND INSTRUMENTS
The pitot-static system supplies ram air pressure to the airspeed
indicator and static pressure to the airspeed indicator, vertical speed
indicator and altimeter. The system is composed of either an unheated or
heated pitot tube mounted on the lower surface of the left wing, an external
static port on the lower left side of the forward fuselage, and the associated
plumbing necessary to connect the instruments to the sources.
1 July 1979 7-27
For Flight Training Reference Only
CESSNA MODEL 1:12
SECTION7 AIRPLANE ... BYS'TEMB DESCRIl'TIONS
whl .. I4IbU~i I. pnlv!dod. III u.o ooole< _m,,~. \be "'"" Il,,bl io lurnod oli. L1llb< lD ..... lty oIu... _ !111M io """,,..,U .... by U..I'ANEL L T ,b..."""
'- "",,""I kDob.
Tba ",o.' pl'Ol>&bla e'UM <>1 a li"" f,Un,.., l, a bumod <>n' buI!>: bo",va'. In tho ""0,,1 ony of "",U.buna ofa .. ",. f,1l '" Ulum' .. a .. wbOn
"" \uni .... "n. ohe<>k the appropria .. oll"OuU b .... ,kU". Il u.. olT<>ul. b .... &II., ha. opllno<! (wblle buI"'" pOppod oul) . .... d III ..... la no obvIou. ln,,;oa\lOll 01 a o~o'" o lreu Il (aonok, o, odo,). Iu, .. 011 III, llibl , ,.,llcb <>1 u.. r.tIocted IIl1"b'" ......" Iho b.--lou. ood lu,"" "'" . .. jlc~ O" .. aln. Il!h, b ..... kor opll"' .. aln. "" no, .-&&0, IL
CABIN HEATING. VENTILATING ANO OEFRQSTING SYSTEM
TIuI lemporUu ........ d voI umo of al rf1cw 1.1>\0 u., cablo aon bo rtlsuJated b)' m ... lpulaUoD of \b. puob ·pul! C"'S!N HT Ltld CABIN AIR 000""1 ,,"" ... ( .... I~ .. 7-8).
H..- r_~ al, ud. OUlOid, ai, are blaOdO<! 1.1>. oobU. ",r.:ufoldJ"".an or U.o fI ..... &l1 by adjuotmOM of \b. hM' and ,l , oo"trol.; ibis al, l. U;,,'" v.,._ ,,.,,, tho oabl .. lTom ou tlotll lo ilio noli! .. man lfold .... ' lb. puor • ..,.. p ..... ,.,.., .• 100(. W"",oble'd dol", •• al, J. "00 •• ppIlO<! bf • duOl 10...,.1 ... Il"Cm III. mani/old ",. 1',1' 01 ontlo" bo!O" ilio "" .. dohlo!d.
... '0' ... bln vontU.Uon. pull "'" CA81N AIR """~ ,,.n. To .. loo 1lIe.l< tempo ... u",. pun tho CAlltN HT k"ab oul .pp"'Klm .... !f 11 4 \o 1/2 lnch fo. , omaU omGUn' of oollin b .... Addltloo&! bu. lo .v.nollt. by pulll"l ti,. k""" ou' r ....... or. mujmum Mat" ava.tlolllo ""Ih 1110 CA8IN HT Imob pullod ou, .... " Ib. CABIN AIR kMll pu.~'" !\Ili In. Wbon no boat Iodoa'rod t.. 1110 coll,n. ilio CASIN t!T knab 1.0 puobod fldt In.
Addltlonai VtlnUlal10D ai, may be oli""" .... ~y opout..~ !h. adju.Ubl. '- vootl1."' ... nM, .h. uppo.letl and !"11M CO' ....... of III. wlndahleld.
PITOT-STATIC SYSTEM ANO INSTAUMENTS
l Julf "1'19
SECTION 7
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
CESSNA
MODEL 152
DEFROSTER
OUTLETS
0
—
CODE
RAM AIR FLOW
VENTILATING AIR
HEATED AIR
BLENDED AIR
MECHANICAL
CONNECTION
P
H
n
0
n
0
n
-
Figure 7-8. Cabin Heating, Ventilating, and Defrosting System
7-28 1 July 1979
rFor Flight Training Reference Only
6ECTlON 7 AIRPLANJl: ... 6YSTgMS Ilt;SCRIPTIONS
<:> <:>
CE66NA MODEL lS1l
CODE
<:I ...... ~. 'lOOr
,,.. Y,,,,, .... ,,'<' "' •
.... ....... 0 ...
.... "'_D"' • ••• "'O<.oJo"",c _cr_
FI~ .. 7·L Cabl" H .. liII ... V.nUl&U" ... ."d t>etrosll" .. Syal"'"
I J .. Ly 1f79
-
--
CESSNA
SECTION
7
MODEL
152
AIRPLANE&SYSTEMSDESCRIPTIONS
Theheatedpitotsystemconsistsofaheatingelementinthepitottube,
arocker-typeswitchlabeledPITOTHTontheleftswitchandcontrolpanel,
a15-amp
circuitbreakerunder
theengine
controlson
theinstrument
panel,andassociatedwiring.When
thepitotheatswitch
isturnedon,the
element
inthepitottube
isheated
electricallytomaintainproperopera
tion
in
possible
icing
conditions.
Pitot
heat
should
be
used
only
as
_required.
AIRSPEEDINDICATOR
The
airspeed
indicator
is
calibrated
inknots
and
miles
per
hour.
Limitationandrangemarkings
(inKIAS)
includethewhite
arc(35to85
knots),greenarc
(40to111knots),yellowarc(111to149knots),andared
line
(149knots).
Ifatrueairspeedindicator
isinstalled,
itisequippedwitharotatable
ringwhichworks
inconjunctionwith
theairspeed
indicator
dialin
a
manner
similar
to
the
operation
of
aflightcomputer.To
operate
the
indicator,
first
rotate
the
ring
untilpressure
altitude
isalignedwith
outside
airtemperature
indegreesFahrenheit.Pressure
altitudeshould
not
be
confused
with
indicated
altitude.To
obtain
pressure
altitude,
momentarily
setthebarometric
scaleon
thealtimeter
to29.92andread
pressurealtitudeonthealtimeter.Besuretoreturnthealtimeterbaromet
ricscaletotheoriginalbarometricsettingafterpressurealtitudehasbeen
obtained.Having
settheringtocorrectforaltitudeandtemperature,read
thetrueairspeedshownontherotatableringbytheindicatorpointer.For
best
accuracy,
the
indicated
airspeedshouldbe
corrected
to
calibrated
airspeedby
referring
to
the
Airspeed
Calibration
chart
in
Section
5.
Knowingthecalibratedairspeed,readtrueairspeedontheringopposite
thecalibratedairspeed.
VERTICALSPEEDINDICATOR
Theverticalspeedindicatordepictsairplanerateofclimbordescentin
feetperminute.Thepointer
isactuatedbyatmosphericpressurechanges
resultingfromchanges
ofaltitudeassuppliedbythe
staticsource.
ALTIMETER
Airplane
altitude
isdepictedby
abarometrictype
altimeter.A
knob
near
thelower
leftportion
ofthe
indicatorprovidesadjustment
ofthe
instrument'sbarometricscaletothecurrentaltimetersetting.
VACUUMSYSTEMANDINSTRUMENTS
An
engine-drivenvacuum
system
(seefigure
7-9)
isavailableand
1July
1979
7-29
For F
light
Tra
inin
g R
efer
ence
Onl
y
•• . ..:;;.!~: ~:ill :Z '" ~~P!.gH rp~.;~ 3' " , ~ ., .8~~~~
~!agH "~o !lo!! ~j;!fS w":~gR -. .-00 • • 0-
§f ", P !11"!1] ~: !!.!:!!'h ! • <~ • ~eh" ., ,- :a" r.,s " "~~~ ./Iti~ ~ ~ ~ .- ""-~f&l ' . .... ~-;!~8! .. ~H "":1 .~ ~ ~- 1< : "5 .. ~ i " . 5g~a" 5~o'b gjs;!!. .. SE..: · ' .. ' ,
• =30 'i,;,":.!. ~ li h Il ~15~ .! . e" .S • • .!l",sS.5.! ,- . , , iji '" o '0 ,
- ~ ~ '" :I " '. &.:lH ~ "' .. 01 e!~ ~1i ~ " CI. ~ ~ • ~..,o~o.., · . " .;-!!. ~~ ! z , , s!:lii'i'3 ''- "'r~rll~'p w
~ =-3~ - "'.= -~ : -g=l ,." ~ t .. e,8 i e'ii .Hee-3~ ~ .- _!l ~ ~ • • :, §a" " - ~"'''' .5~_ • > ~i : ... - '" o;'::::' .. ~ 8~ ... ° "il ;! ee ",,1lt ~ §~i · , ~ • -- -o l! -~'" ... - o • • • • ~~§'ii! · ., =.';;'~I-~ Si .. :!!-;; -e.h ! . - ~ -;:, .. 'i~.!'i" li .. ogOie · , . ~ I • J-i>-~- l" '" f~§e".s'C.cu~ ;,;':~ ,'! '" l .go:~~ <. 3:;'l· ... ":i] .. i~;;i·r " -
li1:::S_o.. ,-- '1' ." . z , " " >C 'i .~'S="'E1,l!iE.!1 1 ' . ..Jl .. , • ;-5=".; -.' -.' .!Igo"t" ~ li!. • o" .,' a ' :: • ~g!;H
"il :=..-< .li o' 1 ~-8ee-l o .-, · . , ." . ., z · "
:;1- .. ts!lg-< " · - '- . .. gli".. s· .... 4 , 8;., oio"" -.' s~ .. "t..,~;; 5"51~1i" • li li ::: .5 ""il
;l~ u '. , , ai' o .. " "'_!. "~E=e=,, .. .5!_ o. ,
~ ,
,-:;:1:-8 • .!!aos- fOl .. 1:o~S" o " , "h iZ ..
o h- 18 e ~ ". ,,- l· '0' ~ t: 11 W
" Z 0_ • , <l • S -.!I~!~-5"!'hh ] .. l -, . ~
i~~l§] • l'o · - o u .s "i l·g~PSgiHcHe o
" • • '" •
III • ,00 > > o ."" ,.\ • ~~':il~~ o 'li 01"'- • 01 . " -- '" j z . , ~ ~h~. ~.!I ·f :!- • Oi =..,
J!~:-51 -01 -~ ~"-:!l~ l-l • · -, ~ ~ " o -', • ;1< ~ , o -. f' ~..,..§=~ i:~s:l!~ .t'se ~ ;.!i~ • ..
§ ':""'1.:1 . • • " -. ~ o <- " - :ii-".::! •. - .. .., ,h f..1! ~ • ~;'"'! !~~h.!l:~~l~ li~ u • ~ • ." ~; L i.s~ • 1; !.,§ ." • " • ;;:;:~ u o ~ .0 -,- • " - <
~~~jg! • , o • - :n~~ s § i! "j ;1; ~ ~ A' " .- 4 .0 • .::;~ :§ • ~J -o. _. CI..= "l: E.!I o " E CI."C o -!3 • :.: :!l > • > -l l j ! , 1 l
"SECTION 7
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
CESSNA _
MODEL 152
OVERBOARD
VENT LINE
VACUUM
PUMP
VACUUM SYSTEM
AIR FILTER
•*:
aooo
o o o0 O 0 0
o o o
o o o o
o o o
VACUUM RELIEF VALVE
DIRECTIONAL
INDICATOR
n
n
n
n
n
n
Figure 7-9. Vacuum System
7-30
CODE
INLET AIR
VACUUM
DISCHARGE AIR
1 July 1979
For Flight Training Reference Only
SECTION 7 AIRPI..ANE. SYS'J'EMS DESCRIPTIONS
VACOJU" SYSn .. AO~ "cnR
VACUU"
~-
CI=:SSNA MODEJ..I~
O"l~IIOA"D V'''T LO"l
= c::J o~cn .... "
c::::J vACuu .. ~ 01SCHAR(;[ "OR
'JUly UI'/9
CESSNA SECTION 7
MODEL 152 AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
provides the suction necessary to operate the attitude indicator and
directional indicator. The system consists of a vacuum pump mounted on
the engine, a vacuum relief valve and vacuum system air filter on the aft
side of the firewall below the instrument panel, and instruments (including
a suction gage) on the left side of the instrument panel.
ATTITUDE INDICATOR
An attitude indicator is available and gives a visual indication of flight
attitude. Bank attitude is presented by a pointer at the top of the indicator
relative to the bank scale which has index marks at 10°, 20°, 30°, 60°, and 90°
either side of the center mark. Pitch and roll attitudes are presented by a
miniature airplane superimposed over a symbolic horizon area divided
into two sections by a white horizon bar. The upper "blue sky" area and the
lower "ground" area have arbitrary pitch reference lines useful for pitch
attitude control. A knob at the bottom of the instrument is provided for
inflight adjustment of the miniature airplane to the horizon bar for a more
accurate flight attitude indication.
DIRECTIONAL INDICATOR
A directional indicator is available and displays airplane heading on a
compass card in relation to a fixed simulated airplane image and index.
The directional indicator will precess slightly over a period of time.
Therefore, the compass card should be set in accordance with the magnetic
compass just prior to takeoff, and occasionally re-adjusted on extended
flights. A knob on the lower left edge of the instrument is used to adjust the
compass card to correct for any precession.
SUCTION GAGE
A suction gage is located on the left side of the instrument panel when
the airplane is equipped with a vacuum system. Suction available for
operation of the attitude indicator and directional indicator is shown by
this gage, which is calibrated in inches of mercury. The desired suction
range is 4.5 to 5.4 inches of mercury. A suction reading below this range
may indicate a system malfunction or improper adjustment, and in this
case, the indicators should not be considered reliable.
STALL WARNING SYSTEM
The airplane is equipped with a pneumatic-type stall warning system
consisting of an inlet in the leading edge of the left wing, an air-operated
horn near the upper left corner of the windshield, and associated plumbing.
As the airplane approaches a stall, the lowpressure on the upper surface of
the wings moves forward around the leading edge of the wings. This low
1 July 1979 7-31
For Flight Training Reference Only
-
CESBNA MODEL 152
SECTION 7 AIRPLANI!: a. SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
prov"i .. • h • • uç.lon "_'~1lI')' IO Ope ...... 1110 .Ilitu<lc indiCillOr ... d dln>c. IOJlIII Iudica", •. Tho ,,.etam eo."o1 ... 01 • va<:"um p"mp mc"nl6d On !ho enfflne .• vllOUUrn rellol .... I ..... nd vaeuum ,y,"m .1. m ... <m t.b,.n. .ld.OI the "rew,.1! below t.b.lnotrum,nl p .... I. ,.nd Ins.ru"",,"(rndudJ..D.1!: ,. ,,,cll<m pc.) on III, lan .idc of \ha h .. uu .... 111 p .... ol.
ATTITUOE INOICATOR
An .U1'uda indica...,. ilo ,. v,,1 olbia and gl v .... v""., l nd ICIl<\<In 01 fil ,Il' ,.nhude. 8a..n1r. atlltu<la I. P"",,"IN b, ,. poin .... , lite IDp DI t.b. IndI""", • .. 1 ... lvo 101110 bIutk _lo wllleb Ilull>du matII, .110".!lf1>. 3O".eD". ""d_ .11110. aldo 01 Ulo unte. m,."". Plloh and roll aUIW'" ~ p~nled by,. mIni .. " ... 1",1 ..... '''pertmpowd ov •• ,. .ymbollc hortso" _ (\Jvidc!d 'nlD 'wo "",,<lon. by • wlll" IIcn""n b ... Tb.upper "bluo .ky" ........... d the lowtlr ··~uDd .. ..... Il,.ve .rt»lnry pllcll .. I ... ne. lin. u ... 1U1 10rpUob .n ...... d. <>Wl'"'!. A koolo al III. bottom of III, 'no'.,.me .. ' I. prnvlded lo. InnJllII o.dj ... lmeD' 01 \ha mini .. ,,, ..... 1",I,.n. IO ilio Ilon ..... ba. lo •• mc ... lIOCu •• '" mllll .\llIude Indl ... tlon.
OIRECTlONAllNOICATOR
A dl_lIon&lIndI ... IO. I, ,.v.lI .. blol4Cl dl,pl'Y' tJ",I .... e bco.d;""g .... ,. eompa.s. cud In ... 1"'10" IO. Illtfld ,hnul .. 1Od .I.pl .... 1m.1r'! ."d indn. Tho dl.O<lIlOtltJ lodlca.lOr will proce .. 'lIll11ly ov., a pe.lod of lime. Therolore. iliO oompu, ",.d ,1I"uld bo "II .. aooortl,. .. ee wllll IIIc magnotie compa.ss just prlo. IO <alt0<l11. ,.nd _u\on,.U)' .... &<IJus1.ed On eXlendcd m,hla. A knob on the lo", .. lell edle 01 Ihe In81""mon' 'a u""" \O &<Iju.' t.bo cnm p ... c.m to 00""1 lo. ~n1 p.-toslon
SUCTION GAGE
A sue.lon g .. ~ I.loca~on <h,lon aldeolll1elnelrumenl panll wl1en Ihe .. l",lano la equlpPed -..J11l • vo.cuum ")'alem. Suelio .. _v .. doble lor ope ... Uon olthe .lIllude Indica"'. and d,,,,,,,liunal ",d,c.",. l. shown by Ihla ,~. whlch I. c.llb .... d In lnch .. ot mvrcury. Tlte d~ ... "od Sucllo" n.ng<o Il 4.5 IO 1'0.4 \nch .. DI m.reul")'. A .u<>flon re&dlnl wlcw U,ls ran"" may .ndlc." • 0)'111m n",JtuJ1Cllu .. or hDproper adjuSlmen •. and In ,lIi$ eas.. thl 'Ddu, .. ", ... Ilould IlOt be OO"lldore<l ... lIloble
STALL WARNING SYSTEM '!'bI ,.lrplane le equlpped willl ,. p"eum .. U ... ,ype ~C.tJI w.mlng Il'stem
con.uIUn&, o, .n Inlet In liIe leo.dlnl edp of <IMI le!\ wl"l. An tJ ... open.led 110m ne •• t.ba u l'per len 00"'''' oIliIo wl...ah leld . .... d &QOC:\ated pl um bini. Alliba ... ",1." •• pp""",,II •• ,. .... 11 . 'h, low pre ... "reon the "pper ... rr ..... ol \he W"'II" mov .. !o>'w .... ,.round iii. lead'nl edpolthe wlnp. '!'bI .. low
t Jul)'11I'N 7·31
"SECTION 7 CESSNA _
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS MODEL 152
pressure creates a differential pressure in the stall warning system which
draws air through the warning horn, resulting in an audible warning at 5 to
10 knots above stall in all flight conditions.
The stall warning system should be checked during the preflight
inspection by placing a clean handkerchief over the vent opening and
applying suction. A sound from the warning horn will confirm that the
system is operative.
AVIONICS SUPPORT EQUIPMENT
If the airplane is equipped with avionics, various avionics support
equipment may also be installed. Equipment available includes two types
of audio control panels, microphone-headset installations and control
surface static dischargers. The following paragraphs discuss these items.
Description and operation of radio equipment is covered in Section 9 of
this handbook.
AUDIO CONTROL PANEL
Two types of audio control panels (see figure 7-10) are available for
this airplane, depending upon whether the avionics package includes a
marker beacon receiver. The operational features of both audio control
panels are similar and are discussed in the following paragraphs.
TRANSMITTER SELECTOR SWITCH _
When the avionics package includes two transmitters, a two-position
toggle-type switch, labeled TRANS SELECT or XMTR (depending upon
which audio control panel is installed), is provided to switch the micro
phone to the transmitter the pilot desires to use. The numbers 1 (up
position) and 2 (down position) correspond to the first and second (from top
to bottom) transmitters, respectively.
The action of selecting a particular transmitter using the transmitter
selector switch simultaneously selects the audio amplifier associated with
that transmitter to provide speaker audio. For example, if the number one
transmitter is selected, the audio amplifier in the number one NAV/COM
is also selected and is used for ALL speaker audio. In the event the audio
amplifier in use fails, as evidenced by loss of all speaker audio, selecting
the other transmitter will reestablish speaker audio using the other
transmitter audio amplifier. Headset audio is not affected by audio
amplifier operation.
7-32 1 July 1979
For Flight Training Reference Only
SECTION 7 AIRPLA."E '" SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
CESSNA IdODEL I~
p"'** ..... C .... ~ ... ~lff • ...,llo.l p ............ tn UI. ,t&JI w .... lnJ 1)'11em wblcb drlW' Il. throul'b UI .... mln. homo .u .. llln.ln.." a .. ~lbI .... ml ... aUto IO I<no'- .bo". 11&11 In all (lJ!fht conditlon •.
Thc stall _millll' 1)'I"'m .buuld be cbacl<-.I dU""1f \lI1 p...nlght IMpeellon b)' pl""lnl' • IIlea.n bllldl<erohiei oye. U,e YeHI opo",nll o.nd appl)'lnllue.lon A .o"nd Irom Ule .. unlnll hom ",m OOlII"m IIlal ÙI<1 I)'.'.m lo o~ ... lIv.,
AVIONICS SUPPORT EQUIPMENT
Il u. • .1",1."0 lo "'Iulp~ whb avionicI. v •• lo"l .vlonlca IUpport equlpmcnl w.)' .1.0 be iD.UoUed. Equlpment • .,.Uabl. Incl .. de. tW<l I)'pes 01 audio oonlrol plt.l1ela. mlerophon.-h_'81 Inllallllloni and con.rol ourl_ .... le d1fJChITlJtl .. , 11>. follo,.,ing p~ .... ph. di..,,, .. lI>eu i"'mo. Oescrlp. lon .nd o~.allon 01 .adlo oquipmont ,. oo".,.ed In Sacllob Il 01 Ul1. b.ndbook
AUDIO CONTROL PANEL
l'wo I)'P'" 01 I .. dlo oomrol plllci. (_ n"" ... 7 . 10) .... 1.,&1llble lor 11>,. li",II"I. dlpolldlnr Upoll whclhe. Ihl ulOlllcl packap lncl .. des a ma.ku l>eo.con rO<lolver. Tbe ope •• tlonal feal ...... 01 boUl • .,dlo oonlrol pancia aro alroUa. IlId are dl!lOusse<I iD Ulo follo",lnr p.UfrTllph ••
TRANSMITTER SElECTOA SW ITCH
Whcn tbc .",onico pacujle irn:lud .. Iwo In.rullnu", ... I Iwo.po.IUnn IOfrfrla ·l),pe I wllCb . l.bolcd TRANS SELECT o. XMTR (doopond!nl!l' upo" ",blch ... dlo co"lrol panell. IIIS\.aUM). lo pro.,lded IO Iwl\(!h ÙI<I mieropl>onl IO Ih. lI'a!Ulmll~. Ihe pllo' deslres IO "H. Tbo numho:no l (Up p!1lillon) .."d 11 (down pO'lIIlon) CO r""'pond '" UI, Il,,,1 and ..."",d (Irom IOp IO bonom) tr&lUlmlu. ....... peellvlly.
The ICtiOIl 01 .. ""'11"8 • p.n",uI •• U'1Dlmm ... ullnC UI. tno.nsm!tlC" .. l.., IO •• w; IIOh I i m U 1'-... 0 ... 1)' .l.et. Ihe audIO am p III"' .. "'OC::I. Wc! wl UI lI>alln!1Smil~. IO proYldo opo"'., audi<>. Fo •• "unplo. lf Ula numbe ' one I.;l.ttsmh~. llocltctc:d. Ule ludio amplll; ... In thol " .. mba .. o ... NAVICOM la olso Mloc::te<I oDCI la UHd k>,. ALL 8POoJ.te. a .. dlo. Inlhe ~""nl u,. ludlo amplln •• ln"N fllll .... .,ldence-d by !osI 01 alllpoak., I .. dlo. .. leclinj!; Ulo Olh.r I.a ... mll~. ",m ~stabUsh speoke, a .. dlo utlng Ih. o>lh •• ",.nlmiller a"dlo Rmplilier. Hoa.d$l' Audio I. noi &1/0<ltc:d by audio Ampl,/i .. """rallon,
1 hl)' llI'7lj
-
CESSNA
MODEL 152
SECTION 7
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
USED WITHOUT MARKER BEACON
SPEAKER.
NAV/COM
1 2
SIDETONE
ADF
(5) OFF
J I
zTRANSMITTER
SELECTOR
SWITCH
AUDIO SELECTOR
SWITCHES
AUDIO SELECTOR
SWITCH
SPEAKER
SIDETONE
VOLUME
CONTROL
USED WITH MARKER BEACON
COM BOTH
AUDIOSELECTOR
SWITCH
HEADSET SIDETONE
INTERNAL ADJUSTMENT
ACCESS
SPEAKER SIDETONE
■INTERNAL
ADJUSTMENT ACCESS
XMTR ANN LTS
TRANSMITTER-
SELECTOR
SWITCH
COM AUTO-1AUDIOSELECTOR
SWITCH
AUDIOSELECTOR'
SWITCHES
ANNUNCIATOR
LIGHTS
BRIGHTNESS
AND TEST
SWITCH
Figure 7-10. Audio Control Panel
1 July 1979 7-33
For Flight Training Reference Only
--
-
CESSNA MOD"!. I~
SECTION 7 A!RPLANE • BYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
USEO W!THOUT MARKER BEACON
~'O"l
lll_"nEII sntero" -,~
"'UOIO SHEClOI'I SWlTCHES
... UDIO s.&L[ClOII SWlTCH
SPE"'KER $1l'ETONE VOLUM( CONTAOL
U$EO WITH MARKER BEACON
COIoIIOTH-"""" NJDIOiUECTOI'I ~,~
>II;"ClSH SlOETOOIf 'NTER ..... L "DJU$IM~N' "CC[$$
51'1:"KEI'I SIOErONE IHTUNAl ADJVSlMENT Ac.ceSll
ANN lT~ I~!~ , ADI OMI "~n
, Q 1"1 ."tà': .. .~
~ut
TIIAN$MITTEA SELlCTOI! SWlrc ..
I July LII7'i
•
CO" ... UTO AVOlO $H{CTO~ ~,~
NJDIO 51cLECTO~ SWlTCHU
ftgu,," 7·\0. Audio Coulfoll'Met
ANHONCI'" TOII llGHTS el!'GHINtSS ANDTUT $WITCH
SECTION
7CESSNA
AIRPLANE&SYSTEMSDESCRIPTIONS
MODEL
152
NOTE
Volume
level
isadjustedusing
the
individual
receiver
volume
controlsoneach
radio.
When
amarkerbeaconreceiver
isnotinstalled,audiofrombothNAV
andCOM
frequencies
iscombined,and
isselectedbytheaudio
selector
switcheslabeledNAV/COM,
1and
2.
COMAUTOAUDIOSELECTORSWITCH
7-34
1July
1979
"
AUDIOSELECTORSWITCHES
Bothaudiocontrolpanels
(seefigure7-10)incorporatethree-position
toggle-type
audio
selectorswitches
forindividual
control
oftheaudio
from
systems
installed
in
the
airplane.These
switches
allow
receiver
audiotobedirectedtotheairplanespeakerortoaheadset,andheard
singlyorincombinationwithotherreceivers.Tohear
aparticular
receiverontheairplanespeaker,placethatreceiver'saudioselector
switchintheup(SPEAKER)
position.Tolistentoareceiveroverthe
headset,placethatreceiver'saudioselectorswitch
inthedown(PHONE)
position.Thecenter(OFF)positionturnsoffallaudiofromtheassociated
receiver.
n n n
Aspecialfeatureoftheaudiocontrolpanelusedwithamarkerbeacon
receiver
isseparatecontrolofNAV
andCOM
audiofromtheNAV/COM
radios.With
thisinstallation,theaudioselectorswitcheslabeledNAV,
1
and
2selectaudiofromthenavigationreceivers
oftheNAV/COM
radios
only.Communication
receiveraudio
isselectedbytheswitcheslabeled
COM,AUTO
andBOTH.
Descriptionandoperation
oftheseswitches
is
describedinlaterparagraphs.
'Iftheairplane
isequippedwithanaudiocontrolpanelhavingmarker
beacon
controls,
athree-positiontoggle
switch,labeledCOMAUTO,
is
provided
toautomaticallymatchtheaudio
oftheappropriateNAV/COM
communications
receiver
tothetransmitter
selectedby
thetransmitter
selectorswitch.When
theCOMAUTO
selectorswitch
isplacedintheup
(SPEAKER)
position,audiofromthecommunicationsreceiverselectedby
the
transmitter
selector
switch
will
beheardon
the
airplane
speaker.
Switchingthetransmitter
selectorswitch
totheothertransmitterauto
maticallyswitchestheothercommunicationsreceiveraudio
tothe
speaker.Thisautomaticaudioswitchingfeaturemayalsobeutilizedwhen
"Fo
r Flig
ht T
rain
ing
Ref
eren
ce O
nly
, , <, ~O~"~~D-1 > • " :;: -: :nl.!! =.l!lE~g-~:ig .H S ,- o;;~~ .. .,..,>1 <' ~8~H; "~_~;;1);:: Z ..
" ... -0_ i'" ~-~
"" i"§.c.2.! D 01 ~~ue~ .... o~ "" :!l: ,!-z" .. '" , "o ~ ,,_.~l: > -, e::>;;~;;l:!.!';] , 00 .:!l ~ c ~ .. 00.. • ., =<'8 :;: "'- ""<<C~--" -~ ) .... O .. -~ • , , ~ • <L_ D" ,
" -f z:!8Z~ = Z-l!:· -""= o,!i_ .. ..,~ ~ . .,;:;: _ .. Ce~-::
! ' , .. D _~! "O'D~ • .!~'" 5~'ii~ .. ~'io:5 E:!l!!>i "'u!!:5-2:"'5~J , "" <>"8 -. -.. .. .. .. .. .. ~;,
"E~<·'" _ .. "" ...... > ~c:t .. .,· .... ..,e • :5~",Z.- P"'ì!!~'ii--i ~g '" .. .o_w i !lS5~ cl! .. ~ !'. ".!!.2
, ~~h~HH:. • ., 0- :..0
~'ilp .. ~;",'lI ~ il 1:0 h"',2 g-"~i""O .. "il .... . . .'! .. =, '~sep 1D-.~,.~E --~O"";i - • g :51 .. ~"E:!l.!!~ -> .. >-- - ,. <:>-·0_ .. _ .... • • • ]~d ~ x -_ .. Se g-,
• -:' '' ''".", ,,_ t: < ~, O "~O'l!': ,,-.. !ll- .. ~-l-3O !'''~~l] , -·0 <>~ ,
~ .. .,;~ .. i .~. " --e"''''-O • " f"'" .. • iI~H I E,!Él~'" i:,.!! ~ ~=_:l- e " • ,- -t , ., ., .. '" .. ":!ioo • !i'."~08_~E:5 - .. f. D " <lo'" = :! 'i _.c ____ ,,= o
';1 " :>' __ 0 g ........ - e"" , • 1\l'i!!O=~;;.!l
, 8<" ;'lI= • '" s"::>si" li w J. " s%li~·~ o '::~.c;<e illi o x ~ "'.: '" '" ~ ~ ,
• o -jiW~::4_.Oi · , !.- 11'0 '~~~1i o ~-=!/.c:Oe1l k~ • !l .. ~ .. ~~o:: .. &. ,. , . "il~gO- 'i=~s o ~ fS .. ~ c > .. w
;~~"c .. Olt_ " ~H~l~ ~ ~ <>. '" <> - ." • 3-:;,2.:':> 0. w '" ",~.·_"~o~ , • c.~'io-.c<o;" !l !l ,o • }!~~=l~~]~ • - ___ .!!"'~O .,
" 08!!~ob$ 2 !!~~i~~i~i~ , • f J-~!! ",o.. -o - ! • .o~",- -, , _ <l ~ ~sa_.g .. ,," o §3"-e-- - s '8 ... ~ ",.g:s"s "
, c" """5 " ih ;i:;,s~l! ,
• o "'-eo .. ~ 8 Il .:l ,,-go .. • 5!! a§i-!:~~ • w .9i.-""D§ ari e.e~s ! .. ~: ~ " "0-.., " ·=';;~io~ o '. w ~&~._c _ _ t: ' , - " ;--.::.;; .. -
"" • .. ",_Oa<>. '0'0 .. -!! - .. ::~ I-,
01 3 s u ~~ e .. ,,1= o' .c!>~O<>;-..;';_ " ., . ~;:"'io~1 , .. r-" .. c-o '0 • • c _>l _- ~
-" -··- " >"'S" - ~U] .. ~. u ~c_gsd1.l ~ ~ b~ o s.! 0 __ ~ "" > <-3 ... ~-.:: • "E 'I; .. ·.::;1·;1 ;_ .. u -j"'.-"" i , •• ~"'cO; o eC_o..~.!. w_ Je~..'ih.8. SI w< • _""_",, _ 5 00" o ",8 le,:;", E ..
CESSNA
SECTION
7
MODEL
152
AIRPLANE&SYSTEMSDESCRIPTIONS
listeningonaheadsetbyplacingtheCOMAUTO
switchinthedown
(PHONE)
position.
Ifautomaticaudio
selection
isnot
desired,theCOM
AUTO
selectorswitchshouldbeplacedinthecenter(OFF)
position.
COMBOTHAUDIOSELECTORSWITCH
Iftheairplaneisequippedwithanaudiocontrolpanelhavingmarker
beacon
controls,
athree-positiontoggle
switch,
labeledCOMBOTH,
is
providedtoallowbothCOM
receiverstobemonitoredatthesametime.For
example,
iftheCOMAUTO
switch
isintheSPEAKER
position,withthe
transmitterselectorswitch
inthenumberonetransmitterposition,
numberonecommunicationsreceiveraudiowillbeheardontheairplane
speaker.
If
itisalsodesired
tomonitorthenumbertwocommunications
receiveraudiowithoutchangingthepositionofthetransmitterselector
switch,placetheCOMBOTH
selectorswitch
intheup(SPEAKER)
positionsothatthenumbertwocommunicationsreceiveraudiowillbe
heardinadditiontothenumberonecommunicationsreceiveraudio.This
featurecanalsobeusedwhen
listeningonaheadsetbyplacingtheCOM
BOTH
audioselectorswitch
inthedown(PHONE)
position.
NOTE
Thecombination
ofplacingtheCOMAUTO
switchinthe
SPEAKER
positionandtheCOMBOTH
switch
inthe
PHONE
position
(orviceversa)
isnotnormallyrecom-
'
mended
as
itwillcauseaudiofrombothcommunications
receivers(andanyothernavigationreceiverwithitsaudio
selectorswitchinthePHONE
position)tobeheardonboth
theairplanespeakerandtheheadsetsimultaneously.
ANNUNCIATOR
LIGHTSBRIGHTNESSANDTESTSWITCH
When
amarkerbeacon
receiver
isinstalled,theaudiocontrolpanel
includesathree-positiontoggle-typeswitchtocontrolthebrightnesslevel
ofthemarkerbeacon
indicator
lights.When
theswitch
isplaced
inthe
center(DAY)position,theindicatorlightswillshow
fullbright.When
this
switch
isplaced
intheup(NITE)
position,thelightsaresettoareduced
levelfortypicalnightoperationsandcanbefurtheradjustedusingthe
RADIOLTdimmingrheostatknob.Thedown(TEST)positionilluminates
alllamps
(except
theARC
light
in
theNAV
indicators)which
are
controlledbytheswitch
tothe
fullbrightleveltoverifylampoperation.
SIDETONEOPERATION
Cessnaradios
areequippedwith
sidetonecapability(monitoring
of
theoperator'sownvoicetransmission).Whileadjustingsidetoneoneither
audiocontrolpanel,beawarethat
ifthesidetonevolume
level
issettoo
high,audiofeedback(squeal)may
resultwhen
transmitting.
1July
1979
7-35
For F
light
Tra
inin
g R
efer
ence
Onl
y
'. " ~.~e '~.~-J.;:;J --""1"" . - . ! ~ -<>:5=5= o: .~ H-5;i S;.~ o-
" ' 0 .... oo"t!0 .' 00 '0 . ~~ ':!!---~ " <..> = " ~ , . .. - - .:- "'_ c =~ "c..,. _. , ~! ... ~g s ~i~t . .n< l .eS • . , .: ::
u r " :9 O ~1i~JH~ ~ <>!! -. iiI
""<'!- .<>:c~".2l :!l:! §'ii j i ' ' -'0 !l:ti~g~:!lP"'g·~ a.c_"'1l1= '" .'" • ~O.=~c~~~.~] . .:i .:i 'ii ~ g io 3.'!'<>.{_. H~ S s ~ .. • .-- ,,0:;'::0 0.=2:._5 .c.., ~5 .. • - :-5 · '. .s'=~':~"=9_ o =-3 "- ;;iS8.!~ ~;~ .... :;; ,~2:;o~:Sl!~ • "'- .. -o -g5'<:~ fil g' --s-• ~ _!2. ~:!;o:,,:~ "'i~~8. ~~~~d; • .. ll,," _ ," .. " a , · , . .. ---,t ,,= .c.=-; """- - g • ••• - ~ .. , f!!1~!:J~~.!!. '- ~:: <> 8 ~J-; 5H~t~~h .. , - , o .. " .....
0" -.;s~~=1-,,~~i~ I-C 2:.Si , i 11 .. ..,- .=,,:dl .-, > -coo:!!i" _ 5!'; c ... -; .. 1132 • " . "llco."-,,"2= )0 , 'l' • 8io,,~~c~-.-- ;I; :1; "'''.8 .!l- o ;og"i:!lJi~'; ~!!: .. • o <> E. e ., .~§ ...
8:!i!! e ~ ·1'1 li"''' - ",~ ':~ o • i
_ .0 '_""_-" o 5.l!~'~hh • 0 '- -g .. '!:Ss.]:SI~~~o; °'Oìe-l • , • ·1 ."'s!l°·~ Se ... ~ S .. o~_; " , .. ~ 51:,-" .. col!' 'li "":!l " , :S'ii. • ~ .. ,,~S "88"-8 :!! .. .. .l!.J!'", .. • ,~.=,,~-. :!lg-E " ll;!! .... _.. . ii .. :! >" >z.c • ii -; '" • .,- • "'·g"'-S· , : .. ~ ~-• ., . .:: ... - ~ .. "li · ~"'Ji~Oi " -g-~~",-
~ ::~r~~'ri°.!l'!i ";"'-;:~~8 !!.2 • • • , 'il~.! , - 'i-f :r ~-.:: !:. t ~f • lB~ ~ .- o 'iO: .... ~g 1--1;"- "'=~45~ ~ • ì!.!S--= " .. "'i e= -.. ... ·"è~-()"O ""s; w <>.[ ~"=~5O~Sll" ~.:!E- °5': o " ... ,,= -:r- z - .' " ~ ~ S D >, • w <>. :Il :::" ,,'" 1: ~ S :! "l'" ~ • §g:;;-;;",s. ; <s o i,! • i · ., • ; ! o -"Bi":liaofi • oC5~o i " e -. 2'" "'<- .. - ~D ~ =°_''''1 g Jl':!- ·~-.::s!l e-1:-: ~ .<: o ;;" ~,," go c:5 ~ _cC:!l"~ _ • .. ~-,'" . -, .. j:E O 2 "' .. ~s jil~!H - § ° .... ~ • · .- o ;. oH';j~ll:!lg1:i • .H !!.!!E,sa. • u ~l ...
".!l o> , e:.:Ol'i~Sie. o
'j! 'l' ". • " • ~~~';:DE .. ~ -~5i- il ~!: .::: ~ e-2" ... ·S-g · :5:=_ 1 li Il ~ "Sw- o
'<I z S;:i~'1l:~ ~ ~ .. - -- "" ~ ... ~-_.-~ :::,," i· O .. 5",>--~"-'" • • • "p"::!bi-a i ~;; ~f,;i:: E h~ u " ~<"'- "'.1l z .g_.!l E .- o_- o iii.~"'.!~-'<>'_ o c .. = '" , .. .. 1·- ° ~ , .. ~ 8 ~ • ., .!E~~~ ."" .. -," cZo -c '" .. "0- o "i - .EO~- • " . ." -r~ .. .lL~~"=,,,~:r "~,, - • ~ o. ~ .0 . 0. • -·"E-- -- ... Z ~_:!l! !l-Cl-~ o 0 -_.<:1
.0 ;; :r :::> o e .. ~~~iiUi~ , " ,,-~< c .' . , ,,-~~ 0;"0 , .-oz ::: !!:.< o "'D_"." _ , -o M_ ."
o ••
J J J J J J J J 1 1 , l
SECTION 7 CESSNA
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS MODEL 152
On airplanes not equipped with marker beacon receivers, a control for
speaker sidetone volume only is provided on the audio control panel. To
adjust the level of the sidetone heard on the speaker, rotate the knob,
labeled SIDETONE VOL, clockwise to increase volume or counterclock
wise to decrease it. Sidetone provided through the headset is not adjustable
by the pilot on audio control panels without marker beacon.
On airplanes with marker beacon receivers, sidetone is provided in
both the speaker and headset anytime the COM AUTO selector switch is
utilized. Placing the COM AUTO selector switch in the OFF position will
eliminate sidetone. Sidetone internal adjustments are available to the pilot
through the front of the audio control panel (see figure 7-10). Adjustment
can be made by removing the appropriate plug-button from the audio
control panel (left button for headset adjustment and right button for
speaker adjustment), inserting a small screwdriver into the adjustment
potentiometer and rotating it clockwise to increase the sidetone volume
level.
MICROPHONE-HEADSET INSTALLATIONS
Three types of microphone-headset installations are offered. The
standard system provided with avionics equipment includes a hand-held
microphone and separate headset. The keying switch for this microphone
is on the microphone. Two optional microphone-headset installations are
also available; these feature a single-unit microphone-headset combina
tion which permits the pilot to conduct radio communications without
interrupting other control operations to handle a hand-held microphone.
One microphone-headset combination is offered without a padded headset
and the other version has a padded headset. The microphone-headset
combinations utilize a remote keying switch located on the left grip of the
pilot's control wheel. The microphone and headset jacks are located on the
pedestal below the instrument panel. Audio to all three headsets is
controlled by the individual audio selector switches and adjusted for
volume level by using the selected receiver volume controls.
NOTE
When transmitting, the pilot should key the microphone,
place the microphone as close as possible to the lips and
speak directly into it.n
STATIC DISCHARGERS
If frequent IFR flights are planned, installation of wick-type static
dischargers is recommended to improve radio communications during
flight through dust or various forms of precipitation (rain, snow or ice
7-36 1 July 1979 —
For Flight Training Reference Only
SECTION 7 CESSNA MODEL I~ AIIU'1.ANE Ik SYSTEMS DESCR!PT10NS
On alrpl" .. "" noi eq .. !pJ*'lwllh ", .. ,II .. buoon ""'.Iv ....... con.rol 'n • • p" .. lIe. sld.",n. volume on ly I. pruv,<M<j nn th<r "",ho ""ntrol pan.!. TD .dJ .... III . l.v.1 d' Ih •• ld~lon. b~.,d DI' \/i, apull.o • . • 01 .. le Ib.II""I>.. l.boILed SlDETONE VOL. cLocllwl ... IO lncreaH vol .. me o. onunterelocll";,..,10 deoo_ll. 8 1de1One provl_ .hrotlI'h.n. h_ ... lle no""lj .. _I" by ,he pllOl on _dio con trol p&llel. wllll"u. ", ... Ile. ba"""".
On &lrpl"".,. wllll m .. rII.e. -...... recelve .... sldeto"" Ls provlded iD bot.b the ap6&ller &Od belOdH\ ""'Y'lme lb. COM AUTO ",LIICW' noilC.b. Ls "1111_. Placln,. \he COM AUTO ",1_ •• W\teh In Ihe O", poe.llion w1ll ellmln ... el<leton.. SI""to ... ln ....... 1 adju.t ..... n .. " ... "v .. llo.bl.1O tbfI pUOI Ih ..... gt> Ih. 'ront DI Ih .... dlo conlml pUl.1 ( .... ,igu ... 7·10). AdJ"S\meo, c ... boI m""", by ........ V"'II Ib •• ppropri ... pl"ll·butlo .. lrom Ih •• udio oonlrol p" .... 1 (I.tl buttOIl lo. bcedMt o.dj",tm"'l .... d "lIbl bullon lo. ,,_Ile. adJ .. 'tme .. I). l''Hrt1n, • amaU ICrowd.lver IDIO \be adJualal~ .. 1 """,nllom ... , &IId 1'0\.&110. Il cIOClrW\ .. to In_ Ihe .Ideto .... voi .. "", lav.l.
M ICROPHQNE· HEAOSET INSTAlLATIONS
Th ..... 'YP"" DI mlcrophone·head,,1 Inswlat!ons ""' offel'tld. Tbol ...... nd .. n:I .y ... m provldtod .. llh "vlonlc. l<Iulpm.nllnclu<le •• hand-b.ld mlempho,", &IId "'p ••• 1II Mad .. l Th. k.ylng.wlLch ID' .hL. mlcmphDn. i. Dn \h. mieroph"" •. TWo"pli"n .. 1 "'lerophD .... h ... d .. t ln.t.II.UDn ..... aloo avall.blu: Il>tr ... lui"," ... ;nklo·uD;1 m;eropbo"".he""'''''t combino.lioll whlelt p"nniLs Uw pUOI IO oond"~1 radio oommunlcaUon. wll.houl ;nterruptin, oUler ooo~1 opo ... lloll, \O handlo a b .. nd·hold 111lcropllo"e. One mlornphone·he~OI oombl".lIon 11 oflered Wl1hDUI .. paddod bcad .... 1 ~nd .h. Olher "" ... 100 h ..... pedde(! t,Ud"'l Th. mlorophono·boad ... , cnmbln .. Uon. uti ti .. .... mote k.yln,.",Uch 10" .. 18<1 on Ih. I.ll (r'Ip o, tbo pllol '. ""nlm! wh ... l. The m\<:rophon. ud hud •• , Jac ll ....... 1"".Led on Ut. P'8<I<o~tal boIlow \h. In."·u",.'" pa"el. Audio IO .U lh._ h.ado .... I~ coIIIJ'OIl«l by th.l individuo.! .\ldlo "t.eto. , w;"'h .... nd o.d.jwtted lo. ,'Olumo Ic~l by ""ln, Ibe 801.e1Cd l'O{)tl"". volume oo .. trol •.
N<nE
Wh.n ".nemlllln,. Ihe ptio' ,hcmld koy Ute ",lompllo .... pl • .,. Ut. mlerophon ... 01_ .. pOMlbl. to Iho IIpe &JId .""aIt dlrwctly Into Il
STATI C OI SCHA RGERS
II fnq ..... 1 lFR Oi«bta ..... pl&llned. ln.,&U.tlnn of wlell.typIo atatlc dladl~'" bo reoommoll<ltd 1<1 hnprva radiD oommunicat.iD'" d"nnt: marhl Lhmu,h dutt Or vul"". lo"". et: p....clpl •• liDI' (n'D, .""'" o .;.,.
,-" 1 J"'1y 11179
-
CESSNA
SECTION
7
MODEL
152
AIRPLANE&SYSTEMSDESCRIPTIONS
crystals).Under
these
conditions,
the
build-upanddischarge
of
static
electricityfromthetrailingedgesofthewings,rudder,elevator,propeller
tips,and
radioantennascan
resultinloss
ofusableradiosignalson
all
communicationsandnavigationradioequipment.UsuallytheADF
isfirst
tobeaffectedandVHFcommunicationequipment
isthelasttobeaffected.
Installationofstaticdischargersreducesinterferencefromprecipita
tion
static,
but
itispossible
toencounter
severe
precipitation
static
conditionswhichmightcausetheloss
ofradiosignals,evenwith
static
dischargers
installed.Wheneverpossible,avoidknownsevereprecipita
tion
areas
toprevent
loss
ofdependable
radio
signals.
Ifavoidance
is
impractical,minimize
airspeedand
anticipatetemporary
loss
ofradio
signalswhileintheseareas.
1July
1979
7-37/(7-38blank)
For F
light
Tra
inin
g R
efer
ence
Onl
y
-•• g~--' '.!!.li!~~ • • .< ::::.!Oitl !I-- -1 " 0 0 !li~=s 'a!l!l"~k ~ tt .. o .. -~.-5
• 'ò 2,!!r:';j ~ =:l~." 'O oo- .. ~!C J ",.gi "''E 1: lo .5 "'g-<3 E!I~E;;2
~ • 1."5- 2&~>_,", • >0 :r - '-.:-~ • o ,.-> l'" • :;~~'iii ,,~~~i , ""ooil; ... ~O"5
~ 'lli::: t ~'~.hll ,,-e-oli 3,~"'O!l > ~.~o ~ <i-• .,;hsi :k ~~t • :::0."'_ ~.~ <; • 1:i::;;~ ~"1! • .!:::: • ._-ii H.H~ < :1::9<>0 0 •• ..,
~ _-o iCo""" • .'5::::~:: .-;8.t:j " h;g~ .:l:i~~l <
- .. o . a~~il .... : ii i <>..,~!;! ..!l ';;30_". - '-r l : i" - 0_ - e .. S 5 0'::"'';1 E'E a-:*;;,,"'E':: 21: .9 3 .. • -_;_~ _ J • ...::::
E ;1_.. ".si - .. " ,,-"-.~ <, ;=,,<1_ ,-§;="" -:q;; 3~5~";i :h.a$~~
~ ~o ~hU -~l!H~ , .0 u, ~ .. - - ,,--. J J J J " J J J "